/ Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2014 https://archive.org/details/illustratedcatalOOroya / ADVERTISEMENTS. 2> avxve^ ^ .. Platino-Matt. . 6^ X 4l = = = = I = per Dozen. ALL PHOTOGRAPHERS ARE INVITED TO SEE THE EXQUISITE PICTURES ON EXHIBITION AT OUR STALL. Sole Manufacturers: ELLIOTT & SON, . . . BARNET. HERTS. vi ADVERTISEMENTS. Elliott & Son OF 6arnet. ARE MAKING A ma^m^f Magnificent Display , . OF . . , Enlargements , IN AND . . . Carbon uiromide AT THEIR STALL, PROFESSIONAL PHOTOGRAPHERS SHOULD . . . mAKE A POINT OF SEEING THEM. Trade Enlarging and Finishing — also Printing, vii "^"/VDAMSON" Photo. Lights. INC/\NDESCENT ELECTRIC SYSTEM. Silent Steady. * Certain. Demonstrations given and Specimens of Cdork seen at Chief Offices, address below* "/VLLAN" Storage Batteries for X-Rays. Lightest, Snrjallest, and Most Efficient on the Market. /\LLAN & /\DAMSON, Ltd., Hccumulator ]Vlamifacturer8, 88 & 90 TABERNACLE STREET, LONDOfi, E.G. viii ADVERTISEMENTS. Cl)c Condon Pbotograpbic Suppip Co. HALT ! Stand S9 (Sections IV. 6c V.J Contains Absolutely the SMALLEST CAMERA, so far as portability is concerned, yet invented^ It is styled by all the Trade Journals as the 1898 SENSATION in Camera construction, and rightly so. The Actual Size is illustrated below, yet it takes a photograph carte-de-visite size. Do not fail to have a look and get an explanation of this Little Marvel— Tbe Cyclist's litKl ix CDe Condon PDotograpDic Suppip Co- Have several other NOVELTIES of their own Design and Manufacture in the way of AVAGAZIME HfKnO CAA\ERAS, COA\PL-ETE CAA\ERA OUTFITS, DARK ROOA\S, EfiL-ARGinC APPARATUS, DARK ROOA\ LAA\PS, PRiriTin© PRAA\ES, Etc. CDe militarp ana Daoal mounts, Bearing the colours of the various Regiments for which they are designed^ and upon which Regimental Groups^ also Battleships and Naval Groups are mounted, constitute a PICTURE GALLERY in themselves* Po not iDiss SihJii 59. Jill Pbotoarapbic Deakrs and Pbotograpbers Should favour us with their Cards, to enable us to forward them one of our 600-page Catalogues, now in the press» CDe Condon PDotograpbic Suppip Co», 134 BOROUGH, 5.E. Telephone : 132 Hop. Telegraphic Address : 'PHOTIZITE," LONDON. ADVERTISEMENTS. submits the PRINTING OF THIS CATALOGUE as an example of the work of his office, which is thoroughly- equipped with the very Latest and Best Machinery, and the Most Modern Appliances in every department, for the rapid and perfect production of every description of Telephone : 276 Gerrard. Telegrams : "Typothetae, London.' printtng... SAINT BRIDE:H0USE, DEAN STREET, FETTER LANE, LONDON, E»C ADVERTISEMENTS. pcciaUtks: Telegrams : 'Typothetae, London." HIGH-CLASS HALF-TONE, CHROMOTYPE, LINE AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. Illustrated Catalogue, Magazine, and Jobbing Printing of every description in the Best Styles of Typographic Art. Royal Society of Arts, Silver and other Medals for High-Class Printing* Geo. SI. Jowcs. SAINT BRIDE HOUSE, DEAN STREET, FETTER LANE, LONDON, E.C. xii ADVERTISEMENTS. iaUMXERE'S: 'EXTRA RAPID, ORTHOCHROMATIC (A & B) AND PANCHROHATIC (C) PLATE5 CITOS GLOSSY P.O.P., CITOS MATTE, P.O.P., PLATINO-MATT. BROMIDE PAPER (A & B) £20 A^OW WORKING at the CRYSTAL PALACE. THE ORIGINAL AND BY FAR •*^THE BEST MACHINE. 55 BLANK SENSITIZED FILMS SUPPLIED IN EDISON OR LUMIERE GAUGE ALWAYS IN STOCK 1000 VIEWS OF EVERY CONCEIVABLE VARIETY TO SELECT FROM, Price of Camera FOR TAKING NEGATIVES. MAKING POSITIVES, PROJECTING AND REVERSING. SOLE AGENTS. For Great Britain, Colonies & U.S.A. FUERST Bros. J7 Philpot Lane, LONDON, E.G. rSt O^^ * ADVERTISEMENTS. \ ( A USE AXE BRAND CHLORIDE OF GOLD. ,^ . AMIDOL / METOL / IN BOTTLES AND IN CARTRIDGE FORM. GLYCIN THIOC ARB AMID.. USE ^AXE BRAND ^ \ NITRATE OF ' SILVER. THE LAT EST N OVELTY ORT©L ^\ THE NEWEST & BEST DEVELOPER, y ""^^V BRILLIANT RESULTS./^* Sole importers*. / ^^XfDERST Bros^ V©A 17 Philpot Lane,/ ^ / xv-^x''"^ Philpot Lane, -1^ \^^\ LONDON,E.c ORTOL \^fV \ So/e ^^e/i^s /or / cJlonTl / ALL THE CARTRIDGES, ORTOL METABISULPHITE TUBES. LATEST DEVELOPERS KEPT IN STOCK. XIV ADVERTISEMENTS. Smith's Acetylene Company Ltd., 44 blackett street, newcastle' on 'tyne. Telegrams-" SAC, NEWCASTLE-GN-TYNE." Nat. Telephone, 208. Jlcetpiene £iaRt ReseniDks OapiiaDt* The similarity can be tested in several ways. Analysis by means of the spectroscope separates all the components of any light ; and a comparison of the various spectra of sunlight, electric light, and of the flames of coal gas and Acetylene, shows that the light from Acetylene gas is vastly superior in composition to that from the other artificial illuminants. Again, if a source of light is similar to daylight, it will show objects in their natural colours ; delicate differences of shade will not be obliterated, and pictures will look the same by night as they look by day ; and, lastly, a light which is like sunlight will be kindly to the eyes, and therefore capable of an indefinite increase in power without becoming glaring or harsh» Test the light of Acetylene in what way you will, you will still find it, not indeed absolutely the same as the light of day, but by far the nearest approach to it which has ever been made. If you wish to learn more about this light, ask for one of our pamphlets on the subject at Section IV., Stand 49, or write to SMITHES ACETYLENE COMPANY LTD., 44 Blackett Street, Newcastle^ori'Tyne* The light is very specially adapted for the use of both Amateur and Professional Photographers, for the following reasons. First, it is extra- ordinarily rich in actinic rays, resembling daylight in this respect also. Thus, in order to get negatives of similar qualities in regard to detail, density, etc., where the exposure in direct sunlight is one second, the exposure to one of our Acetylene lamps i.s three seconds, the exposure to diffused daylight is twelve seconds, and to the Welsbach incandescent light or the light of coal-oil, twenty- four and two hundred and forty seconds respectively. These figures are given on the highest authority, which you will find in our booklet. Acetylene light is therefore unique. Pftotoarapfters cannot ao luitDout it Its flame is constant in power and absolutely steady and without flicker. It is soft in tone, and does not throw objects into a harsh contrast of brilliant illumination and black shade. It does equally well for making the negative and for printing from it. It will print on the slowest and best bromide paper which may be exposed, even to subdued daylight, without alteration — in from three to ten seconds. It is admirably adapted for every class of work, both in the studio and in the dark room. Further, the light is cheap and easily managed, and the apparatus, as will be seen from a glance at our stand or our catalogue, is small and portable. Jov scientists ana Jlrtists Acetylene gas light is the perfect illuminant. Its truth to natural colour makes it invaluable to the painter, the chemist, and the medical man. "With it. XV the microscopist can study at night without aching eyes. It is without sulphurous or ammoniacal fumes^ so that the chemist can use it in his most delicate researches ; and its heat flame, with the Bunsen burner, is admirably powerful. It is therefore an illuminant which should be taken into con^ sideration by all who are interested in studios ; institutions for teaching and research ; manufactures, arts and handicrafts in which the colours of the products are important ; as well as by surgeons and students of natural objects. StiiitD*$ ilcetpkne Coitipanp £td.» have had much experience of lighting with Acetylene gas, in large and small installations. They find that its cost, per candle power, is about the same as that of coal gas at 2S. per 1,000 feet, while its quality and steadiness are universally acknowledged to be incomparably superior. They make a special study of the requirements of every installation, and make inspections and give estimates free of charge. They employ none but expert engineers. Sitiitl)*$ patent fiencrator is absolutely reliable and very clean and simple in working. Our representative at our stand (Section IV., Stand 49) will explain its action. The mechanism is wholly controlled by means of one central tap. It takes less than five minutes to charge, and this simple operation may be done at any time in the twenty-four hours, and only requires to be done once a day. This generator is in operation in railway stations, institutions, collieries, shops and villages all over the country. Professor Vivian Lewes is without any question the highest authority on the subject in this country, and as Chief Gas Examiner to the Corporation of the City of London, and Professor of Chemistry at the Royal Naval College, he speaks with responsibility. This is what he says; — **I have thoroughly examined and worked with Mr. Smithes Automatic Acetylene Generator, and consider it one of the best and safest of the automatic class that I have seen. It is impossible for the pressure to rise above the limits prescribed by the Home Office, whilst the free circulation of a considerable quantity of water round the generating cylinders prevents over-heating of the apparatus. The gas, after generating, has to pass through a coil surrounded by water, and in consequence is delivered cool for distribution and combustion.^' Again Professor Steenberg of Copenhagen, who has an European reputation for Acetylene research, speaks of it in terms of the highest praise. Cfte yunaamctital Principle of our business is that every installation is planned, fitted and set going by engineers who know their business, and men who know their work ; and that, after the installation is completed and in use, it is examined from time to time by our inspectors, who have gone through a complete course of training both in the laboratory and the works. SMITHES ACETYLENE COMPANY LTD., 44 Blackett Street, Newcastle-ori'Tyne* Supply standard lamps for drawing-rooms; carriage and cycle lamps; goods- yard lamps for railway and dock lighting, and for gangs working at night ; lamps for photographers, microscopists and medical men; generators for villages, institutions, country houses, etc., and calcium carbide in bulk or retail. SEE OUR STAND, SECTION IV., STAND 49. XVI ADVERTISEMENTS. jVletalloid portrait^ by pritiiitiff St/ndicafe, NEW SOUTHGATE, N. PHOTOGRAPHS printed Jn goldt silver and Copper most; effectfully and absolute permanent. This process has the inestimable value of becoming brighter and clearer by age, and has for its many advantages been highly commended by most leading authorities on Photography in England and on the Continent. Apply for Price List and Particulars to ttie Manager or ZU Condon Stereoscopic Co., REGENT STREET, W., and CHEAPSIDE, EX. / ADVERTISEMENTS. xvii . . . THE . . . "R^M/lCarmras, FOR HAND AND TRIPOD. Seven Distinct Patterns. Five Different Sizes. The "N. & G." Cameras have been before the Public for more tDati Six years. Hundreds are in the hands of the leading Photo- graphic Experts throughout the World, yet none come back for Repairs and but few are ever to be obtained second hand. The original design has neper Dad to fce illlered, although the Instruments are constantly subjected to the most trying tests. Yet eperp Impropement introduced into Photography at Home or Abroad has been readily adapted to them as soon as tested and approved of by Cftis Unique Record proves the following facts : — 1. That the very first "N. Ai G." Cameras made are as good to-day as Six Years ?go. 2. That "N. Ai. G." Cameras which are now being delivered will be at their full value and in perfect working order many years hence. 3. That every Photographer anxious to produce good work will find in an "N. G." Camera a reliable Instrument, simple to^ work and adapted to" all requirements. Complete Catalogue, 80 pages, 7 x 10 in., Art Paper, contains valuable Information, and ri2 Illustrations, including Sixty Specimens^of Artistic Photography. Price 1/3, post free. " A Lesson to Picture-makers. "— P/fo^o^rap/iy. "Illustrating the varied capabilities and world-wide use of 'N. & G.' apparatus."— Opfic/an. ABRIDGED LISTS FREE. PI)Otoarai)l)P in natural Colours. NEWMAN & GUARDIA, LTD., are SOLE LONDON AGENTS for DR. JOLY'S PROCESS. The easiest and most practical method of producing Photographs in Natural Colours. Full particulars on application to SHAFTESBURY AVENUE, where Specimens can be seen. Newman & Guardia, Ltd., 90 and 92 SHAFTESBURY AVENUE, LONDON, W. xviii ADVERTISEMENTS. WORTH . . LOOKING AT. For CYCLISTS and TOURISTS. Those about to purchase a Camera would do well to see LIZARS' EXHIBIT, Stand 32, Section IV. & V. Catalogues containing the Novelties of the Season, free on applicatfon. ] -plate si j -pi ate s feizars' " Challenge'' C Cameras. A New I rami Camera of great portability and uniqueness, com- bining- the World's cleverest conceptions in Camera making- Can be used at will as a Daylight Loading Camera. Camera. — Made in finest Spanish Mahogany, either Polished or covered in Morocco IvCather. Shutter. — Is the famous Bausch and r^omb- works Time or Instantaneous. Finder. — Latest improvements of the new brilliant form. Three Slides. —Bookform, tongued in well and at folds of Shutter. Special Features. — Camera, I^ens, Finder, and Focussing Hood all fold up together, and ea'^ily slip into the pocket. Rising and cross front, swing back, focussing by rack and pinion. As a Stand Camera it' is perfect. Finish. — Most work throughout with great exactness. Lenses.— All R.R., and with Iris Diaphragms. Prices.— Fither with Slides or Daylight Attachment— ze, with " Challengk " Lens £5. i -plate size, with Taylor & Hobson Lens, £6. ize, with Dallmeyer " vStigmatic " Lens, £in. Also made in 5 by 4 and ^-plate sizes. i6 Challenge'' Stereoscopic Cameras. '^J^^/;;,^^ This New vStereoscopic Camera has been designed to fulfil certain much wanted require- ments. Capable of doing either vStereoscopic Photographs or others of 6^ inches by 4I inches (half -plate size). The Camera is the smallest and most portable made. PLEA SE NO TE. - That when 011 a Stand t/iis Caiuo d lias all ]J tJie advantagts nf tlie best ordin- ary Stand Camera . Ttiesc adiuin- tages a)c — Rising and Falling Front, Swing Back, Rack Focuss- ing Arrangement, Focussing Screen in Mahogany Frame with Hood attached, a best Thornton- P.ckard Shutter. Camera forms its own Carrying Case. PRICES— Including Three Best Book Slides.— Fitted with K.R. Iris Lenses, £10. Fitted & Hobson "D"' Lenses, £12 ids. Fitted with Goerz Lenses. £17. Fxtra, if fitted with Double Swing Back and Cross Front, £2. FEATURES. Great Compact= ness. All necessary move- ments easily set up for use. The only British Hand Camera awarded a Medal at the Glasgow International Exhibition was the "CHALLENGE." with Taylor, Taylor Double Fxtension, LIZARS' New Challenge" Stand Cameras. An outfit of unprecedented and altogether exceptional quality, work- manship and price. p;verything is made of the finest material. Camera— best .Spanish Mahogany. Lens —thoroughly reliable R.R. with iris Dia- phragm. Stand — folding and exceedingly rigid. Slide-triple - jointed hitige with rabetted shutters. Shutter — Thornton- Pickard snap shot with speed tablet. This Camera is fitted with a patented base board which does away with the necessity of tripod top or screw. The out- fit has only to be sten to be admired and appreciated. Made in |-plate, ^-plate, and full plate sizes only. PRICES— £2 los., £3 ICS., £5 los., respectively. NOTE —The \-plaic size is slightly modified in form to close more compactly. J. IsI^ARS, JYIanufaetufing Optician. All Money Prizes. No Entrance Fee. Confined to Britain Particulars and Entry Forms free on application. GLASGOW-ioi & 107 Buchanan St. EDINBURGH— 2 & 4 Maitland St. BELFAST-73 Victoria St. ABERDEEN— 28 Bridge Street. Factory— Golden Acre Works, Craignestock St., Glasgow. London Warehouse! 20 HIGH HOLBORN, W.C. ADVERTISEMENTS. xix If you have anything^ To BUY^ SELL^ or to EXCHANGE It will pay you to write or call on me, Burrows, 224 STRETFORD RD., MANCHESTER, OPPOSITE HULME TOWN HALL. If you have a Photographic Outfit and want a Cycle, \ If you have a Cycle and want a Photographic Outfit, / WRITE If you have a Watch and want a Lens, L TO ME If you have a Banjo and want a Watch, , If you have any description of Property that you are desirous of exchanging for another, write or call. Cameras, Lenses, Photographic Apparatus of every kind^ Lanterns, Field Glasses, Operas, Optical Goods of any descrip= tion. Old Gold, Old Silver, Watches, Jewellery, Plate, Musical Instruments, Bicycles, 61:c., taken in exchange for other goods sold on commission, or bought for prompt cash. BANKERS—Adelphi Bank, Hulme Branch. Telegrams: MICROSCOPE, MANCHESTER. BURROWS, 224 STRETFORD ROAD, MANCHESTER, OPPOSITE HULME TOWN HALL. XX ADVERTISEMENTS. J/larions 'Sxhibif FOR THEIR MOUNTS, DRY PLATES, MARIONA PAPERS, (GLOSSY SURFACE, MATT SURFACE, GROS-GRAIN SURFACE.) BROMIDE PAPERS, (ROUGH AND SMOOTH SURFACE.) CAMERAS, HAND CAMERAS, SUNDRIES, PATENTED APPARATUS, PUBLICATIONS, ENLARGEMENTS. Plate and Film Factory—SOUTHGATE, MIDDLESEX. Pajxer Factory— SOUTHG ATE, MIDDLESEX, and COURBEVOIE near PARIS. Mount Factory— COURBEVOIE near PARIS, Warehouse— 22 and 23 SOHO SQUARE, LONDON, W. j ADVERTISEMENTS. xxi fl Striking Doccltp PbotograpDic portraits. HAVING A GREAT BOOM THROUGHOUT THE COUNTRY. Caber ^as-T^elieJ pliotographs. The magnificent Galleries at 38 Dover Street, "W*, are now open^ where speci- mens can be viewed and )\ppoii\tn\enl5 jMade. professional pholog^^pl^^^S Desirous of having their own Photographs produced in this Process and of intro' ducing this attractive novelty to their Customers, can have terms and prices on application to the Syndicate's SOLE TRADE AGENTS :— marion S Co., 22 $ 23 Sobo Square, Condon, Ul* Z\\z ^aber gas-^elie/ Sx^ciicate, <£td., 38 DOVER STREET, PICCADILLY c — 2 xxii ADVERTISEMENTS. SETOLOID, "Please send three dozen 4-Setoloid Films per post, for which I enclose 4s. 6d. " I make the Films 100 on my meter, and like them very much as regards quality, and especially free- dom from halation. "ALFRED WATKINS." " I am delig-hted with the Setoloid Films .... I do not think you haye made the adyantag-e of retouching on the matt surface in your adyertise- ment half prominent enough ; eyery amateur will find that the greatest boon. ''G. H." " The accompanying negatiye is of some interest, owing to the fact that accidentally it receiyed an ex- posure of 1-15 sec. with y/22, instead of 15 sec, as it should have received according to Wynne's Expo- sure Meter. The result speaks volumes for the latitude of speed allowed hy your films. " G. L." " I must say that, after having tried many differ- ent brands of plates and films during the past eleven years, I was surprised and delighted to find the Seto- loid Films so easy to handle with ordinary Pyro Soda developer, and giving such satisfactory results. "Rev. M. C. W." Specially manufactured for those who require the Best that can be made. «^ CELLULOID. " I bought twentj -four ^-Films of you on the 4th January last, and I used them for the first time on the 22nd inst. The fact is, I had got so wedded to Plates, I felt afraid to use Films. I am sure you will be surprised at my success. I exposed three dozen — i.e , one dozen plates and j'our two dozen films. The whole of the plates (by good maker) were useless, but I got good negatives on every film Some are most beautiful ; iDut being of the processions in our town during Jubilee celebra- tions I cannot spare them for your competition, so please send me four dozen Instantaneous Films (]), as I mean to enter for your next com- petition if I can find time and suitable subjects. "J. T. M., Junr." " I think it may interest j ou to know that I have recently been testing the majority of cut films now on the market, with a view to using them instead of a roll-holder on my next trip abroad. The re- sult is that, for all-round quality and freedom from defects, your ' Instantaneous ' are easily ahead. "H. B., Lt.-Col." NOTE THE_ Austin -Edwards' Monthly Competition, FRENA CAMERA IS AWARDED EVERY MONTH For the Best Neg-ative on an Austin-Edwards' Film. Any size neg-ative. Any subject. All unsuccessful neg-atives returned, and the winner re- ceives a new Frena Camera (Memo size), loaded with 40 Setoloid Films. Au'ards have bri ade on the i^th of each inotith since October, Entry Forms free on application, or through any dealer. 1S96. List with pleasure. Willoughby Lane, Park, Telegraphic Address : "FILMS, LONDON." TOTTENHAM. ADVERTISEMENTS. xxiii iln InstantangQus Success- ^ WiuancKRiais AT POPULAR PRICES. NOTE THP Warwick Monthly Competition. FIRST PRIZE £20. SECOND PRIZE £,10. THIRD PRIZE £5, EVERY MONTH. Price List free on application. Full Particulars of Competition in every packet of Plates. THE WARWICK DRY PLATE COMPANY, Telegraphic Address :—" SILVER, WARWICK." xxiv ADVERTISEMENTS. Telegrams : " IIent3Cl)e(, London." Telephones: Hottorn 169. Mottorn 2,(0%. Direct Photo Engravers, Electrot\)pers and D^^signers. (drl Hentschelco HEAD OFFICES: 182, 183, 184 Fbeei St., e.c. Foundry: THE. GOI^D^i^ITM FOUNDim, BRANCH OFFICES: 69 /Vlarl t> a: . XXX ADVERTISEMENTS. -THE_ AEROGRAPH. THE IMPROVED WAIR BRUSHY FOR DISTRIBUTING LIQUID COLOURS. IT SAVES TIME AND IMPROVES THE QUALITY OF THE WORK. MARVELLOUS RESULTS OBTAINED IN PHOTOGRAPHIC FINISHING. Circulars and Information on Application to Stand No. 15, Sections iv. and v. Send for Trade Price List of Enlargemen is finished with the AEROGRAPH TO The Aerograph Company, 30 A\EA\ORlAL HALL, mar L.UDGATE CIRCUS, L.ONDOM, E.C. ADVERTISEMENTS. xxxi eflRL ZEISS, Optische Werkstaette, JENA. London Branch Office: 29 iMARQARET STREET, Cavendish Square, W- ANASTIGMATIC LENSES In Five different Series, for all Purposes. SERIES VII.— ANASTIGMATLINSE i : 12.5. SERIES Vila.— SATZ=ANASTIQMAT. New.— "The Planar" Extremely Rapid Objective. I : 3.6 to I : 6, specially constructed for Instantaneous Views, Portraits, ENLARGEMENTS, and REPRODUCTIONS. Patetited in Germany, Great Britain, France, Austria-Hungary , Ifafy, Switzerland, and the United States. The ANASTIGMATIC LEN5ES are, besides by ourselves, made and supplied by the following' Firms, who have obtained the Right of flanufacture ; ROSS, LIMITED, LONDON. MR. KARL FRITSCH, VORM. PROKESCH, VIENNA. MR.F. KORISTKA. MILAN. THE BAUSCH y» Lziwrepcc S* Co., Ltd., LONDON OFFICES: Dc AVoptfort PfCSS, LEICESTER. 1 IMPERIAL BUILDINGS, LUDGATE CIRCUS, E.C. NEGATIVE MAKING AND ENLARGEMENTS. Zlje jTrf pljotographic printing ^orJ^s* NEW MALDEN, ^ SURREY, Qhas- J. K^^ky ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Fine Art Photographer and Publisher. Telegrams : " Kirk, New Maiden." Permanent Printing in Carbon or Platinotype. XXXIV ADVERTISEMENTS. Fine Art PHOTOGRAPHS. Assortments sent hy post for Selection to any part of the World. No Deposit required from Responsible Applicants. pARIS Salon Pictures, Classical Undraped Figures, Secular and Religious Subjects, Statuary, Views, Yachts, Actresses, Heads, Portraits, Artists' Life Studies (including the celebrated Series by Qloeden), Children, Eastern Types, Animals, Flowers, Fruit, Clouds, Waves, Rustic Scenes. Collections from the National Gallery, South Kensington and British Museums, Louvre, Luxetnbourg, Vatican, Dresden, and other Noted Galleries. mum & sGHANz, (Established 1876), 4 SALLKOT ROAD. Northcote Rd., Clapham Junct., London. S.W Photographic Publishers, Write for our 36-page Price Catalogue, post-free 2d. or the equivalent in Forei gii Stamps from residents abroad. ' A Water Flower," By Chautron. Folio size at 2s. ' Bacchante," by Bouguereau. Folio size at 2s. WALL-PAPLRS ORIGINAL MAKLRS or ART15T:C FfUE /ROM ARStNIC WmLAMSi8.C0 SOLE IIOHIOJ/STRLLT LONDON -W- TWENTY MEDALS, lUaii=Paper$ FOR PDotoarapftic stuaios AND Picture Galkrks* Raised Decorative Materials. anaglypta/' ** cordelova/* lignomur/' ** lincrusta;* salamander/^ and JAPANESE LEATHERS. Of All Decorators. ADVERTISEMENTS. XXXV Ready ApaiL25TH Price Three and Sixpence PICTORIAL /imU^L VfaR^BOOK 1696 ^^^^ Biggest Cbing in the exbibition. Penrose's S^Tammoth S^rocess Mmera. This enormous Camera illustrates the capabilities of our New Electric-power Factory at Clerkenwell Green. We make and sell not only Cameras, but all Appliances for Process Work. PENROSE & CO., CDC PDoto Process Stores, 8 & 8a UPPER BAKER ST., LLOYD SQUARE, W.C. And at PARIS : 44 RuE NOTRE DAME DES Champs. FERDINAND FLINSCH, €n9ineer and Iron founder. ■he LATEST and BEST OFFENBACH - ON' MAIN, GERHANY. Sensitizing or Coating macDines FOR CELLOIDIN, GELATINE, AND BARIUM PAPERS, FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC PURPOSES. Jllso rnacl)itierp for tDe proUuction of CHROMO'ENAMEL AND SURFACE COLOURED PAPERS, PHOTO-TYPE PAPERS, COATED BOOK OR ART PAPERS, TRACING AND CARBON PAPERS, etc. Plants for these Purposes have been supplied to all quarters of the Globe. Full Particulars on application. D xxxvi ADVERTISEMENTS. ^N^l^ ARE PURCHASERS OF 4^ EVERY DESCRIPTION Photographic Waste or Residues CONTAINING GOLD, SILVER or PLATINUM. WORKS ESTABLISHED AT SHEFFIELD 1760. Head Office and Works: ROYDS MILL STREET, SHEFFIELD. London Warehouse: i Berry Street, Clerkenweli Road, B.C. Birming'hatn 191 Warstone Lane. ADVERTISEMENTS. xxxvii STAND 9. NINE DIFFERENT MODELS. The '* Prestwich" Projector. Model 2. The " Prestwich " Patent Magazine Camera. Model J. Cameras Projectors with capacity for films from 40 feet to 500 feet. with capacity for length of films from 40 feet to 2000 feet. Developing- and Printing for the Trade. Perforating (accuracy guaranteed) to Edison or Lumiere gauge. SILVER MEDALS— Highest Awards, Glasg07v International Pliotograpliic Exhibition and Hackney Photographic Exhihitioii. INSPECTION INVITED. Cl]e prestwich jV^aqufacturiqg Co., 744 HIGH ROAD, TOTTENHAfl, LONDON, N. Station : White Hart Lane, G.E.R. D— 2 xxxviii ADVERTISEMENTS. PRUSSIAN PRUSSIAN OPTICAL ESTABLISHMENT, GOVERNMENT GOLD MEDAL. GOVERNMENT GOLD MEDAL. E. R GOERZ, SeRIsIN— F^IEDENHAN. NEW YORK— 52 East Union Square. PARIS— 22 Rue de I'Entrepot. SPECIALITY :-PHOTOGRAPHIC ARTICLES. Double Anastigmat, In Two Series for all Photographic Purposes, As yet unequalled. Goerz* Shutt<^r Apparatus, IN VARIOUS SHAPES. The most perfect Instantaneous Apparatus of the present time. Exposure up to the rrnro of a second. Goerz' Eccentric Shutter. A most excellent Time and Instantaneous Shutter. PLEASE ASK FOR COMPLETE CATALOGUE. ADVERTISEMENTS. THE NEW PHOTOGRAPHIC WONDER. VERASe©PE (Patented S. G. D. G.) By pressing- a button, a Stereoscopic Photograph is produced at will. The picture appears to be of full size and in relief. All exaggeration of perspective or form is obviated. It is a real picture, quickly produced by an instrument of the smallest size, weight, and cost. A photograph of 24 X 20 placed at 40 centimetres from the eye would coincide with that obtained and recorded by the VerasCOpe, It is therefore unnecessary to make Enlargements, as you obtain, by simple contact, proofs with much finer detail, which can be used for projection. These proofs are obtained in a few seconds, sirnply with the open lantern and without quitting the dark room, and developed as ordinary neg^atives in the same solutions rather diluted — no toning or daylight printing-. The change can be made in daylight. The apparatus contains 12 Stereoscopic or 24 plain plates. The Verascope, furnished with two rectilinear lenses, permits of photographs being- taken in all positions, and instantaneously, without any distortion. Composed entirely of metal, it weighs al- together only 980 g-rammes ; it cannot become loose or unglued like wooden cameras, and the plates keep their sensitiveness indefinitely. A simple Stereoscope, in American style (patented), has been made specially for the Verascope. It contains 50 views, and is of small size. The Verascope is sold in a rich black morocco leather case, for 175 fr.=£7, complete. Photogfraphic Novelties -The HOMEOSCOPES, 6 x 6^ and 8 x 9. Sold at all good photographic dealers, and at the Inventor's : Jules RieHARO, MANUFACTURING ENGINEER, Knight of the Legion of Honour-, Founder and Successor of the firm of RICHARD BROTHERS, PARIS-BELLEVILLE, 8, impasse Fessart, 8. xl ADVERTISEMENTS. All Photographers ^P^^ SHOULD SEE OUR SHOW OF With which we are still to the fore. No CARBON, BROMIDE, P^^^^ are too great to get the best results from each neg-ative entrusted to us. All PLATING- BROMIDE, kinds of finishings can be executed. Our PLATINOTYPE. black and white finishing on platino-bro- mide paper are a tremendous success. . . All qualities on view. Carbon printing a speciality : negatives put in hand same day as received. We have now a representative collection of Mr. Seavey's superb designs in stock, and we cordially invite you to call and see these goods whether you purchase or not. Photos of grounds and accessories sent on application. " Increased vigour and success mark all Mr. Seavey's latest efforts." Best Berlin Goods. |^Superior finish. New designs in blocking and printing. Send for quotations. Transparent envelopes. . Send for 'g8 Price List of Platinotype mounts. Postal wrappers. Photo Goods. Negative bags. THOMAS TlLINGWORTH & CO. 5 Soho Street, Oxford Street, Willesden Junction, N.w. LONDON, W. ADVERTISEMENTS. xli GIVE CRITICALLY FINE DEFINITION RIGHT UP TO THE MARGINS OF THE PLATE. THE GLASSES BEING VERY THIN AND NEAR TOGETHER, THEY WORK MUCH FASTER, WITH RELATIVELY EQUAL APERTURES, THAN DO OTHER ANASTIGMATS. ARE TRULY RECTILINEAR, AND FREE FROM FLARE, GHOST, AND OTHER COMMON DEFECTS OF LENSES. HAVE ONLY THREE SIMPLE GLASSES, AND WHILE "ABSOLUTELY EQUAL TO THE BEST OF THE MORE COMPLEX ANASTIGMATS" ARE MORE UNIFORM IN QUALITY AND COMPARATIVELY REASONABLE IN PRICE. THEY ARE DESCRIBED IN THE " COOKE BOOKLET" WHICH IS SENT FREE BY THE MANUFACTURERS jAyL0i^fAyL0i^^[lo33orJ. Slate Street Works. LEICESTER. AND AO. Charing Cross Road. LONDON. W C. Sold by Photographic Dealers throughout the world. Manufacturers under License; — FRANCE. BALBRECK, AINE & Fl LS, Paris. GERMANY. VOiQHTLANDER.& SOHN, Brunswick. xlii ADVERTISEMENTS. ... 1898. ... A SAFE PREDICTION. '*An the best Photog^raphs of the year will be on Edwards' *'XL Plates." "Old Probabilities." For EXHIBITION WORK use SNAP SHOT ISO ANTIHALO FOR SPEED AND QUALITY. . . . THE . . . prince or plates Of all Dealers; or direct from the Sole Manufacturers: B. J. EDWARDS & CO. IaIk^^:':.: ^LONDON. ADVERTISEMENTS. xliii ILLUSTRATED SONGS, &c. Slides made from Customers* Negatives by a Special "Wet Collodion Process, giving good results even from poor weak Film Negatives* Send Negative for Sample Slide (gratis) and Terms* iT THE Ingest ppodueep of IN THE WORLD* Catalogue 168 pages, Post Free 6d* JAMES BAMFORTH, STATION ROAD, HOLMFIRTH, YORKSHIRE. xliv ADVERTISEMENTS. rTRADE\ MARK REGISTERED. ^ (PATENT.) MAY BE SEEN AT LEADING STALLS, WILL REVOLUTIONISE FILM PHOTOGRAPHY. Has Vital Advantages over Roll Films. 1. ECONOMY OF FILM. No Waste of Films when single pic- tures are required. 2. ECONOMY IN COST OF WORKING. Cut Films (which are cheaper and universally obtainable) of any size (English or Foreign) are used in the " Creel," and the economy and advantage of these points are self-evident. EASIEST TO CHANGE. NO NOTCHING REQUIRED. The principle of the "Creel'" is as efficient and applicable to 1 2 X lo as to small films. Films during exposure are as flat as glass plates. FILMS GUARANTEED TO BE AS FLAT AS GLASS PLATES DURING EXPOSURE. Special Sizes will be made to order. | First size ready is the Cyclist's. Size of picture 2t X 2f inches. One Film can be exposed and removed without disturbing the remainder and without waste. Camera holds 40 Films stock size. Can be made to hold 100. THE "CREEL ' IS ISSUED AT POPULAR PRICES. Full Particulars on receipt of Post Card. Send for Illustrated Catalogue, price 1/- returnable with first order of 10/- Also ask to see my NEW ROLLER BLIND SHUTTER, which IS entirely dissimilar to any other on the market* DAVID ALLAN, 157 WHITFIELD ST., LONDON, W. ADVERTISEMENTS. xlv PbEASE NOTE OOR SPECIAL EXHIBIT. for ilrcDitecturai PDotoarapftp* ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN, 1896, HACKNEY, 1896. BRISTOL INTERNATIONAL, 1896. CALCUTTA, 1896-97. SOUTH LONDON, 1897. PRINTERS' EXHIBITION, 1897. ROYAL CORNWALL POLYTECHNIC HACKNEY, 1897. [^897. CALCUTTA, 1897-98. BOROUGH POLYTECHNIC, 1898. SOUTH LONDON, 1898, &c., &c. Architectural and,^ Cccbuical Pbotograpbcrs AND GENERAL ILLUSTRATORS. Photographs made for Leg:al Questions, Cases of Lig:ht and Air, &c. Specialists and Experts in all Work required by Architects and Surveyors. J. BULBECK & Co., 166, 167, 168, STRAND, LONDON, W.C. Telegrams: "ALKALINITY, LONDON." Telephone: 1763, GtRRARD. AN INSPECTION OF OUR EXHIBIT is particularly requested. xlvi ADVERTISEMENTS. MCKELLEN'S DOUBLE . . PINION NT. LONDON, 1S84. STAND CAMERA. This Celebrated Camera in 1884 obtained the ONLY MEDAL FOR APPARATUS until then EVER AWARDED by the Photographic Society i|i of Great Britain (nowthe Royal Photographic Society). It is still the finest and nnost perfect Camera in the world for De- sign, Quality & Workmanship. The "Double Pinion" Canrjera v\^ith brass nrjour(tings as made \r\ 1884. The " Double Pinion " Camera with Aluminium mountings made especially li^ht and ^mall. This is believed to be th^ lightest and srrjallest camera in the market. We make no gxtra charge for mounting the "McKellen'' Carqera with /\luminium. The "Special" Camera to v\^ork without ground glass or focussing cloth. Descriptive Booklet and Price List Post Free from ROSS Ltd. the stereoscopic Co. Ltd. SPIERS &. POND Ltd. or from MCKELLEN & Co., " »ZL"V'J.':"' Manchester. WORKS— I. SEVEN STARS COURT, GREENWOOD STREET. EXHIBITION STAND No. 34, SECTION IV. xlvii ADVERTISEMENTS. MCKELLEN'S INFALLIBLE" Automatic Magazine HAND oAMERA Takes 12 Plates, or 24 Films, or Plates and Films mixed* This Hand Camera is about the acme of simplicity. It probably gives the amateur less to do than any other Hand Camera on the market. Having made the exposure, ONE complete TURN of the handle, as shewn in the above illustration, does EVERYTHING else. The exposed plates are firmly and securely gripped and cannot move or be shaken about. The attention of Cyclist photographers is specially drawn to this point. EVERY HAND CAMERA MANUFACTURED BY McKELLEN IS " iNFT^Lal^IBL^E." The McKELLEN-HEYWOOD POCKET FOLDING VIEW FINDER k VIEW METER. PRICE 3 6 This little Instrument has been designed to enable the photographer to decide where to plant his camera to obtain a given view with- out the trouble of unpacking it and setting it up, or to decide what lens to use to obtain a given view from a given position. It is worth as many pounds as the price is shillings. It is arranged for four different sizes of plates, from ] -plate, and for lenses from 4-inch to 15-inch foci, yet when folded up goes easily into the waistcoat pocket. [finder opened ready for use. Descriptive Booklet and Price List Post Free from ROSS Ltd. THE STEREOSCOPIC Co. Ltd. SPIERS & POND, Ltd. or FROM MCKELLEN &, Co., Manchester. 4, Bull's Head Yard, Market Place, WORKS~1 SEVEN STARS COURT, GREENWOOD STREET. EXHIBITION STAND NO. 34, SECTION IV. xlviii ADVERTISEMENTS. Every Phofo^raphic Requisife. POST YOUR ORDERS TO-DAY, WE FORWARD GOODS TO-MORROW. Call and Inspect our Unique and Splendid Stocic, THE LARGEST AND FINEST PHOTOGRAPHIC EMPORIUM IN THE WORLD. Smallest Twin Lens ever Designed. Smaller and Lighter than any other. ONLY ADDRESS: ADAMS & Co., 26 Charing Gross Ijd., LONDON, Telephone 5387 Gerrard. W.C. ADVERTISEMENTS. xlix Adams de Luxe eameras. ADVERTISEMENTS. ESTABLISHED 1830. Gold Medals and Highest Awards at all Great INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITIONS. <«« — 4 »» > IF . "llliliMllllllj 'IN LONOONIr t-#riii . . . ARE THE . . . ©Ibest pbotoorapbic ©ptidans in England and can offer Amateur and Professional Photographers A GREATER CHOICE of First-Class LENSES than any other Manufacturer in the World. Ifllustrated Catalogue now rcad))^ containing full particulars of ROSS^ ROSS ZEISS & ROSS GOERZ LENSES, ROSS* STUDIO, PROCESS & Hand Cameras, Science and Enlarging Lanterns, etc Apply at Stand No. 30, Section IV. in Exhibition, or to 13 Q 111 NEW BOND ST., W. and IVVJOO* LTD., 31 cocKSPUR ST.. s.w. His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales, K.G. Patron of the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain, Illustrated Catalogue of the Royal photographic Society's International exhibition, Ht tbc Crystal palace, 1898. Opened hy Ris Royal Righness the prince of ^ales, K.G. JMonday, Hpril 25th, 1898* London : Royal photographic Society* 1898. ^ Preface* ^ ^ ^ ^ An attempt has been made to render the catalogue something more than a mere string of names and numbers* To do this^ many- members of the Society, members of the trade and others have given valuable assistance, without which the task in the short space of time available would have been impossible. It is the pleasant duty of the Editor to express his most hearty thanks to those who have assisted in this direction* The general arrangement of the Exhibition is such that the visitor arriving by the L* C* & D* R*, entering the Palace through the subway (the Secretary's office immediately adjoins this entrance on the right), and turning to his left will first reach the Historical Collection in the Egyptian Court* Beyond this lie the sections devoted to Photography in its Scientific Applications, Photography in Colours, and Photography as a Science, in the Egyptian and Roman Courts* Passing on through the Alhambra Court to the end of the Palace and turning to the right until the fountain is reached, and then turning to the right again, the whole length of the north and south naves will be faced, containing in order, on the left the Photographic Record Collections, on the right the Affiliated Societies' Photographs, then the Pictorial Loan Collection, the Prince of Wales' Hospital Fund Exhibit, and beyond these the section devoted to the Apparatus and Technical Sections* These occupy the greater portion of both naves, faced in the north nave by the General Photographic Exhibits on the screens and alcoves* The Photographic Journals are at the north end of the north nave, and most of the Process firms at the south end of the south nave* R. CHILD BAYLEY, Editor. The Catalogue* The Half-Tone and Line Relief Blocks used in the body of this catalogue are by: THE ART REPRODUCTION Co., Plough Court, Fetter Lane, E,C. L. E, CLIFT & Co,, I Holborn Place, High Holborn, W,C, F. DOWNER, High Street, Watford. LASCELLES & Co., Ltd., Roy House, Fitzroy Street, Fitzroy Square, W. THE MEISENBACH Co., Ltd., Wolfington Road, West Norwood, S.E. THE STRAND ENGRAVING Co., Ltd., 146 Strand, W.C. The Printing has been done by: GEO. W. JONES, Saint Bride House, Dean Street, Fetter Lane, E.C. The Initial Letters on pp. 18, 25 and 31 and the Tail Piece on p. 194 are com' bined photography and drawing by E. W. JACKSON, Edelweiss, Lawson Road, Colwyn Bay, N.W. The Frontispiece is a Machine-Printed Photogravure by THE REMBRANDT INTAGLIO PRINTING Co., Lancaster, from a negative by H. VAN DER WEYDE, Regent Street, W. Illustrated Supplements have also been supplied by: THE ACME TONE ENGRAVING Co., Ltd., Watford, Herts. THE ART REPRODUCTION Co., Plough Court, Fetter Lane, E.C. BEMROSE & SON, Ltd., Derby and London. ARTHUR COX ILLUSTRATING Co., Birmingham. CARL HENTSCHEL & Co., 182, 183, 184 Fleet Street, E.C. PLUMMER & Co., 23 Great New Street, E.C. THE STRAND ENGRAVING Co., Ltd., 146 Strand, W.C" JOHN SWAIN & SON, Ltd., 58 Farringdon Street, E.C. THE SWAN ELECTRIC ENGRAVING Co., 116 Charing Cross Road, W.C. WELLINGTON & WARD, Elstree, Herts. INDEX. HISTORICAL COLLECTION:^ Portraits » . . • • i Daguerreotype . • • • • • • • • • 9 Calotype • ■ • • • • • • 1 1 Collodion . . • • 14 Carbon Printing . • • • • • • • 18 The Photographic Camera 25 Photographic Engraving in IntagUo 31 Photo-lithography . . . . • • 3^ Collotype 39 Photographic Engraving in Relief • • • • 4^ Lenses . . . • • . • • • • 49 PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY 66 APPARATUS AND MATERIAL 129 SCIENTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS : Engineering . . . • • • • . • • • • 157 Astronomical • . • • • • • • • • 158 Spectroscopic . • • • • • • • • • 162 Geological • • • • • 164 Meteorological • . • • • • • • 166 X-Ray and Medical 167 Recording Instruments . ■ • • • • 170 Zoological and Botanical 173 Military 180 Microscopical • • • • • • • • 183 PHOTOGRAPHY IN COLOURS 191 PHOTOGRAPHY AS A SCIENCE 195 GENERAL TECHNICAL PHOTOGRAPHY 201 MAP OF THE EXHIBITION Ixxviii KEY OF SAME Ixxx LIST OF DEMONSTRATIONS, LANTERN EXHIBITIONS, Etc Ixxxii INDEX OF ADVERTISERS Ixxxv List of Exhibitors t Signifies a Fellow of the Society. * Signifies a Member of the Society. Page. tAbney, Captain W. de W,, C,B., F,R.S,, Rathmore Lodge, Bolton Gardens South, S.W. 163, 198 Adams & Co., 26 Charing Cross Road, London, W.C 144 Aerograph Co., Memorial Hall, Farringdon Street, E.C 138 Aintree Photographic Society, Aintree Institute, Liverpool 210 Allott, Jones & Co., Bixteth Street, Liverpool 218 Amateur Photographer,^* 1 Creed Lane, Ludgate Hill, London . . • . 153 Anderson, J. H.» 60 Watling Street, London, E.C 65 Annan, J. Craig, 230 Sauchiehall Street, Glasgow 1 1, 66 Annan, T. R., & Sons, 230 Sauchiehall Street, Glasgow 157 Arding^ Miss C. W., Fern Brae, Vermont Road, Upper Norwood 218 Art Reproduction Co., Ltd., 3-4 Plough Court, Fetter Lane, E.C 215 Ashton, E. R., Camden Park, Tunbridge Wells 68 Ashton-under'Ly ne Photographic Society, 24 Park Parade, Ashton^under^Lyne 209 Aston, W. Smedley, 7 Newhall Street, Birmingham 69 Autotype Co., 74 New Oxford Street, W.C. 38, 40, 212 Avery, John H., 45 Prince of Wales' Road, N.W 70 *Baker, Harold, 58 New Street, Birmingham 7it2i4 '^Barden, C. H., 68 East Street, Chichester 50 Batten, G. K., Capston Studio, Ilfracombe 213 Bayfield, J. J., 37 Gipsy Hill, Norwood, S.E 215 Beaconsfield Camera Club, High Street, Beaconsfield . . . • . • • • 210 Beck, R. & J., Ltd., 68 Cornhill, London, E.C 144 tBennett, H. W., Hastings House, Norfolk Street, i^ondon, W.C 71 "Bhedwar, Shapoor N., c/o. Robinson & Son, Redhill 72 Bird, Graystone, 38 Milson Street, Bath 212, 227 Birmingham Photographic Society, C. J. Fowler, Court Mount, Erdington, Birmingham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • 207 Bishop, W. J., 34 Dunster Gardens, Brondesbury, N.W 165, 166, 188 Black, Mrs. William, Paston House, Brighton . . • . • • • • 4 Black and White,'* Fleet Street, E.C 180. 181 Blake, Mrs. A. E., 38 High Street, Bedford 226 Blanchard, Valentine, Meadow Lea, Herne Common, near Canterbury . . 73 Bligh, Capt. F. A., c/o Messrs. Shew & Co., 87 Newman Street, W 223 *Boden, Miss, The Friary, Derby 227 Boissonas, Fred, Geneva, Switzerland . . . . . . • • • • • • 74 Bolas, S. B. & Co., 1 1 Ludgate Hill, E.C 216 ^Bolas, T., 60 Grove Park Terrace, Chiswick, W. . . 15, 22, 23, 29, 33, 37, 38, 39t 44 Borough Polytechnic Photographic Society, Borough Road, S.E. . . . . 206 Bourke, Waher L., The Old Hall, Worsley, Staffordshire 197 Bousfield, Edward Collins, 363 Old Kent Road, S.E 188 Bradford Photographic Society, Unity Rooms, Sunbridge Road, Bradford . . 206 Bridges-Lee, J., 6 King's Bench Walk, Temple, E.C 181 Brighouse Photographic Society . . . . • • • • • • • • 209 Bright, Tom, 6 Gatestone Road, Upper Norwood, S.E. . . . . • • 74 Brixton and Clapham Camera Club, Brixton Hall, Acre Lane, S.W 210 Brothers, A., 78 King Street, Manchester 15» 24 Brown, Geo., 20 Grosvenor Street, Camberwell Road, S»E. . . . . • • 219 tBrownrigg, T. M., Artington House, Guildford 75 Page. Bucquett Maurice, 12 Rue Paul Baudry, Paris .. .. .. .. .. 128 Bulbeck, J, & Co., 169 Strand, "W.C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Bullock Bros., Leamington . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Burchett, A., 28 "Willoughby Road, Hampstead 77 tBurrow, J. C, Camborne, Cornwall .. .. .. .. .. .. 165 ''"'^Bushby, John, Dacre Lodge, Penrith .. .. .. .. .. 77 Cadby, Carine, Hunsdon, near Ware, Herts . . . . . . . . . . 78 Cadby, Will A., Hunsdon, near Ware, Herts 78 Calland Eustace, c o Dr. Richardson, Hillside, Putney Hill, S.W 78 Cameron, H. H. H., 31 George Street, Hanover Square, W. . . . . . . 78 Cameron, Mrs. J. M. 79 Carpenter John, 60 Old Hill Street, Clapton, N.E. . . . . ". . . . 79 Carter^s Ink Co., 7 Bunhill Row, London, B.C. .. .. .. .. 143 Cartheuser, Herman, 52 Hind Street, Poplar .. .. .. 212 tCembrano, F. P., 10 Cambridge Gardens, Richmond, Surrey . . . . . . 81 Chaffin, J. & Sons, 65 East Street, Taunton 224 Chancellor & Sons, 55 Lower Sackville Street, Dublin .. .. 212 Cheshire, W., Mrs,, 23 Holborn Viaduct, E.C. 10 Chichester Photographic Society, G. M. TurnbuU, South Street, Chichester. . 208 Chiswick Camera Club, T. Coysh, 419 High Road, Chiswick . . . . 206 City and Guilds of London Technical College, Leonard Street, City Road, E.C. 209 Clarke, Mrs. S. F,, Louth, Lincolnshire . . . . . . . . . 81 '^Coath, J. H., The Fore Street Studio, Liskeard . . . . . . . . . . 222 '^Cohen, Lewis, 146 Fellowes Road, N.W 83 ^-^Coles, W., Watford, Herts 28 Common, A. A., Eaton Rise, Ealing, W. .. .. .. .. 161 Cooke, Thos. & Sons, York . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Corden, George, F.R.M.S., Thetford Villa, Waddon New Road, Croydon . . 166 tCorke, C. Essenhigh, 39 London Road, Sevenoaks . . . . . . 225 tCraigie, R. W., Camera Club, Charing Cross Road, W.C 83 Crooke, W., 103 Princes^ Street, Edinburgh . . . . • . 84 Croydon Camera Club, 106 Holmesden Road, South Norwood. . . . . ■ 210 Croydon Microscopical and Nrtural History Club, 55 Benson Road, Croydon 209 Dallas, Duncan C, 5 Furnival Street, E.C. 34t 45 Dallmeyer, J. H., Ltd., 25 Newman Street, W. 51, 53t 54t 55» S^t 57t S^t 59t ^it 62, 131 tDallmeyer, T. R., Eversleigh, Purley, Surrey . . . . . . • • 2, 5 '^Davidson, J. Mackenzie, 76 Portland Place, W. .. .. .. .. •• 167 Davison, G., Clovelly, Arnison Road, East Molesey 84 Demachy Robert, 13 Rue Francois L Paris . .. ■• •• 86 Dept. of Interior, Surveyor-General, Canada • • 182 Derby Photographic Society, E. Fearn, 76 Richmond Road, Derby . . . . 208 Dmetrieff, M., Nijni Novgorod, Russia • • • • • • • • 216 Dollond, A. W., 20 High Street, Swanley Junction . . . . . . 49 "Dovaston, Freeman, 5 George Street, Euston Road, N.W. . . . . . . 211 Downer, F., Watford 212 Driffield, V. C, Appleton, Widnes 8, 199 Dubreuil, P., 19 Rue Solferino, Lille, France •• •■ 217 Ealing Photographic Society, R. Y. Murphy, 7 Argyle Road, Ealing, W. . . 209 Edson, N. W., Portland, Maine, U.S.A. 220 Elliott & Sons, Barnet 133 Endolithic Ivory Co., Ltd., Pomona Buildings, Fore Street, E.C. . . . . 154 Evans, F. H,, 19 Buckingham Street, Adelphi, W.C 87, 190 Exeter Camera Club, Cecil R. M. Clapp, 2 Bedford Circus, Exeter 206 ■"Tallows, John, L.R.C.S.E., 2 Prince's Mansions, 66 Victoria Street, S.W. . . 169 tFincham, E. C, Harrow 220 Fleming, A. B. & Co., Ltd., 101 Leadenhall Street, E.C. 216 Forrest J. A., 53 Shrewsbury Road, Oxton, Birkenhead . . 2, 7, 10, 11, 12, 15, 16, 160 Foxlee, E. W., 22 Goldsmith Road, Acton, W 16, 21, 37, 44 Page. tGalc, Col. J., 225 Long Lane, Bcrmondsey, S.E 88 Gauthier'Villars ct Fils, 55 Quai des Grands Augustins, Paris . . . . 156 tGear, John H., 52 Lincoln^s Inn Fields, W.C 90 tGeddesJ. D., 4 Laura Place, Clapton, N.E 22 *Gifford,J. W»,Chard 162 Gill, Dr. David, Royal Observatory, Cape Town 162 Gladstone, J. H., D.Sc, F.R.S., 17 Pembridge Square, 168 Goerz, C. P., Berlin-Friedenau 143 Goldhammer, Sigismund, Lemberg 225 Golding, A. J., 116 Mercer^s Road, Tufnell Park, N. 90 Goldstein, Baroness de, 116 Eaton Square, S."W 221 Goodwin, Edward, 63 Anerley Road, Upper Norwood 213 Graphic Art Society, Geneva (J. R. Gotz, 215 Shaftesbury Avenue. 'W.C.) . . 141 Graves, Frederick, 368 Dudley Road, Birmingham 212, 222 Great bach, W. T., 30 Smallbrook Street. Birmingham 91 Green, O. R., 5 Pembroke Villas, Richmond, Surrey 16 Green, W., 9 Castlegate, Berwick-on^Tweed . . . . . . 174 Greenwood, H. & Co., 24 Wellington Street, Strand, W.C 152 tGreger, Karl, 17 Gordon Street, Islington 91 Gregory, Frank, 63 Antrobus Road, Chiswick 225 Griffin & Sons, J. J., Ltd., 22 Garrick Street, Covent Garden 136 *Gunston,J., 11 Spencer Hill, Wimbledon 92 Gutenberg Press Ltd., 125 Fleet Street, E.C. 153 Hackney Photo raphic Society, 12 King Edward Road, N.E 209 Hall, Miss H. O., Broomhill, Bonnybridge, N.B 223 Hallier, H. 41 High Street, Sydenham, S.E.. . 214 Harley, Adrian, 122 Christchurch Road, Tulse Hill, S.W 12 Harrison, W. J., 52 Claremont Road, Handsworth, Birmingham . . 10, 165 Haviland, H. L., 7 Elm Tree Road, St. John^s Wood 214 Henderson, A. L., Westmoor Hall, Brimsdown, Middlesex 12, 17, 23, 28, 180, 196 Hepburn, E., 27 Highfield Road, Dartford 220 Hepburn, J. G., Oakf ield Cottage, Near Dartford Heath 24 tHertslet, E. C, Her Britannic Majesty^s Consul Geijgfral, Havre, France . . 92 Hibbert, W., 101 Goldhurst Terrace, N. W. Higgs, George, 320, West Derby Road, Liverpool . . . . 164 Hill, D. 0 92 Hinton, A. Horsley, Stoke Cottage, Guildford, Surrey 20, 95 tHodges, J. A., 34 Fairlawn Grove, Chiswick 96 Hoffmeister, T. & O., Hamburg 224 Holder, J. T., 77 Erlanger Road, St. Catherine's Park, S. E 165, 188 tHollyer, F., 9 Pembroke Square, Kensington 99 Holman, J. B., 79 Avenue du Roule, NieuUy, France 219 Horgan, S. H. New York Tribune," New York . . . . 38, 39t 44t 192 Horrex, F. H., 66 Hubert Grove, Stockwell . . • . 218 Horton, W.Silvester, Enfield House, Enfield Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham 6, 10, 16 Houghton & Son, G., 88-89 High Holborn, W.C 137 tHughes, Herbert W., 188 Wolverhampton Street, Dudley Hull Photographic Society, 6 Balmoral Terrace, Anlaby Road, Hull . . . . 209 Husnik & Hausler, 4 Fenchurch Avenue, E.C 214 ''Hyde, H. v., 33 Ritherdon Road, Upper Tooting, S.W 219 lies, F., Unity Works, Highgate Street, Birmingham 189 Iliffe & Son, 3 St. Bride Street, E.C 152 *Isenthal, A. W., 5 Sotheby Road, Highbury Park, N 167 Isle of Thanet Photographic Society, Ramsgate 210 Itahan Minister of War, Rome 182 ^Ives, F. E., 121 Shaftesbury Avenue, W.C 48 *James, G. H., 61 Battersea Rise, S.W 99 Jennings, W. N., 121 Shaftesbury Avenue, W.C 180 Page. tjob, Charles, Milton House, Lindfield, near Hayward^s Heath, Sussex 99, 101 Johnston, Miss F, B., 1332 V Street, Washington, D.C, U.S.A» . 128 tjones. Chapman, 1 1 Eaton Rise, Ealing, W. . 29, 196, 197 Jones, Ernest, Vale of Clwyd Studio, Rhyl 189 Kahls, C. G., Stockholm . 227 Kearton, Cherry, Boreham Wood, Elstree, Herts . . I73t 174 Keene, Richard, Ltd., All Saints, Derby 101, 216 tKeighley, Alexander, Steeton High Hall, Keighley 101 tKeith, Sydney, Fairlight, Whitton, Middlesex 166, 180 Kennaway, C, W,, Grovely Lodge, Priory Avenue, Hastings . . 220 Kew Observatory Committee, Richmond, Surrey 171 Keyserling, Countess Margaret, Schloss Burgan, Niederau Duren, Rheinland 216 King, Horatio Nelson, 4 Avenue Road, Goldhawk Road, W» . . 211 tKirk, C. J., New Maiden, Surrey . 218 Laidler, T. S., 57. Shields Road, Heaton, Newcastle-on'Tyne . . 222 *Lambert, Rev* F. C, 6 Ormonde Terrace, Regent^s Park, N.W. 102 *Lamley, Geo., 4 Whitecross Street, Cripplegate, E.C. 102 Lamplough, H., Ltd., 167 Strand, W.C . 141 Lang, William, Cross Park, Partick . . . . . . 2, 3, 6, 7, 12, 24t 27 , 28, 200 ^Lange, Paul, 1 Tithebarn Street, Liverpool . . 103 Langton, Miss C. R., Bardelrill, Aigburth, Liverpool 223 ^Lankester, Percy S., Great Hall Studio, Tunbridge Wells I03t 211 Lascelles & Co., Ltd., 13 Fitzroy Street, Fitzroy Square, W. 216 tLavender, E. D., Bromley, Kent . 216 Lee, Edgar G., 21 Algernon Terrace, Tynemouth . . 104 tLemere, H. Bedford, 147 Strand, W.C. 213 Lilius, Frau Anna 225 Lintott, Bernard, Carfax, Horsham 104 tLippman, Professor G., The Sorbonne, Paris . 191 Lizars, J,, 20 High Holborn, "W.C 149 Long, H., 16 Old Market Street, Bristol 221 Lockett, A., Brook Street, Kennington Road, S.E 221 Lockyer, J. E., 87 Evelyn Street, Deptford, S.E • 154 Lodge, R. B., Enfield ■ 174 Londe, Albert, 8^ Rue Lafontaine, Paris . 167, 168, 190 London County Council Technical Education Board, Bolt Court Technical School, Fleet Street, E.C 216 London Photographic Supply Co., 184 Borough, S.E. . 153 Lumiere, A., Monplaisir, Lyons 191 Lund, Percy, Humphries & Co., Ltd., 5 Godwin Street, Bradford 153 Maddox, R.L., M.D., 45 Park Road, Portswood, Southampton . . ■ I7t 183, 184 tMain, Mrs., 10 Weardale Road, High Road, Lee,Lewisham . 218 *Manly, Thos., 140 Haverstock Hill, N.W 105 Marion & Co., 22-23 Soho Square, W. 10, 21, 24, 129 Marsh Bros., 29 and 31 Hart Street, Henley-on-Thames 221 tMarsh, F., 7 Caxton Terrace, Henley 222 Marsh, W. P., Waterloo Square, Bognor 217 Martin, Paul, 79 Wiesbaden Road, Stoke Newington, N. 105 Maskell, Alfred, Royal Societies^ Club, St. Jameses Street, S.W. 10, 105 Mason & Co., Geo., 180-186 Sauchiehall Street, Glasgow 28 Mawson & Swan, 33 Soho Square, W. 129 May, H. G., 1 1 Hill Rise, Richmond 222 Mazibourg, Carle de, Paris . 225 McClean, Frank, M.A., Rusthall House, Tunbridge Wells . . 162 McKellen & Co., 4 BulFs Head Yard, Market Place, Manchester 150 Meisenbach Co., Ltd., West Norwood . 215 Metallic Photo-Printing Syndicate Ltd., New Southgate, N. . . 152 Metcalfe, H, J., Richmond, Yorks - . 224 Page. 1'lVIiethe, Df Lachma.nnstra.sse, 7 Bfunswick, Gefmany 62, 63, 64 Mitchell, Herbert, Bowling Park, Bradford 214 Moffat, F, P., 125 Princes^ Street, Edinburgh . . 4, 219 Monklands Photographic Society, 16 Bank Street, Airdrie 207 Morgan & Kidd, Richmond, London, S.W. 136 Morice, W., 213 Lewisham High Road, St. John^s, S.E. . . 220, 221 " Moss, Charles, Ashton Lodge, Tavistock Road, Croydon 106 '"'Mummery, J. C. S., 81 Pellatt Grove, Wood Green, N. . . 106 tMuncey, F. W,, 80 Boundary Road, St* John^s Wood 212 National Photographic Record Association, G» Scamell, 21 Avenue Road, Highgate* N. 201 Natural Colour Photo Ltd., 12 Gt. Brunswick Street, Dublin 140 Negretti & Zambra, Crystal Palace, Sydenham 10, 214 Nelson, E. M., P.R.M.S., 66 West End Lane, N.W. 107 Newcastle'On'Tyne and Northern Counties Photographic Association, 22 Campbell Street, Newcastle^on-Tyne 208 Newton & Co., 3 Fleet Street, E.C 167,228 tNoble, Wilson, Sissinghurst Grange, Cranbrook, Kent . . 168 Norman, Albert, L.R. CP. & S., 57 Chancery Lane, W.C. North Middlesex Photographic Society, Jubilee House, Hornsey Rise . . 205 Orn, W. A 225 Oxford Camera Club, 13 Park Terrace, Oxford 208 Pasco, G. S., 14 Albion Square, Dalston 223 Peirce, W. R., 65 Onslow Road, Richmond 222 Penrose & Co., Upper Baker Street, Lloyd Square, W.C . 137 Percival, E. D., 5 High Street, Ilfracombe 226 Perkoff, J., 186 Commercial Road, E 222 Photogram, The,'' Ltd., 6 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. 24, 153, 192, i93t 194 Photographic Association, 16 Brook Street, Hanover Square, W. . . . . 213 Photographic Club, Anderton's Hotel, Fleet Street, E.C . 9t 29 Photographic News," 9 Cecil Court, Charing Cross Road, W.C 152 Photographic Survey of Warwickshire, Sec, C. J. Fowler, Court Mount, Erd- ington, Birmingham .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. 203 Photo Ltd., 72 & 74 Gray's Inn Road, London, W.C. . . . . . . . . 149 Platinotype Company, 22 Bloomsbury Street, London, W.C. . . . . . . 136 Pouncy, Walter, 38 High West Street, Dorchester . . 7, 9, 10, 12, 20, 28, 38 ■"'Prestwich Manufacturing Co., Tottenham, N. . . . . . . . . 135 Pritchard, Mrs. H. Baden 5, 8 "r rosser'Roberts, Co., 13 Church Street, Camberwell . . . . . . . . 150 Putney Photographic Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Puyo, Constant, 73 Avenue Bosquet, Paris. . .. .. .. .. .. 106 Pyke, R. B., Devonshire Place House, Regent's Park . . . . . . . . 221 tPym, Douglas, Belle Vue Studios, Streatham . . . . . . . . 215 Raithby, Lawrence & Co., Ltd., Queen Street, Leicester . . . . . . . . 215 Randolph, G. B., 1 Rossette Studios, Flood Street, Chelsea . . . . . . 217 Reid, C, Wishaw, N.B 220 Reid, Miss Janet, c/o Robinson & Son, Redhill . . . . . . . . . . 108 Rej lander, O. G. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 110 Rendall, J., 122 Loughboro' Road, Brixton . . . . . . . . . . 221 Richard, Jules, 8 Impasse Fessart, Belleville, Paris .. .. .. 140 Richmond Camera Club, C. H. Davis, 97 Church Road, Richmond . . . . 207 Ridderstad, H. Hugo . . . . 225 Rimmer, Richard, J.P., F.L.S., Camera Club, Charing Cross Road, W.C. . . 13 RobertS'Austen, Professor W., C.B,, F.R.S., Royal Mint, E Robinson, H. P., Winwood, Tunbridge Wells 8 Robinson, Ralph W., Redhill 111 Ross, Limited, 111 New Bond Street, W.. .50, 51, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 63, i47 Page. Rotherham Photographic Society^ H, C, Hemmingway, Grosvenor Terrace, Tooker Street, Rotherham . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Rotary Photographic Co., lo-ii Austin Friars, E.G. . . . . . . . . 146 Royal Astronomical Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 161 Royal Observatory, Greenwich . . . . . • . . 158, 159, 160, 166, 170 Royal Photographic Society Royal Technical College, Berlin .. .. .. .; 163,182,194,197 Salmon & Son, 169 Hampstead Road, London, N."W. . . . . 135 Sampson Low, Marston & Co., St. Dunstan^s House, Fetter Lane, E.G. 155 Sands, Hunter & Co., 20 Cranborne Street, "W. . . . . . . . . . . 30, 64 Saville-Kent, W., F.L.S., F.Z.S., The Rowans, Wallington, Surrey . . i75t i79 Saxelin, V. . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . • . 225 tScamell, E., 120 Grouch Hill, N : 220 Schmidt & Haensch Franz, Stallschreiber Strasse 4, Berlin 195 Schmidt, Hans, Karlsplatz 3t Munich . . . . . . . . . . 225 Schoeller, P. Ritter von, 13 Bauernmarkt, Vienna, Austria . . 114 School of Military Engineering, Chatham .. .. .. .. .. 181 '"Selby, Harry, 8 Minford Gardens, W. .. .. .. .. .. 114 ^•'Selby, Leslie, 8 Minford Gardens, W. .. .. .. 114 '"'Sermoneta, The Duchess of, 22 Grosvenor Place, S.W. .. .. 114 Sheffield Photographic Society, G. W. Blackwell, 96 Andover Street, Sheffield 207 tShepherd, E. Sanger, Royal Societies^ Club, St. Jameses Street, "W, . . 48, 166, 198 Shew «& Co., J. F., 87-88 Newman Street, Oxford Street, W 134 Sidgreaves, Rev. W., Stonyhurst College Observatory, Whalley, near Blackburn . • . . . . . . : . . . . . . 163 tSinclair, J. A,, Cromwell House, Wiltshire Road, Brixton .. .. 52,115 tSlater, W. F,, 169 Southampton Street, Camberwell, S.E. 213 Smith's Acetylene Co., Ltd., Blackett Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne . . 155 tSmith, A. Ernest, The Studio, Cuckoo Lane, Hanwell Park, W. . . 37, 38 ^Smith, C. H., 9 York Gate, Regent's Park 218 Smith, Mrs. Geo. . . . . . . . . . . 23, 30 Smith, J. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ,. 15 Smith, Richard, 6 Marlborough Hill, N.W. . . 186 Southport Social Photographic Club, 15 Cambridge Arcade, Southport . . 208 tSpiller, J., 2 St. Mary's Road, Canonbury, N. . . . . . . 3, 4, 6, 8 Spitta, E.J. & Harold, Ivy House, Clapham Common, S.W. . . 184, 185, 186 Stahlberg, K. E., Helsingfors, Finland . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Steinheil Sohne, C. A., Theresienhohe 7, Munchen . . 54, 56, 57, 60, 61, 62 tStern, E. D., 4 Carlton House Terrace, S.W 226 '^Sterry, J., Earlswood Road, Redhill, Surrey .. . . .. .. 49t 5i» 53 *St evens, Henry, 38 King Street, Covent Garden 115 Steward, J. H., 457 West Strand, London, W.C 141 Stewart, Colonel, Kingsmead, Lexden^ Colchester . . . . . . . . 29 Stoddart, Miss, 1 Endcliffe Gardens, Cliftonville, Margate .. .. .. 117 ■"'Stone, E. M. Cumnor, Private Road, Sydenham . . . . . . . . . . 226 Strand Engraving Co., 1 46 Strand, W.C. .. .. .. .. .. 215 Strauss, J. C, St. Louis, Mo., U.S.A 216 Stuart' Wortley, Mrs. H., 72 Chapter Road, Willesden Green . . . . 125, 157 Studius, Statsrath A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Sutcliffe, F. M., 12 Skinner Street, Whitby in Yorkshire 117 Talbot, C. H., Lacock Abbey, Chippenham . . . . . . . . . . • • 1 it 33 Taylor, A. J., 2 Rustic Villas, Wealdstone, Harrow 7 *Teape, J. S., 54 Pearson Street, Kingsland Road, N.E 24 Tennant,J., 19 The Boltons, S.W 181 ^Thomas, W., 3 Heme Place, Heme Hill, S.E 120 ^Thomas, W. F., Bishopshalt, Hillingdon, Middlesex 9, 12, 27, 28 Thomas, R. W. & Co., Pall Mall Factory, Thornton Heath 143 Thomson, J., 70a Grosvenor Street, W 211 Pa-e. Thomson, Professor J. J., Cavendish Laboratory, Cambridge . . . . . . 194 tThurston, F,, Hastings Street, Luton, Beds. . 213 Tilfor, J., 231 Elgin Avenue, Maida Vale, "W 28, 50 Taber BaS'Relief Photographic Syndicate, 38 Dover Street, Piccadilly, W. . . 212 Turnbull, J. M., 6 Rose Street, Edinburgh . . 10, 12, 15, 37 Turner, B. B. .. .. .. .. 122 Turner Manufacturing & Trading Syndicate, Ltd., 157 Whitfield Street, W. 156 Typographic Etching Co., 3 Ludgate Circus Buildings, E.C . . 215 Underwood & Underwood, 26 Red Lion Square, "W.C. .. .. .. .. 155 Wezey, John Jewell, 188 Lewisham High Road, Brockley 9, 10 Vidal, Leon, 7 Rue Scheffer, Paris . . . . 5, 191 Wakefield Photographic Society, 19 Queen Street, Wakefield • . . . . . 207 tWall, E. J., 9 Cecil Court, Charing Cross Road .. .. .. .. 194 Wall, S. E., 26 Mount View Road, Stroud Green, N 122 *Waterhouse, Col. J., LS.C, Oak Lodge, Court Road, Eltham . . 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 20, 24» 33. 34, 35t 36, 37t 38, 39t 4o, 44t 45» 101, 124, 163, 196 Waterlow & Sons, Ltd., Finsbury Stationery Works, E.C. . . 140 Walford & Co., Ltd., Mill Hill Park, Acton 214 Walton, William, 11 Carlyle Square, S.W . . 213 ^Warburg, J. C, 8, Porchester Terrace, W 218 tWarnerke, L., Silverhowe, Champion Hill, S.E 14, 30, 37, 198 Wray, W., Laurel Villa, North Hill, Highgate, N 64 Watson, W. & Sons, 313 High Holborn, W.C 130 Watts, Professor W. W., Mason University College, Birmingham 164 Webb, F. W., London & North Western Loco. Works, Crewe . . .. 157 Wells & Co., Avenue Road, Southgate . . . . 217 Wells-Jones, T., 27 Queen Street, Rhyl, N. Wales 224 ^Wellington, J. B. B., The Elms, Elstree, Herts 124 Wellington & Ward, Elstree, Herts 146 tWerner, A., 39 Grafton Street, Dublin 217 Weymouth & District Camera Club, E. C. Bennett, 10 Newberry Terrace, Weymouth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 White, T. Charters, 26 Belgrave Road, Pimlico, S.W 25, 183^ 189 tWickens, John, Retina Studio, Bangor, N. Wales 226 Wilkin, Griffith C, 40 Devonshire Street, Portland Place, W. *. 169 tWillcinson, Benjamin Gay, 151 Bermondsey Street, S.E. 125 *"W"olfenden, R. Norris, M.D., Rougemont, Seaford, Sussex 168 Woodford Photographic Society, F. G. Elmer, 1 Florence Villas, Chelmsford Road, Woodford 208 Woolwich Photographic Society, 161 Griffin Road, Plumstead . . 206 tYeo, H. R., 169 Union Street, Plymouth 225 York & Son, 67 Lancaster Road, Notting Hill, W. 141 t Young, H., M.A., 10 Church Road, Forest Hill, S.E 224 Young, H. T., Murray Road, Huddersfield Zeiss, Carl, Optical Works, Jena 57t 58* 59t 60, 61, 63, 64, 190 Zimmermann, A. & M., 9-10 St, Mary-at-Hill, E.C. 134 i Offices : 12 Hanover Square, London, Many requests having been made for information concerning the Society, the following short account of its constitution and work has been drawn up* Should there be any detail upon which further information is desired, the Secretary will be pleased to supply it upon application to him at the Society's offices* The Royal Photographic Society was founded in the year 1853, under the title of **The Photographic Society of London,'' which, in 1874, was changed to ** The Photographic Society of Great Britain," and in 1894 was further modified, by Her Majesty's commands, to **The Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain/' The objects for which the Society was established may be summarized in the phrase the advancement of photography/' Meetings for the reading and discussion of papers are held in the Society's rooms on the Second, Third, and Fourth Tuesdays in each month, from October to June inclusive; those on the Third Tuesdays being specially devoted to photo^mechanical processes* An Exhibition is arranged every Autumn — for many years it has been held in Pall Mall — at which are included selected photographs of every kind, and new appliances* The Society's Journal is published monthly, and includes abstracts of the most important photographic work throughout the world* The Library of the Society consists of more than 1,200 volumes, and the Museum is rapidly increasing in interest* The Society consists of three classes of Members — namely. Ordinary Members, Fellows, and Honorary Fellows* Anyone who is interested in either the science or the art of Photography is eligible for election as an Ordinary Member* The Fellowship, on the contrary, is open only to those Members who are able to satisfy the Council that they have ability in one or other of the many branches of the subject, and they have a right to place the letters F*R.P*S* after their names, as an indication that their ability has been acknowledged by the Society* P.T.O. Members pay upon election an entrance fee of One Guinea, unless they have been members of an Affiliated Society for at least two years* An annual subscription of One Guinea is payable by Ordinary Members, and Two Guineas by Fellows, and in both cases future subscriptions may be compounded for by a single payment of Ten Guineas or Twenty Guineas respectively* But Members elected during the la^tter half of the year are liable for One Guinea only, which is held to include both the entrance fee and the first year's subscription* Members have the right of attending all meetings of the Society, and of introducing two visitors to each ; they have free admission to the annual Exhibitions of the Society, a number of tickets for their friends, and additional tickets that they may require at half-price* No charge for wall space is made to Members of the Society* They receive gratis all publications of the Society, have the free use of the dark room, library, and laboratory, as well as of numerous other dark rooms in this country and abroad* A nomination form is attached, which should be filled up with the name and address of the Candidate for election, and signed by two Members of the Society* Candidates who are not acquainted with any Members should communicate with the Secretary at the above address, who will be glad to do his best to arrange for their introduction* being desirous of admission into the ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY, We, the undersigned, propose him as a proper person to become a Member thereof. Witness our hands this day of i8g Proposer Seconder Proposed Eleaed Ristorical Section, PORTRAITS. A collection of photographs, etc., of ivell-knowji photographers, deceased, to whom much of the present positioii of photography is due. The bulk of these for7n part of a collection which the Society has been forming during the last few years, for which purpose the originals have, ill most cases, beeii copied by Mr. H. T. Malby, N.B. — The date after the name thus, Daguerre (1845), indicates when the portrait was taken. 1 Joseph Nicephore Niepce« Born at Chalon-sur'Saone, 7th March, 1765^ served in Italy 1793, brought out several mechanical and hydraulic inventions, and in 1813 turned to lithography. Discovered the sensitiveness of bitumen, and in 1822 obtained copies on tin by its aid. Obtained the first camera picture, 1824. Came to Kew, September, 1827, and submitted to the Royal Society through Francis Bauer, a paper upon and specimens of his work (some of the specimens referred to can be seen in the Exhibition). The process being a secret one the paper was declined. Entered into agreement to co-operate with Daguerre in working out a photographic process, December 4th, 1829, which led to little. Died 5th July, 1833. 2 Louis Jaques Mande Daguerre, Royal Photographic Society, L. J. M. Daguerre, was born at Cormeilles near Paris, in 1787. He earned his livelihood as a painter, making a name for himself with the diorama, into which he introduced many new features in the way of lighting, &c. He seems to have turned his attention to the camera about 1824, but the process which bears his name was only published in 1839. In 1829 he had entered into an agreement with J. N.Niepce, to the effect that the two investigators should impart their discoveries to one another, sharing equally in any pecuniary results. The agreement on the death of Nicephore Niepce was transferred to his son Isidore, Daguerre died in 1851, and was buried at Bry-sur-Marne. E 2 3 Daguerre (1845)* )♦ A* Forrest* 4 Daguerre* Royal Photographic Society* A c rystallotype by J, A. Whipple, 1855, lent by E. Clifton to the Royal Photographic Society's Museum. 5 Daguerre* William Lang* Enlargement by Nadar of Paris* 6 Daguerre* Royal Photographic Society* Holograph of Daguerre, presented to the Society by F. Haes, Esq., being supplementary instructions for daguerreotyping. The document was received by Mr. Haes in December, 1891, from the widow of Dr. L. Loewe, who received it from Daguerre in 1840. Dr. Loewe learned daguerreotype from Daguerre in that year in Paris, when on his way to Palestine. 7 Eight Photographs* Memorials of Daguerre and Niepce* William Lang* (a) Tombstone of Daguerre, Bry-sur'Marne. (b) Gate of Daguerre's House. (c) Painting by Daguerre in Church at Bry'Sur'Marne. (d) Artificial Grotto — Memorial of Daguerre in garden of Baron Louis. (e) Monument to Daguerre at CormeilleS'en'Parisis. (f ) Inauguration of Daguerre at Cormeilles-en-Parisis. (g) Statue of Nicephore Niepce at Chalons-sur-Saone. (h) Inauguration of Statue of Nicephore Niepce at Chalons-sur'Saone. 8 Frederick Scott Archer* Royal Photographic Society* Born at Bishop Stortford, in 1813. He practised as a sculptor and photo, grapher at 105 Gt. Russell Street, W.C., where he died in May, 1857. His greatest claim upon photographers lies in the fact that he was the discoverer of the collodion process, the details of which he published in the Chemist, in March, 1881, although this was by no means his only achieve- ment as a photographic investigator. 9 Andrew Ross* T* R* Dallmeyer* Born in London, 1798. Educated at Christ^s Hospital. Worked in Gilbert^s instrument-making establishment, of which he became manager, and met there Professor Barlow. Starting for himself as an optician, most of his time was given to dividing astronomical and mathematical instruments, for which he invented a circular dividing engine. Introduced improvements in microscopic objectives, in telescopes, invented the spherometer, made the first lenses specially constructed for photography (one of the first may be seen in the Exhibition), although the inclusion of photographic manufactures in the products of the firm was due to the influence of his son Thomas. Died September, 1859. 10 Sir David Brewster* (1849*) R* C* Murray* Born December 11th, 1781. Edited the Edinburgh Encyclopaedia, became LL.D. 1807. He invented polyzonal lenses 1812; gave much attention to the polarization of light, and was awarded the Copley Medal. Invented the kaleidoscope, 1813. Principal of Edinburgh University, 1859. President of the Photographic Society of Scotland, 1856. Anthor of The Stereoscope. Died^February loth, i868. 11 Letter of Sir David Brewster* William Lang* This refers to the Albumen Process of Niepce de St. Victor. 12 Antoine F* J* Claudet, F*R.S* J, Spiller. Born at Lyons^ i797* Invented in 1833 a machine for glass-cutting^ took up photography 1840^ discovered the accelerating influence of chlorine and bromine on the daguerreotype plate. Died December 27th, 1868. 13 Roger Fenton ( i869)» J» Spiller. Born in 1819. He took an active interest in photography^ and a prominent part in the institution of what is now^ the Royal Photographic Society^ of which he became the first Honorary Secretary, in January, 1853. He was appointed Official Photographer in the Crimea ; many of the photographs there taken can be seen in the present Exhibition. He became a Member of the Bar, and subsequently connected with the Stock Exchange. Died August 8th, 1869. 14 Abel Niepce de St. Victor, "William Lang, Born at St. Cyr, July 26th, 1805. Nephew of Nicephcre Niepce. The first practical photographic method on glass was his albumen process, which was published in 1848, and which was at once recognised as a valuable step in advance in the direction of delicacy and detail. He subsequently turned his attention to heliochromy, employing silvered plates, and devised a method of photo-engraving with bitumen of Judea. Specimens of his results are to be seen in the Exhibition. Died April 7th, 1870. 15 Sir F. Pollock, Lord Chief Baron (1844). J* Spillen Senior Wrangler, 1806. Called to the Bar, j.807. Elected F.R.S., 1816. Became Chief Baron of the Exchequer, 1844. President of Photographic Society from 1855 to November, 1868. Died August 22nd, 1870. 16 Rev, J. B, Reade, F,R,S, (1870,) J. Spiller, Born April 5th, 1801. He obtained photographs with the solar-microscope as early as 1837 * in 1839 he discovered the utility of an infusion of galls in increasing the sensitiveness of the silver paper he was using, but missed detecting the developing action which took place. Elected F.R.S. in 1838. "Was President of the Royal Microscopical Society, and Vice-President of the Photographic Society, Died December 12th, 1870. 17 Sir John Herschell by Mrs, J, M, Cameron, William Lang, Born March 7th, 1792. His career, which was a most distinguished one, belongs to astronomy rather than to photography. Discovered the solvent action of the hyposulphites on silver salts, 1819. The ferro-prussiate prO' cesses are largely due to him, and he investigated the light sensitiveness of the salts of gold, platinum, and mercury. Died May 11th, 1871. 18 Thomas Sutton, B,A, J, Spiller, Born September 22nd, 1819, and took his degree (27th Wrangler) at Cambridge, 1846. Published with Blanquart-Evrard, in 1854, Souvenirs de Jersey, illustrated with prints from paper negatives by Sutton. In 1856 he started Photographic Notes which he edited until it was merged in The E 2 4 Illustrated Photographer in 1868, which had but a short existence. He was one of the first to recognise the merit of Pouncy^s carbon process, being always an advocate of permanency. In 1861 he was appointed Lecturer on Photography at King's College, in succession to Mr. Hardwich, but he resigned the position after a few months. His panoramic lens and camera are described elsewhere ; he devised also a symmetrical triplet. His moist plate process employing glycerine was well known at the time. Died at Pwllheli, March 19th, 1875. H. F. Talbot, of Lacock Abbey, Chippenham, was born in 1800. He turned his attention to the camera in 1833, and early in 1839 published a description of the Calotype or Talbotype process of which he was the inventor. The process underwent little improvement at the hands of others, and survived the introduction of collodion many years for landscape work. Talbot then turned his attention to photo^engraving, and worked out a process of etching intaglio plates, which is the basis of modern photogravure methods. He did also much scientific work in connection with photographic processes. He died September 17th, 1877. We are indebted to his son C. H. Talbot, for some of the interesting exhibits, which will be found below. (See also the Sub'section devoted to photographic engraving). 20 Friedrich von Voigtlanden CoL Waterhouse* Born in Vienna in 1812. Well known as an optician, associated with Professor Petzval in the introduction of the portrait lens. Died at Bruns' wick, April 7th, 1878. Born in 1809 at Lenwade, Norfolk. Was 38th Wrangler in 1830, called to the Bar 1836, and became Secretary of the Society of Arts, 1853. He took a prominent part in the Exhibition of 1851, and was one of the founders and a member of the first Council of the Photographic Society. Died February 20th, 1879. 22 Oliver Francois Xavier Sarony* J, Spiller* Born of Prussian parents at Quebec, 15th February, 1820. Settled as professional photographer at Scarborough, 1857. Introduced the photO' crayon style of portrait work, 1869. Died August 30th, 1879. 23 George Wharton Simpson, M*A, Mrs* "William Black* Born in 1825. Received the training of a Journalist, and became Editor of the Stockto7i and Darlingtofi Times. The preparation of a manual on photography led to a connection with the Photographic JVezas, of which in i860 he became part proprietor, and editor and sole proprietor in 1868. His best known original work in photography lay in the invention of a printing out process employing collodio-chloride. His experiments in photographs in colour by printing under coloured glasses were interesting. Died 15th January, 1880. We are indebted to his daughter, Mrs. William Black, for the loan of the two portraits exhibited. 24 Mungo Ponton. Royal Photographic Society* Born in 1801. He discovered in 1839 the sensitiveness of bichromated gelatine to light, a quality which is taken advantage of in almost all pro' 19 Henry Fox Talbot* Frank P* Moffat* 21 Peter le Neve Foster, M*A* J* Spiller* 5 cesses of photo-mechanical reproduction, in carbon printing, and in Wood' bury-'type, and its modifications. Died at CUfton, August 3rd, 1880. 25 Louis Alphonse Poitevin* Leon VidaL Born at Conflans, Sarthe, 1819, Trained as a chemist and engineer, was appointed in 1843 as chemist to the SaUnes National de TEst. Into the methods worked there he introduced numerous improvements and inven- tions of his own, PubUshed in 1848 the process of electrotyping the daguerreotype image, and later a method of photo-engraving on silvered or gilt metallic plates. Patented in 1855 the helio-plastic process (casting in plaster from a gelatine-bichromate relief). Discovered the fatty-ink process, the basis of collotype, and of photo-lithography, and in 1862 introduced a form of carbon printing. He also investigated the ferro-prussiate and dusting-on methods of printing. Died March 4th, 1882. 26 Dr, van Monckhoven, Born at Ghent, 25th September, 1834. Author of Traite Generale de Photograph ie {i^^^})^ dind other works on photography, the best known of which to English readers is Photographic Optics (1867). Much of his time was given to improving the collodion process, carbon printing and solar enlarging. He was the first to employ ammonia to increase the sensitiveness of gelatine emulsion ; devised a process of emulsifying without washing by the employment of silver carbonate and hydrobromic acid, and conducted an extensive plate and tissue factory. Died 25th September, 1882. 27 Professor Henry Draper, M.D* CoL J* Waterhouse* Born in Virginia 1837, the son of Professor J. W. Draper, educated at New York University, where he was elected Professor in i860. Employed photO' micrography in his medical researches 1857, and constructed a 15^ inch reflecting telescope, which he employed to photograph the moon. Built a 28 inch reflector, and in 1872 succeeded with it in photographing stellar spectra. In 1874 was Director of the Photographic Department of the U.S. Transit of Venus Commission. He did much other work in astro'physics. Died November 20th 1882. 28 J» H* Dallmeyer* L* Dallmeyen Born in Prussia (1830). Received his training in the workshops of Hewitt, and subsequently of Andrew Ross, whose son'in-law he became. Entered into business for himself in 1859, and soon introduced in succession the triplet, an improved Petzval portrait, the wide angle and rapid rectilinear the wide angle, single, and other lenses. Many honours and awards were conferred upon him for his services to the science of optics. Died 30th December, 1883. 29 Henry Baden Pritchard* Mrs. Pritchard* Born November, 1841. In 1861 was engaged at the Woolwich Arsenal, subsequently conducting the photographic department there. Became Honorary Secretary of the Photographic Society in 1872; Vice-President 1883; proprietor of the Photographic News, 1880. Author of **The Studios of Europe,'^ * A Trip to the Great Sahara with a Camera,^^ and several novels. Died May 11th, 1884. 6 30 Jabez Hughes (1874)* John Spiller. Born in 1819. "Worked as a daguerreotypist with J. E. Mayall, and in Glasgow (1849) foi* himself. Started wet collodion in London^ 1855, and in 1861 acquired the studio at Ryde, with which his name has since been con- nected, A Member of Council of the Photographic Society; author of T/ie Principles and Practice of Photography (i860), the best-known guide to wet collodion process. He died August 11th, 1884. 31 Walter Bentley Woodbury* Royal Photographic Society, Born in Manchester, 1834. Sailed for the Australian goldfields, 1852. "Worked there first as an engineer, and then as a professional photographer, "Went to Java 1858, and through Messrs. Negretti and Zambra published a series of stereoscopic views of the island. Returned to England 1863, From this date on to his death he was a most prolific inventor. "Woodbury- type, photo-filigrain, stanno-type, are entirely his discoveries, and the Goupil method of photogravure, and half-tone relief block making owe much to his ingenuity and resource. Died September 5th, 1885. 32 Silvestre Laroche* W, S* Horton. A prominent photographer in the early days of the Calotype and Daguer- reotype processes. Defendant in the well-known suit, Talbot v. Laroche, brought in support of Talbot^s 1841 patent which it was claimed followed the collodion process. The result of the action was in effect to render the collodion process free from legal restrictions. Died 1886. 33 Major C* RusselL Born in 1820, he took up photography in 1856. Discoverer of the tannin process, originator of alkaline development, and of the employment of the bromides as restrainers. Died 16th May, 1887. Born in 1807. He turned his attention to photography in 1842, and published in 1844 ** Researches on Light,^^ his best known work. He discovered (1844) the developing powers of ferrous sulphate; was one of the founders of the Photographic Society, and a member of its first Council, In his later years his attention was diverted to mechanical subjects, and he became Professor of Mechanical Science at the School of Mines, and keeper of mining records at the Museum of Practical Geology. Died October 17th, 1887. 35 J* R* Sawyer, Col. J, Waterhouse, Born at Sheffield, 1828. One of the earliest carbon workers. Many of the details of the process as at present worked, are due to him. He was well known as a collotype worker, a process which attracted his attention in 1869, He introduced in 1885 a method of photo-engraving by means of a special tissue containing graphite. Died at Naples, January, 21st, 1889. Born March 6th, 1851. He become connected with the Platinotype Co. in 1879, but is best known as the introducer of the use of sodium sulphite in the pyrogallol developer as a preventive of stain. He was a regular ex- hibitor at the Society^s Exhibitions. Died in Algiers, May 26th, 1890. 34 Robert Hunt, F,R,S, William Lang, 36 Herbert B, Berkeley, (Dec, 1879,) J, Spiller, 7 37 Rev. T* F» Hardwich. Royal Photographic Society* Born at Wells, 1829. Appointed in 1849 Curator and Demonstrator of Practical Chemistry at King^s College, and subsequently Professor of Chemistry there. Best known by his researches, which first founded the manufacture of collodion for photography on a rational basis, and by his work, riiotof^raphic Chemistry^ published 1855 nine editions of which were soon exhausted. In his later years he introduced various improvements into the optical lantern. Took Holy Orders i86i. Died June 24th, 1890. 38 Edward BecquereL William Lang* Born in Paris, March 24th, 1820. Devoted his attention to electricity, magnetism, optics and meteorology. He photographed the ultra-violet rays, and investigated the electric currents which originate in chemical actions set up by light, by means of his electro-chemical actinometer. He is perhaps best remembered by his researches in colour photography upon silver plates. Died May nth, 1891. 39 Joseph PetzvaL CoL J. Waterhouse. Born in Hungary in 1805. Professor of Mathematics in the University of Vienna. Undertook the improvement of photographic lenses in i839t in conjuncton with Voigtlander, and in 1841 introduced the portrait lens, now well known. At the same time he worked out a lens of narrower angle but of greater covering power (orthoscopic or orthographic) which was, however, not made commercially till 1857. He invented the most popular form of opera glass. Died 15th September, 1891. 40 John Pouncy. W* Pouncy. Born in 1821. Worked daguerreotype, calotype and wet-plate, and in 1857 published four volumes of photographs, ** Dorsetshire, Illustrated.^^ He is the discoverer of the gum-bichromate method, for which the French Photographic Society awarded him a prize (1859) as the best permanent photographic process. Died March 27th 1894. 41 B. J. Sayce. J. A. Forrest. Born 1837. Published, with W. B. Bolton, in 1864, the first practical (collodion) emulsion process. He did much work subsequently to improve the method, which held its own for dry plates until the advent of gelatino- bromide. Died May 23rd, 1895. Born January 23rd, 1827. Trained as a watchmaker, started in 1856 a circulating manuscript and magazine. The Photographer, Editor of The British Journal of Photography^ 1864 to 1879, and from 1886 until his death. Edited the New York Photographic Times^ 1880 to 1885. His writings on photographic optics are well known. Died in Florida, 8th November, 1895, 43 R. Kennett. Royal Photographic Society. Born in 1817. In 1874 he brought before the Society a means of preparing and keeping gelatine containing silver bromide in suspension (pellicle), which could be subsequently applied to glass as desired. This, and plates coated with it, he put upon the market, and by so doing gave an impetus to gelatino-bromide, then just emerging from the experimental stage. He died December 4th, 1896. 42 J. Traill Taylor. A. J. Taylor. 8 44 M» Carey Lea* CoL Waterhouse, Born in Philadelphia, 1823. Investigated in 1862 several points in con^ nection with aniline dyes. In i866'7 collodion emulsion first attracted his attention, and he continued his experiments in the process until it was supplanted by gelatine. Advocated potassium bichromate and sulphuric acid for plate cleaning, the ferro-gelatine developer for wet plates, and Schlippes salt for purposes of intensification. In 1887 he published a paper on the identity of what he styled the photO'Salts of silver with the material of the latent image, which he followed up in 1889 by a communication upon three allotropic forms of silver. Died April, 1897, 45 George Dawson, M,A» (1864*) J. Spiller. Born in 1821. Lecturer on photography at King's College for fifteen years, where he succeeded Thomas Sutton, in conjunction with whom he compiled a dictionary of photography which was a standard work. He edited two editions of Hardwich's Chemistry,*' and was translator and editor of " Monckhoven's Optics,'' also one of the editors of the British Journal of Photography. Died July 12th, 1897, 46 Ferdinand Hurter, Ph^D* Vero C* Driffield. Born March 15th, 1844, Trained at Zurich and Heidelberg under Bunsen and Kirchhoff, Came to England 1867, as chemist at an alkali works; appointed (1890) head chemist to the United Alkali Co., Ltd,, a post he held until his death. With Mr. Driffield he investigated the physics and chemistry of the gelatine plate and its development, the first results of which were published in 1890. Since then the collaborators have made several further communications, his decease, on March 5th of this year, interrupting the issue of one of the most important of these, which was then appearing in the Society's organ, The Photographic Joicrnal. EARLY PHOTOGRAPHS & APPARATUS. 50 The first camera photograph* Mrs. H. Baden Pritchard. Taken by Nicephore Niepce in 1824, 51 Print from a photo^etched plate by Mrs. H. Baden Pritchard. N. Niepce, 1827. 52 Letter of Nicephore Niepce. Mrs. H. Baden Pritchard. 53 Heliographic Copy of a Print, by Nicephore H. P. Robinson. Niepce, 1826. 54 Photo-etched Plate, from a Print, by Niepce, H. P. Robinson. in 1827. 55 Print from the above. H. P. Robinson. On the back is written by the Secretary of the Royal Society of that date, ** Impression from a pewter plate of heliographic drawings by Mons, Nicephore Niepce, of Chalon-sur-Soane, Received from him at Kew, November 22nd, 1827, F, Bauer." By kind permission. Half-tone Engraving by PLUMMER & CO. DAGUERREOTYPE. In the daguerreotype process a silvered copper plate was exposed to the fumes of iodine, thus having formed upon its surface a sensitive layer of silver iodide. After exposure in the camera the latent image was developed by exposure to the vapour of mercury, fixed with common salt, washed and dried. The process was improved by Fizeau, who introduced gilding the image by depositing gold upon it ; by Herschel who discovered the fixing powers of sodium hyposulphite ; and by Goddard who increased the sensitiveness of the plate by fuming with bromine as well as iodine (Claudet advocated chlorine). Daguerreotypy has long been obsolete. The process can be seen in operation at Messrs. Negretti & Zembra^s studio in the Palace (weather permitting), during the continuance of the exhibition, when visitors can be daguerreotyped. 56 Historique et description des pro- Royal Photographic Society* cedes du Daguerreotype et du Diorama par Daguerre, i839* Contains a description of the processes of several plates, the apparatus necessary, and a portrait of Daguerre, 57 A Practical Description of Daguer- Royal Photographic Society* reotypet by M. Daguerre* This is a translation of the above, by J. P. Simon, M.D. Published in 1839. 58 Complete set of apparatus for working The Photographic Club. the Daguerreotype process* 59 Five Daguerreotypes* The Photographic Club* 60 Box of Daguerreotype Plates* W* F* Thomas* These are of the same date as the camera, 1842. 61 Daguerreotype* "W* F* Thomas* Taken with the lens and camera, 1848, 62 Daguerreotype* Royal Photographic Society* Three sensitising boxes of various patterns. Grooved box for holding Daguerreotype plates. 63 Set of Daguerreotype Buffs used by John Pouncy Walter Pouncy* 1844, and two plates as sent out by makers* 64 A Group of Celebrities* John J* Vezey* Daguerreotype formerly the property of M. Lerebour, a co'worker with Daguerre. 65 Two Figures in Eastern Costume* Daguerreotype. John J* Vezey* 66 Two Figures in Eastern Costume* Daguerreotype. 67 Three Stereoscopic Daguerreotypes* (10 6 each*) 68 Three Daguerreotypes* 69 Interior of the Crystal Palace* Stereo-Daguerreotype taken in 1851. 70 In the Crystal Palace* StereO'Daguerreotype taken in 1851. 71 Statuary* Stereo-Daguerreotype taken in 1851. 72 Statuary* Stereo-Daguerreotype taken in 1851* 73 Stereoscopic Daguerreotype* A view in the Exhibition^ 1851. 74 John Spencer of Liverpool* Daguerreotype^ 1845. 75 Daguerreotype* By Laurent Suscipe, taken in January, 1852, from a piece of Luca della Robbia porcelain. The scratchings are due to an accidental fracture of the cover glass. 76 Daguerreotype Portrait* Mrs* W* Cheshire* 77 Stereoscopic Daguerreotype* Crystal Palace, 1855* J* Moffat* 78 Two Daguerreotypes, Brinborion^Dependance, 1844* Leon Marion* 79 Two Daguerreotypes^ Groups, 1846* Leon Marion* 80 Two Daguerreotypes of Priest's Robe, 1843 4* Leon Marion* 81 84 Four Daguerreotypes, by J* Pouncy, 1844 49* Walter Pouncy* 85 96 Twelve Daguerreotypes* Crystal Palace* Negretti & Zambra* 97 Daguerreotype Portrait, by Silvestre Laroche* W* S* Horton* 98 Daguerreotype Portrait, by Silvestre Laroche* W* S* Horton* 99 Daguerreotype Statuary, by Silvestre Laroche* W* S* Horton* 100 Six Daguerreotype Portraits, by Silvestre Laroche. W* S* Horton. John J* Vezey* W* Jerome Harrison* J* M* Turnbull* J* M. Turnbull. J. M. Turnbull* J* M* Turnbull* J* M* Turnbull* Royal Photographic Society* J* A* Forrest* Alfred Maskell* TALBOTYPE OR CALOTYPE. Talbot^s process published in 1839. This^ the first negative process and the basis of modern photography* consisted of the employment of paper impregnated with silver iodide, rendered sensitive by brushing over with gallo^nitrate of silver, and exposed wet, and developed by a further application of gallo-nitrate. Its subsequent modifications were known as the waxed paper process, ceroline process, etc., etc, 101 The Pencil of Nature* Royal Photographic Society* This work was issued by Fox Talbot himself in parts, the date of publication extending from 1844 to 1846. Its object seems to have been to display the varied uses to which photography could be put for book illustra- tion. It was the first book to be illustrated with photographs. 102 Sun Pictures in Scotland* Royal Photographic Society* While the parts of the ** Pencil of Nature were coming out, Talbot issued this book complete. It contains 23 calotype prints. 1845. 103 The Art Union Monthly* Royal Photographic Society* The June number of this volume, 1846, contained an article on Talbotype, illustrated by a print. In the copy exhibited, this has for its subject, "The Bridge of Orleans,^^ but this differs with different copies. An inset adver- tisement, issued with the July number, relating to Talbotype and the issue of licenses, is pasted on the first page of the volume exhibited. 104 Volume of Talbotypes* Royal Photographic Society* This book contains 82 Talbotypes. A number of these are known to be by Talbot himself, one or two of them being identical with those in **The Pencil of Nature.^^ The prints in this volume were taken in 1843. 105 Calotypes by D* O* Hill and Royal Photographic Society* R* Adamson* A number of these will be seen in the Art section. This volume con- tains 103, produced between 1843 and 1848. 106 Two Volumes of Calotypes by D* O* Hill* J* Craig Annan* 107 Some Articles of China* C* H* Talbot* Calotype, taken by the late H. Fox Talbot, about 1844. 108 The Open Door* C* H* Talbot* Calotype, taken by the late H. Fox Talbot, about 1844. 109 A Haystack* C* H* Talbot* Calotype, taken by the late H. Fox Talbot, about 1844. 110 The Leaf of a Plant* C, H* Talbot* Calotype, taken by the late H. Fox Talbot, about 1844. Ill Huskisson^s Monument^ Liverpool* Calotype, 1850. J* A* Forrest* 112 Dr, Cunnmghame of Edinburgh. J* A. Forrest. Calotype^ i843, 1 13 Rev. J. J. Wood. J. A. Forrest Calotype^ 1843. 114 Talbotype Negatives. W. F. Thomas. Taken with the same lens. The Exhibition Building, 1851, is the subject of one negative, and the others are of about the same date. 115 Sheet of Turner's patent Talbotype Paper^ 1851. W. F. Thomas. 116 Sheet of Whatman's Paper, 1851. W« F. Thomas. 117 Early Talbotype Photographs. Royal Photographic Society. Lent by Robert C. Murray to the Society's Museum. This frame contains portraits of J. R. Williams, Cromwell Varley and others, also a Talbotype negative. 118 Early Talbotype Photographs. Royal Photographic Society. Lent to the Society's Museum by Robert C. Murray. 119 One Frame of Early Talbotype Royal Photographic Society. Photographs. Lent to the Society's Museum by R. C. Murray. 120 Bebington Village. J. A. Forrest. On opal, being a transfer from paper to glass, 1845. 121 Portrait on salted paper, coloured in water^ Walter Pouncy. colours^ by J. Pouncy, 1850. 122 Talbotypes. J. M. Turnbull. A series of 14 Calotypes of various subjects (portraits, landscapes, figure subjects, and architecture), illustrating the early work done on paper. 123 Views near Bath. William Lang Calotypes. 124 Four Paper Negatives. A. L. Henderson. Taken by the late J. G. Tunny, of Edinburgh, about 1844. 125 Frame of four Prints from Paper Negatives, 1853. Adrian Harley. Victor Hugo. Chas. Hugo (the poet^s son). Victor Hugo (fils). The house at Marine Terrace, Jersey, where Victor Hugo lived for a short time in May, 1852, after his expulsion from Brussels by order of Napoleon IIL 13 126 RosHn Chapel Door, Edinburgh* Rimmer, FX»S» Platinotype print and wax paper negative taken by the exhibitor in 1859. 127 Kirkham Priory Doorway, Yorkshire* R* Rimmer, FX.S* Platinotype print and wax paper negative taken by the exhibitor in 1860. 130 North West Tower^ Peterborough* Royal Photographic Society* Print from a negative taken on ceroline paper (a modification of Le Gray^s wax paper process), taken in June, 1869, 7 a.m. Exposure 20 minutes. Developed with nitro'gallic acid and ammonia. Presented by G. Fowler Jones, F.R.I.B.A. 131 St* Mary's Abbey, York* Royal Photographic Society* Print from a negative taken on ceroline paper (a modification of Le Gray^s wax paper process), taken in May, 1863, Exposure 20 minutes. Developed with nitro'gal lie acid and ammonia. Presented by G. FowlerJones,F.R,I.B.A. 132 Whitby Abbey* Royal Photographic Society* Print from a negative taken on ceroline paper (a modification of Le Gray's wax paper process), taken in July 1861. Exposure 20 minutes. Developed with nitro'gallic acid and ammonia. Presented by G. Fowler Jones,F.R.I.B. A. 133 Kenilworth from the Road* Royal Photographic Society* Platinotype print from the calotype negative taken in 1852 on paper prepared by the donor, G. Fowler Jones, F.R.I.B.A., and developed by Fox Talbot's method. The following exhibits may be fitly introduced here, being by paper or film negatives, although of a more modern nature, and differing essentially from the Talbotype process. 134 The Transepts, Rievaulx Abbey* Royal Photographic Society* Negative on Morgan and Kidd's ordinary bromide paper, May, 1882. Developed with pyro and ammonia. Six seconds exposure. Presented by G. Fowler ^ones, F.R.LB.A. 135 'T'he Choir, Rievaulx Abbey* Royal Photographic Society* Print from a negative taken on Morgan and Kidd's ordinary bromide paper. May, 1882. Developed with pyro and ammonia. Six seconds exposure. Presented by G. Fowler Jones, F.R.I.B.A. 136 The Old Elm Tree, Parlington Park* Royal Photographic Society* Print from a negative taken on Alpha paper (supposed to be the first instance of its employment for that purpose) in October 1882. Exposure 30 seconds. Developed with pyro and ammonia. Presented by G. Fowler Jones, F.RJ.B.A. 137 The Thames and St PauFs* Royal Photographic Society* These three frames are illustrations of a method of enlargement proposed by Valentine Blanchard in 1873, No. I. is an enlarged transparency made direct from the original negative. No. II. is a wax paper negative made from No. I. This transparency can be worked up as thought desirable. No. III. is the finished print from the enlarged paper negative. Lent by Valentine Blanchard to the Society's Museum. 138 Five Negatives on Wamerke*s collodion tissue* L. Warnerke* 139 Four Negatives taken on Warnerke*s negative tissue L* Warnerke* in 1875, in a roller slide between glass. 140 One Negative and Positive on Warnerke*s collodion L. Warnerke* negative tissue, taken in a roller slide (1876) between glass, Liege, Belgium. WET COLLODION. A glass plate, or in the ferrotype process a prepared iron plate, is coated with collodion (pyroxiline dissolved in alcohol and ether) containing iodide or bromide salts, and immersed in a solution of silver nitrate to render it sensitive. After exposure the image was developed with gallic acid or pyrogallol (ferrous sulphate was subsequently employed) and fixed. Superseded for portraiture by the more rapid gelatine dry plate, for landscape by the same on account of the difficulty of preparing the plates in the field: it is still regarded by the majority of process^ workers as their sheet anchor, while in the form of glass positives and ferrotypes it survives at fairs, the seaside, &c., being cheap and yielding a finished positive in a few minutes. NEGATIVE PROCESS. 141 Manual of the Collodion Photo- Royal Photographic Society* graphic Process. Published in 1852 by F. Scott Archer, and contains a practical description of the process. 142 Portable Silver Bath for Wet Plates* Royal Photographic Society. An early form, provided with a hinged screw'down lid with guttapercha pad to make it watertight for travelling. 143 Photographic Club Albums. Royal Photographic Society* In the very early days of the Society a few of its members formed them- selves into a social Club, which issued three publications in all. 1 The Photographic Club Album for 1855, containing 44 photographs by members of the club. 2 An Album of portraits of the members, published in 1856. 3 The Photographic Club Album for 1857, containing 39 photographs by members of the club. 15 These books are of interest^ from the remarkable state of preservation of many of the photographs, and from the fact that, in addition to the prints themselves, very full details are given of the conditions under which the negative was taken, and of the printing process, 144 Prints from Collodion Wet-Plate Negatives* Alfred Brothers* The visit of the Queen and Royal Family to the Art Treasures Exhibi- tion, Manchester, in 1857. No. I., the Address ; No. II., the Reply. 145 Instantaneous Photographs on Wet Royal Photographic Society* Collodion Plates* Twelve prints by Valentine Blanchard, and twelve stereoscopic prints by "W^ England, being instantaneous photographs taken between the years 1856 and 1865. 1 46 Instantaneous Photographs on Wet Collodion, about 1 865* T* Bolas* By Valentine Blanchard* POSITIVE PROCESS* 147 Two Glass Positives* The Photographic Club* 148 Seven Glass Positives* J* A* Forrest* 149 Two Ferrotypes* J* Smith* 150 Four Glass Positives* J* M* Turnbull* 151 Calton Hill, Edinburgh* SereO'Collodion on glass. J* M* Turnbull* 152 Calton Hill, Edinburgh* J* M* Turnbull* The Foreground is the site of the present "Waverley Station. Stereo- Collodion on glass* 153 View of Edinburgh Castle* Stereo-Collodion on glass. J* M* Turnbull* 154 Early Portrait* Stereo-Collodion on glass* J* M* Turnbull* 155 Mausoleum* Stereo-Collodion on glass. J* M* Turnbull* 156 Ruins of Abbey* Stereo-Collodion on glass. J* M* Turnbull* 157 View in Rome* Stereo-Collodion on glass. J* M* Turnbull* 158 Interior of the Crystal Palace* Stereo-Collodion on glass. J* M* Turnbull* i6 159 Six Scenes from Richard IL^ iSsj* 160 Six Scenes from the Merchant of Venice, iSs7* 161 Scene from Twelfth Night/* with Portraits* Photographed by the late Silvestre Laroche. 162 Three Miniatures in cases* S. Horton* S* Horton* S, Horton* W» S. Horton* 163 Examples of Eburneum Portraits* E. W. Foxlee* Burgess* process, 1865. Made by E. Foxlee, 1867, A collodion transparency toned with gold or mercury was vanished, coated with an emulsion of zinc oxide (white) in gelatine, dried, coated with plain collodion, and stripped from the glass, 164 Crystal Portraits, 1869* E* W* Foxlee* These are Collodion transparencies from negatives cemented in optical contact with opal glass. 165 Negative by FothergilFs Collodio Albumen Process. Royal Photographic Society* Lent by F. Beasley to the Royal Photographic Society's Museum. 166 Negative by FothergilFs Collodio Albumen Process* Royal Photographic Society* Lent by F. Beasley to the Royal Photographic Society's Museum. COLLODION EMULSION. Introduced by Bolton and Sayce, 1864. The silver bath was dispensed with, the plate being coated with collodion, holding silver bromide in suspension. Such a process had long been regarded as a desideratum. Major Russell's discovery of alkaline development, 1862, prepared the way for Bolton and Sayce, by introducing a developer with which silver bromide was more sensitive than the iodide, a salt that could not be emulsified satisfactorily. 167 Interior of Sefton Church, Liverpool* J* A* Forrest* Print from collodiO'bromide emulsion negative. By the late B.J. Sayce. 167a Broxton Hall, Cheshire* J* A* Forrest* Print from collodio'bromide emulsion negative. By the late B.J. Sayce. 168 Collodion-Bromide Emulsion* Osmond R* Green* Photographs taken direct by the exhibitor, by the Collodio-Bromide emul' sion process. These with others of the same size (24 inches X 18 inches, demonstrated the fact that large plates could be successfully coated, and good negatives produced without a nitrate of silver bath. 1867. 17 1 Negative of Melrose Abbey. 2 Negative of Furness Abbey. 3 North West View of Furness Abbey. | panted upwards of 4 Near BettwS'yCoed ' 4 South West View of Furness Abbey. 27 years ago. 169 The Permanence of the Latent Image* Royal Photographic Society* Three negatives of Woodgate Cottage, Ewellt Presented to the Royal Photographic Society by J. Sterry. Developed fifteen and a-half years after exposure. GELATINO^BROMIDE. Plates coated with an emulsion of silver bromide in gelatine are now employed in most cases as the sensitive medium. They supplanted the collodion plates on account of their superior sensitiveness and convenience. The first successful negatives were made in 1871 by Dr. Maddox. By far the greater portion of the photographs in this Exhibition have been made by means of the gelatine^bromide process, 170 First Gelatino-bromide Negatives* Dr* R* L* Maddox* Two mounts with 8 negatives of earliest original experimental work in Gelatino'bromide dry plates ; view near Southampton. 171 Vulcanite Emulsion Breaker* A* L* Henderson Designed for cutting up small quantities of emulsion without handling* 172 Emulsion Filter. A* L* Henderson* Used for filtering emulsion in small quantities through leather. This pattern of apparatus was largely employed in the earlier days of the gelatino bromide process. 173 Emulsion "Washer. A* L* Henderson* Designed by the exhibitor for washing the cut-up emulsion in a stream of water. 174 Emulsion Coater* A* L* Henderson* For use for coating by hand, being provided with an arrangement for intercepting air bells. 175 Plate Coating Machine* A* L* Henderson* Devised by the exhibitor for coating plates with a measured quantity of emulsion. Part of the tramway on which the plates were carried from the machine is included in the exhibit. 176 Model of Plate Coating Machine* A* L* Henderson* This is a model of the last-mentioned exhibit. 177 Centrifugal Separator. A* L* Henderson* This instrument is used for eliminating from the emulsion the soluble salts formed upon the double decomposition of the alkaline haloids and the silver nitrate, together with the gelatine with which the emulsion was boiled. F i8 VARIOUS METHODS OF CARBON PRINTING, }ARB0N printing is a term very generally applied to those methods in which a pigment is so entangled or held by photographic means as to form a photograph — this photograph being permanent if carbon has been selected as a pigment ; such methods having largely arisen out of a desire to produce permanent photographs in which Carbon is the pigmentary basis. The most direct method of producing a carbon print is to make a sheet or film of some gum^like or gelatinous material with which the pigment is incorporated ; the gum-like or gelatinous material having been so prepared with a chromate that exposure to light renders it insoluble* This pig' mented and sensitive film having been exposed to light under a negative becomes more or less in^ soluble in its various parts^ according to the extent to which light acts. After exposure it is soaked in water which dis- solves away a greater or less thickness of the pigmented film, and the varying thicknesses of pigment form the picture. Only one form of this method is simple of execution, this being the old Gum-bichromate process of Poitevin and Pouncy, in which a mixture of Gum-mucilage, pigment and a bichromate, is brushed over a sheet of paper ; the sheet being then dried and exposed. It is now soaked in water — cold or slightly warm as the case may be — and the pigmented film slowly dissolves away, but more or less freely according to the degree of exposure. A theory that this process could not possibly render tone-gradation, appears to have had a remarkable influence in hindering its general adoption, but recently Messrs. Maskell, Demachy and others have demonstrated its value, and many specimens of the process are to be seen in section II. by these gentle- men and others, while Herr Behrens has cleared up certain theoretical difficulties, so the method seems likely to be extensively practised. The more usual process of carbon printing in which a film of sensitive pig- mented gelatine is employed^ is much more complex, and involves one transfer or more of the sensitive film — the pigmented gelatine being in no case sufficiently stable or firm to be handled and treated without being supported* This method is due to the successive labours of Poitevin, Sutton, Fargier, Swan, Johnson and others; the Autotype Company having taken a leading part in the commercial introduction of the improved process ; hence the method is often called Autotype* From that which is said above, it will be obvious that the pigmented film must itself be a relief, in which the tones of the original negative are reproduced by corresponding degrees of thickness, and in the Wood- burytype process an original print is made in which special means are taken to considerably emphasise this relief* A mould in lead is made by pressure from this original (a Woodbury relief), and prints in pigmented gelatine are moulded or cast in this leaden reverse* Success in Wood- burytype requires very special skill, and many specimens illustrative of Mr* W* B* Woodbury's experiments, including variations of the original process, are shown in the historical collection. A curious application of the Woodbury relief is found in Mr* Woodbury's Photo-filegrane process, in which a factitious watermark on paper is produced by hard-rolling the sheet against a Woodbury relief* Numerous interesting processes depend upon the fact that a surface of chromated gelatine (or other colloid), which has been exposed under a negative, will swell in water most considerably where the action of light has been least ; the relief thus obtained giving a basis for the production of printing surfaces by casting* Such an exposed and soaked surface will engage or hold a powdered colour or pigment on its swelled or wet parts, if such colour is loosely brushed over its surface, and in this fact we have the basis of the Anthrakotype process of Pizzighelli* If on the other hand an ordinary lithographic roller is passed over a similar surface, the wet parts will refuse the fatty ink and the dry or unswelled parts will receive it, after which an impression on plain paper, or on a lithographic stone, can be made from the surface thus discriminatively inked* In methods of this kind we have the basis of Collotype and many forms of photO'lithography* T* BOLAS* GUM^BICHROMATE. 178 Copy of an Engraving* By J» Pouncy, Gum Bichromate, 1858. 179 Copy of an Engraving* By J. Pouncy, Gum Bichromate, 1858. 180 Copy of an Engraving* By J. Pouncy, Gum Bichromate, 1858. 181 Gum-bichromate views in frame (1858), with letter from Dr. Becker (Sec* to H»R*H* Prince Consort*) 182 Photograph in Ink* Melrose. By J, Pouncy, glossy surface, i868* 183 Photograph on wood panel, for room decorations, by J* Pouncy* 184 Photo-mechanical copy of painting in oil colours, Walter Pouncy* by J* Pouncy, 1875* 185 Portrait in Ink on ivory, by J* Pouncy, i866* 186 Portrait in Ink on Millboard, by J* Pouncy, 1864* 187 Photograph in Ink* By J. Pouncy, without transfer, matt surface, 1868. 188 Photograph in Ink* By J. Pouncy, without transfer, matt surface, 1863. 189 Photograph in Ink* By J, Pouncy, without transfer, matt surface, i863. 190 Two Direct Pigment Prints (circa 1867)* Obtained with transfer (line subject), by the exhibitor, on paper prepared with gelatine and pigment, by Swan» 191 Gum'bichromate Prints* A* Horsley Hinton* A series by M. R, Demachy, prepared to illustrate a paper read before the Royal Photographic Society on the process. The labels on the prints indicate the purpose of each. CARBON BY SINGLE & DOUBLE TRANSFER. 192 Model of Tissue-Making Machine* Royal Photographic Society* Lent to the Society^s Museum by J. "W. Swan. This machine illustrates the manufacture of carbon tissue, by passing a band of paper round a roller, lowered just beneath the surface of a trough containing the pigmented gelatine solution, which is kept liquid by a hot water or steam jacket ♦ Walter Pouncy* Walter Pouncy* Walter Pouncy* Walter Pouncy* Walter Pouncy* Walter Pouncy* Walter Pouncy* Walter Pouncy* Walter Pouncy* Walter Pouncy* Walter Pouncy* Col* Waterhouse* 193 Glass ModeL Royal Photographic Society* Lent to the Society^s Museum by J, W. Swan, This consists of a series of pieces of uniformly-tinted glass^ showing the different depths of tint obtained as the thickness of the material bearing the colouring matter increases. 194 Early Carbon Print by T* and R* Annan* Royal Photographic Society* Lent to the Society^s Museum by J. Swan, 196 Carbon Prints* Royal Photographic Society* An early specimen of double transfer carbon produced in 1864, and lent to the Society*s Museum by J. W. Swan, 197 Carbon Process* Royal Photographic Society* Plaster cast from a carbon print of Kenilworth, to show the relief. Lent by J. W. Swan to the Society^s Museum. 198 Electrotype from a Carbon Relief* Royal Photographic Society* Lent by J. Swan to the Royal Photographic Society^s Museum. 199 Electrotype from a Carbon Relief* Royal Photographic Society* Lent by J. W. Swan to the Royal Photographic Society^s Museum. 200 Double Transfer Carbon Print* Royal Photographic Society* Obtained in 1864 by J. W. Swan, and lent by him to the Society^s Museum. 201 Early Carbon Prints* Royal Photographic Society* Frame of six prints in different tints of Holy Street Mill. Lent by J. W. Swan, to the Society^s Museum. Produced in 1865. 202 Presentation picture of the North London PhotO' E* W* Foxlee* graphic Association for 1866* Musing I sit upon the shore Awaiting till the boat shall come.^^ ** Waiting for the Boat.*^ H. P. Robinson. This carbon print is interesting as it is by double transfer, by Swanks original process, the indiarubber flexible support method^ and was printed by Mawson and Swan at New' castle'On'Tyne. 203 Carbon Negative^ stripped by Royal Photographic Society* Wenderorth^s Process* Lent to the Society^s Museum by T. Bolas. 204 Sundry Carbon prints, 1871-2* Leon Marion* 205 Specimen of Lambertype* The Photographic Club* This is a carbon print on collodion ready for transfer to the paper. Made by M. Lambert in 1875, when teaching his process at Greenwich. 206 Examples of the ^'continuating action'* of light E* W* Foxlee* in carbon printing* 22 These prints, with others, were exhibited in illustration of a paper read by E, W. Foxlee at the May (1879) meeting of the original South London Photographic Society, in which it was shown that the continuating action was dependent upon moisture in the tissue, and that it was accelerated by heat. The experiments were conducted as follows:— Six negatives of equal density being placed in a printing frame, a piece of tissue was placed over them and partially printed. This was then cut into six pieces, each forming a picture. One was developed at once (labelled A in each frame) and the others kept for different periods prior to development. The conditions under which the prints were kept are mentioned in the different frames. WOODBURYTYPE. 207 Auer's Nature Printing Process* T» Bolas. Invented by Auer and Worring in Vienna, 1853. In nature printing the object to be copied is coated with a mixture of Venice turpentine and spirit of wine, to fix it and allow it to be spread cut on a very smooth and highly polished steel or copper plate. Over this a clean smooth plate of pure lead is placed and the whole passed through a copperplate press under very great pressure. A plate is thus obtained bearing on its surface an exact imprint of the object. The lead being too soft to print from, a mould must be made from it and then electrotyped in copper to yield a printing plate. A large jiumber of plates of natural objects were published in this manner, but the ^method seems to have fallen out of use of late years. The principle was revived by "Woodbury in the "Woodburytype process. 208 Woodburytype* Royal Photographic Society* 1 This is a specimen of one of Woodbury^s experiments, made with a view to the printing of Woodburytypes continuously by means of a cylin' drical mould, December 21st, i866. 2, 3 Very early attempts at Woodburytype made by Woodbury while in Java. 4, 5 Experimental Results made by Woodbury in his endeavours to obtain Woodbu^-ytype Lantern Slides in continuous lengths on film. This was always an object after which he strived, but without success. 6, 7, 8 Some of the earliest Woodburytypes. 9 The first Woodburytype mould in copper. 10,11,12 Early Woodburytypes. 13 A Woodburytype Relief by W. B. Woodbury, from a negative by O. G. Rejlander. 209 Woodburytype, Illustrative Examples* J* D* Geddes* Made by Waterlow & Sons, Ltd. The set comprises — 1 Piece of Sensitized Tissue of which the relief is made. 2 A Developed relief. 3 Sheet of Lead before being impressed with the relief. 4 The Lead impression or Mould. 5 A Print therefrom. 210 Woodburytype* T. Bolas* (a.) Type mould obtained by casting from the gelatine relief, in fusible metal. Prepared at Cantor Lecture, 1878. (b.) Print or Cast in pigmented gelatine from the above mould. 211 Coloured Woodburytype. Royal Photographic Society. In this frame is seen (i) a "Woodburytype printed in the ordinary manner. (2) A Woodburytype transferred to a coloured base. This process was designed by Woodbury for the production on a large scale of photographs in colour. 212 Two Frames of Coloured Woodbury types* Mrs. George Smith* 213 A Frame of Stannotype Moulds* Royal Photographic Society* The moulds in this frame were made by Woodbury himself in the course of his working out of the process. 214 Stannotype Mould and Print* T* Bolas* The print forms an illustration to the ** Traite Pratique de Photoglyptie/^ the mould with it being one of those actually used to produce the illustrations to the book. 215 Manual of the Stannotype Process* T* Bolas. This pamphlet gives an account of the process and practical details for working it ; it was issued for private circulation only. 216 Pizzighelli Anthrakotype* Royal Photographic Society* 217 PhotO'filegrain Relief* Royal Photographic Society* Made by Woodbury. 218 PhotO'filegrain Relief* Royal Photographic Society^ Made by Woodbury. 219 Frame of Photo-filegrains* Royal Photographic Society* Made by Woodbury. PHOTOGRAPHIC ENAMELS, CERAMICS. 300 A Frame of Ceramic Enamels. A* L. Henderson* Examples of the process as worked by the exhibitor. 301 A Frame of Ceramic Enamels. A. L. Henderson. This frame shows the various stages of the process. 302 A Frame of Ceramic Enamels. A. L. Henderson. Examples of the process as worked by the exhibitor. 303 Enamels. The Photographic Club. A frame containing thirteen specimens of Ceramic Enamels, by Lafon dc Camersac and Joubert. 24 304 Photo Ceramic Decoration on Glass* The Photogram, Ltd* Reproduced by line process, transferred to glass, etched, filled in with ceramic pigment and fired. Manufactured by a firm no longer in existence. 305 PhotO'Mechanical Ceramics. The Photogram, Ltd* Tile decoration, process of George H. Grundy, of Derby. The success of the process depends upon printing the ceramic colour in from five to seven successive impressions from one collotype plate, on biscuit pottery carefully selected for its property of rapidly absorbing the greasy medium of the ink, while preventing the sinking into its surface of the colour for which the ink is the vehicle. This process admits of reproduction in any colour, and from either photographic or any other originals. 306 PhotO'Ceramic Tile* The Photogram, Ltd* By the carbon transfer process, by D. Gay. 307 PhotO'Ceramics on Glass* The Photogram, Ltd* Two examples by the patented process of Oeffelein & Co. 308 Enamels* J* S* Teape* MISCELLANEOUS PRINTING PROCESSES. 309 Print by the Uranium Process, 1858* Col* Waterhouse* Paper sensitised with uranium nitrate, and developed with chloride of gold. 310 Cyanotype Reproductions of British Algae* William Lang* Two volumes which belonged to Robert Hunt. Attached is a monO' graph relating to them, read before the Glasgow Philosophical Society by the exhibitor. 311 Sundry Ferro prussiate prints, 1871-2* Leon Marion* 312 Composite Group. Alfred Brothers* The President and Chairmen of the various sections of the British Association Meeting in Manchester, in 1861 ; one of the earliest composite groups being from 30 negatives. 313 Albumen Prints, by James Anderson, of Rome* J* G* Hepburn* 1 Coliseum at Rome. 2 Arch of Septimus Severus, Rome. 3 Arch of Constantine, Rome. 4 Church of Ara;Coli, Rome. 314 O. G. Rej lander* Royal Photographic Society* ** Ym a young girl from the country. But you don^t get over me.^^ (A signed print by Rejlander, lent by T. Bolas.) 315 Prints Illustrating the first use of Magnesium Alfred Brothers* for Photographic Purposes* The portrait of Professor Faraday was taken during a lecture, by Professor Rcscoe at the Royal Institution in 1863. The print of the Blue John Mine in Derbyshire is believed to be the first photograph taken below the surface of the earth, 316 Specimen of Simpsontype, i864» Royal Photographic Society* A specimen of collodio-chloride presented by H. P, Robinson to the Royal Photographic Society^s Museum. 317 Bitumen Print* Royal Photographic Society* A negative in half-tone produced by bitumen^ made insoluble by the action of lights lent by T. Bolas to the Royal Photographic Societ'v^s Museum, 318 View by Moonlight* Royal Photographic Society. Taken on January 7th, 1893, at 10 p.m., by Captain Abney, from Couttet's Hotel, Chamounix. 319 Frame of Four Landscape Views* Printed by moonlight. 320 An exposure table for Ilford plates* T* Charters White* S* H* Saunders* THE PHOTOGRAPHIC CAMERA. ONG before the advent of Photography the Camera Obscura was well'known^ and was looked upon as one of the chief attrac- ^^^^ tions of those physical cabinets or demonstration rooms which became ^^j^^, popular in Europe about the middle (^yy of the seventeenth century^ the initiative this revival being chiefy due to the learned Jesuit Kircher whose museum at Rome (drra 1640) was the seed from which sprung our Royal Society and the Acadcinia del Cimento of Florence ; Kircher's avowed aim being to revive that Alexandrian experimental school of which Hero the Elder {circa 100 B*C*) was a dis' tinguished ornament* One form of the pre- photographic camera, as it existed about 1755, is^well shown by the accom' panying plate, reproduced from the fifth volume 26 of the Abbe Nollets Lecons de Physiquet published at Paris in 1755, a work of special interest, as the sketches of apparatus were^ I believe in almost every case, made from the objects in the author*s demonstration rooms ; rooms which were a lounging place for the court of Louis XV* The plate is also interesting as showing how the author compared the Tom V . ^vri lrcon . W i> . eye with the camera and dealt with the question of conjugate foci* Still further is the plate interesting as showing how similar was this camera of 1755 to some of the latest forms of reflex camera* One of the first mentions of the photographic camera is in connection with the early photographic researches of Nicephore Niepce, which were commenced about 1813* Niepce writing to his brother Claude in April 27 i8i6, describes his camera as a box about six inches square and furnished with an extensible tube carrying a lens. In May of the same year he gives some details of work with it. Ten years later Niepce ordered a special camera to be made by the optical firm of Vincent and Charles Chevalier of Paris, the lens to be furnished with a reversing prism. A photograph shown to Chevalier when this order was given led to the association of Niepce and Daguerre. Charles Chevalier much improved both Camera and lens, and the first portable folding cameras were I believe made by him^ The modern camera in all its chief forms whether still, as for ordinary work, or moving, as in the case of the Harrison-Johnson Pantoscopic Camera or Colonel Stewart's Panoram, is sufficiently illustrated by the collection itself. T. BOLAS. 321 De Humana Physiognomonia. William Lang. With portrait of J. Baptista Porta, Sorrento, 1586, 322 Magiae Naturalis. William Lang. J. Baptista Porta. Amsterdam, 1664. 323 Philosophical Experiments. William Lang. With engraving of an early form of Camera. Hooke, London, 1726. 324 Giphantia. Royal Photographic Society. This book, printed in 1761, has a chapter in which photography is fore- shadowed in a very interesting manner. 325 A Camera. W. F. Thomas. The exhibitor's first camera, date about 1842. On the camera is an oval label containing the following inscription: — Aucun Appareil n'est guaranti s'il ne porte la signature de Mr . Daguerre et le cachet de Mr. Giroux, Daguerreotype, 1839, Le DAGUERREOTYPE, Daguerre. Alph. Giroux execute Sous la Direction de son Auteur a Paris. Alph. Giroux et Cie., chez Coq St. Honore, No. 7 28 326 Revolving Diaphragm. F* Thomas* By Palmer, Newgate Street, about 1844, 327 A Camera* A* L* Henderson* This is a very early pattern, having been made by Horne, Thornthwaite and Wood between 1840-1846, 328 View Camera used by John Pouncy for the Waher Pouncy* views of Dorset Illustrated, 1850 4* 329 Wet Plate Camera* Royal Photographic Society* This camera was made for Archer in 1854, and was consequently one of the first employed in wet plate work. Lent by the late W. Bedford to the Society^s Museum. 330 Camera* Joseph Tilfor* Believed to be the first camera with the tripod legs attached direct to the base board. The plate box hooked on to the back of the base board inside the changing bag fixed to camera, the plates being lifted into the back with' out a dark slide. Exhibited at a meeting of the North London Society in June, 1858* 331 Tailboard for 15x12 Camera* Geo* Mason & Co* "With turntable and levelling screws, made by George Shaw, engineer Springburn, Glasgow, 1859. 332 An Old Form of Folding Camera. W* Coles* This pattern of folding camera, made throughout of wood, in which the sides were hinged and folded inwards, was very popular in the Fifties, and will be seen figured in most of the contemporary prints in which an amateur landscape photographer occurs. 333 Old Type of Stereoscopic Camera with a pair William Lang* of Spectacle Lenses* 334 Single Camera with stereoscopic attachment* William Lang* 335 Dubroni^s Wet Plate Field Apparatus* Royal Photographic Society. This form of portable apparatus consisted of a glass tank of yellow glass which formed the camera. The plate was coUodionised and enclosed in the body of the camera, filled with silver bath solution by means of a rubber ball and tube. Developing and fixing were carried on also in the camera, the progress of the operation being watched by the eye being placed on the lens, the door at the back, containing a yellow glass window, being open for the purpose* 336 Latimer Clark*s Stereoscopic Royal Photographic Society* Camera* 337 Portable Camera for Wet Plates* Royal Photographic Society* This pattern was devised by Professor Piazzi Smythe in 1870 for carrying four wet plates, and exposing them while in the silver bath. The dark slide 29 which is also the bath, is square in plan, with a plate on each face, each plate having its own shutter. It is fitted with the ** Medallion portrait lens of Dallmeyer, working at nearly / 2. Focussing is effected by an arrangement of screws attached to the lens. 338 Another form of the same Camera, with 3 dark slides. Royal Photographic Society* 339 An Early Form of Opera Glass Royal Photographic Society. Camera. Lent to the Society*s Museum by E. Clifton. 340 An early form of Drop Shutter. The Photographic Club. 341 Thompson's Photographic Revolver. T. Bolas. An early form of hand camera. 342 Early Form of Detective Camera. Royal Photographic Society. Made by T. Bolas. 343 Sutton's Panoramic Water Lens. Royal Photographic Society. Dark slide and focussing screen holder for curved plates for use with Sutton^s Panoramic Water Lens. Royal Photographic Society. 344 Johnson's Pantascopic Camera. Royal Photographic Society. 345 The ** Panoram." Colonel Stewart. This camera, designed for the purpose of taking a photograph of unlimited angle, rotates on its optical axis in one direction, whilst the sensitive film rotates in the opposite direction. The two motions are synchronized, so that a stationary image is impressed on the film. Taken with the Panoram. 1 Westminster Abbey and the Houses of Parliament. 2 Tower of London and Tower Bridge. 3 The Matterhorn — Zermatt, Switzerland. 346 Model of a Shutter. Chapman Jones, F.I.C., F.C.S. (Year Book Phot,, 1885, p. 54,) The disc is rotated at a uniform rate, and to vary the exposure the moveable sector is caused to cover more or less of the aperture. 347 A Shutter. Chapman Jones, F.I.C., F.C.S. (** Photography,^^ July 12th, 1894.) An improved form of the previous exhibit, m.ade to exhibitor^s model by Messrs. Swift & Son ; the disc being replaced by a mere sector which makes a complete revolution, except for the thickness of the stop. As the sector is small, the efficiency of the shutter is very high. The speed is varied by increasing the size of the sector (a second sector moves stiffly on the main sector for this purpose), or by putting on another spring. 348 Sectional Drawing of a Finder. Chapman Jones, F.I.C., F.C.S. (" Photography,^ June 14th, 1894,) The lens has an aperture of F/ 2, and as the ground glass screen is quite protected from extraneous light, the image 30 349 350 351 352 353 354 is very brilliant. One finder serves for botfi positions of the camera by simply rotating the mirror. Although the finder lens is at the front of the camera^ the mirror and viewing holes may be as near to the back as desired. The Memorandum Camera* Chapman Jones, F*LC., F*C*S» Photography/^ Feb. 27th and March 6th, 1890). Made by Messrs. Swift & Son. The camera is constructed for half'quarter plates, which are carried in it. Also for use in connection with the camera, a cutting board with gauge and an eyepiece with clip to hold negatives of printed matter and facilitate the reading of them. A shutter separate from the camera shows the large spring roller, the blind carried on side tapes, and the very long aperture in the blind giving great efficiency. Photographic Gun^ made by Sands and Hunter* Sands, Hunter & Co* Box, Shding Body Camera* Sands, Hunter & Co. Much used in the early wet plate days for studio work. Collapsible Box Camera* Similar to No. 332. Early Form of Bellows Camera* Early Form of Non^Collapsible Tripod Stand* Sands^ Hunter & Co* Sands, Hunter & Co* Sandst Hunter & Co* 355 Warnerke*s Roller Slide, model 1874* L* Warnerke* 356 Warnerke*s Roller Slide, model 1879* L* Warnerke* 357 Woodbury *s Dispatch Box Camera* Mrs* George Smith* 358 George Smith's Portable Camera* Mrs* George Smith* 359 The Scenagraph Portable Camera, 1876* Mrs* George Smith* 360 A Stereoscope, made in 1858* Royal Photographic Society* 361 Stereoscope* Royal Photographic Society* Modification of the Brewster Stereoscope, by Oliver Wendell Holmes. Made by Meagher. 362 The Original Sciopticon* (1872*) Mrs* George Smith* The sciopticon formed the model of modern oil lamps for projection purposes. The specimen exhibited was the first to be made. 31 PHOTOGRAPHIC ENGRAVING IN INTAGLIO. iT is remarkable that the first practical process of photography was the method of photographic engrav- ing discovered by Nicephore Niepce, of Chalons-sur- Saonet about the year 1813* He used metal plates coated with a varnish of bitumen, and exposed them to light under engravings. He found that where the light acted through the paper it rendered the bitumen insoluble in its usual solvents, and thus by treating the plates after exposure with oil of lavender, he was able to produce images which could be etched by acids and printed from like ordinary engraved copper plates. Later on he also took photographs from nature on his varnished plates, but the long exposures necessary prevented his obtaining any very practical results. One of Niepce*s plates and a print from it are on view, as well as a photographic image formed by bitumen on a metal support also by Niepce. It is, however, interesting to know that this first process cf Niepce's is, with very slight modifications, still in use for certain purposes, though now nearly superseded by quicker methods. The next step in photography was the Daguerreotype, and as in this process the image was produced on plates of silvered copper, the idea of etching them and producing printed impressions at once presented itself, and Fizeau, Grove, Donne and others, produced engraved plates in this manner. The difficulty of biting the delicate Daguerreotype images to a sufficient depth and obtaining the requisite grain soon led to the abandon- ment of the method. Many other direct etching methods, some founded on Niepce^s process with asphaltum and other processes of chemical engraving, have been introduced from time to time, but none of them have come into extensive practical use. 32 A very important step in photographic engraving was made by Fox Talbot in i852. It is specially noteworthy as being the first practical photographic process founded on Ponton's discovery of the decomposition of bichromate of potash in contact with organic matter under the influ^ ence of light* Talbot found that by the action of light, a dried film of gelatine mixed with an alkaline bichromate became impermeable to cer^ tain fluids in proportion to the intensity of the action of light upon it, and less so as the fluids were diluted with water* He coated steel plates with a thin film of gelatine and bichromate of potash, and after exposure to the light under a photographic positive, he laid an aquatint ground on the plate and then etched the photographic image with a solution of bichloride of platinum, which penetrating the gelatine film, and attacking the underlying metal more or less deeply in proportion to the solubility of the overlying gelatine in the parts acted on by light, produced an engraved plate in half-tone with all the lights and shadows of the original* This method was worked with modifications, chiefly the use of copper in place of steel and perchloride of iron instead of the platinum salt, by Baldus, Garnier and others, but was never practically successful till about 1881, when Carl Klic effected a very notable and practical improvement by using the carbon or pigment process, as worked by Swan, for the produc' tion of his negative resists on the copper* By this means all soluble gelatine was eliminated and the biting became much more regular and even* He used copper plates prepared with a preliminary coating or grain ''of very finely powdered bitumen fixed to the plate by heat, and the etching was carried out with successive solutions of perchloride of iron of varying strengths, beginning with the strongest, which bit into the uncovered parts of the plate, while the weakest only just brought out the high lights underneath the thickest parts of the gelatine* This process is exceedingly simple and rapid and is now almost universally used for photographic engraving in intaglio to the exclusion of all the other methods* The only other processes of photographic engraving in intaglio which need be mentioned are those based upon Paul Pretsch's method of Photo-galvanography* In this process a glass plate was coated with gelatine and bichromate, exposed to light, and then washed to remove the soluble gelatine* A mould was made of the resulting relief and electrotyped to form the printing plate* Poitevin, Placet, Fontaine, Avet, Drivet and Dallas, worked modifications of this method with considerable success, but it was always difficult and uncertain, 33 and the resulting pictures were wanting in delicacy and gradation. A great improvement was brought about by Swan, who obtained his gelatine relief by means of his carbon tissue, thus eliminating all soluble gelatine and irregularities of swelling or granulation, and obtaining a relief which could be rendered conducting and electrotyped. This method was worked by Geymet, Mariot, Rousselon, Dawson, and many others, and until the introduction of Klic*s process was largely used. The delay and uncertainty attending the electrotyping has caused this method to be now almost quite superseded, though it is still, however, useful for certain purposes. WATERHOUSE. 364 Two Examples of Automatic Engraving, by T. Bolas. Bates Anaglyptograph. An illustration of a pre-photographic means of automatic engraving from a relief. The application of this process to photographic reliefs has been experimented upon by Mr. L. Warnerke. 365 Palmer's Electrotint. (1841.) T. Bolas. This process is pre-photographic. A drawing made in oil colours on a silvered copper plate is electrotyped, this yielding by one operation an intaglio printing plate. It will be seen that it forms the physical prototype of almost all the silvered copper electrotyping processes of photo-engraving. 366 Aries Cathedral. C. H. Talbot. Photoglyphic engraving, by the late H, Fox Talbot. 1866. 367 Vienne Cathedral. C. H. Talbot. Photoglyphic engraving, by the late H. Fox Talbot, 1866. 368 View at Avignon. C. H. Talbot. Photoglyphic engraving, by the late H. Fox Talbot, 1866. 369 Photo-engraving. Avignon. Royal Photographic Society. Made by Fox Talbot, 1866, and lent to the Societ/s Museum by T. Bolas. 370 Four Photo-galvanograph Prints. Royal Photographic Society. These are illustrations to Photographic Art Treasures produced by Pretsch's process, 1856. Lent to the Society^s Museum by E. Clifton, 371 Photoglyph. Royal Photographic Society. Lent to the Society^s Museum by T. Bolas, 372 Intaglio Plate. Royal Photographic Society. The first grain relief from which a proof was taken at GoupiFs establish' ment at Asnieres near Paris, the precursor of the process as at present worked. By W. B, Woodbury, G 34 373 Heliogravure* CoL Waterhouse* By Garnier, i868. (Dusting on process, with three bitings.) 374 Heliogravure* Col* Waterhouse* By Amand Durand (circa i868), Asphah'process, 375 Heliogravure* Col* Waterhcuse* Asphalt process, Royal Printing Office, Berlin. The bitumenised copper plate was exposed under a negative, developed, then etched, and finally electrotyped. 376 Heliogravure* Col* Waterhouse* By Falk, Berlin, Probably by a photo-galvanographic process. 377 Photo-Engraving* Col* Waterhouse* By Placet, of Paris, about 1868. Swelled gelatine process, and the film electrotyped. 378 Photo-Engraving* Col* "Waterhouse* By Leipold, Lisbon. (Pretsch^s process.) 379 Photo-Engraving* Col* Waterhouse* By Drivet, Paris. Photc-galvanograph. Shows a ruled grain. 380 Two Heliogravures* Col* Waterhouse* From the Military Geographical Institute, Vienna. By Marions process. (Photo-Electrotype.) 381 Two Heliogravures* Col* Waterhouse* By Obernetter, Munich. (? Chloride of silver etching process.) 382 Heliogravure* Col* Waterhouse* By Riffarth, Berlin. 383 Four Frames Illustrating Woodbury's Experiments in Photo Engraving. Royal Photographic Society* "Woodbury process was the formation of a relief containing a gritty powder (rough relief) and the pressing of this against a mouldable surface, thereby producing an Intaglio plate or a model of an Intaglio plate capable of being copied by double electrotyping. Woodbury generally moulded his rough reliefs against lead (coppered or plain) or glazed cardboard, and these mate- rials were often used by him as a means of getting one print without electro- typing. The frames contain as follows: - 1 Rough Reliefs. 2 Direct mouldings in lead or card* 3 Prints from these direct mouldings. 4 Print from copper replica. 384 Specimens of Dallastype* Duncan C* Dallas* The Dallas process, the details of which are a secret, yields a grain resembling aquatint, both in intaglio plates and in relief 35 blocks* A screen grain can also be used in combination with this grain, or, if desired, by itself. The following are examples of the Intaglio process* 1 A print. Engraved in 1864. 2 This is the plate, a portrait ol Adam Salomon, from which 7,000 were printed and issued as the frontispiece to the British Journal Almanac for the year 1869. The plate was originally steel-faced, but the facing has been taken off. An impression is shown in No. 6. 3 These are shown to illustrate the method of cleaning the plate with the mezzotint scraper, the only tool used in the process. A is from the untouched plate. B is taken after the plate has been partially cleaned. C is the finished result. 5 ^^The Banqueting Hall, Kenilworth,^ from a photograph by Francis Bedford. The intaglio process requiring a negative reversed as regards right and left, this was obtained in the present instance by exposing through the glass, a more difficult feat with a wet collodion plate than with the modern dry plates. A is the original plate, from which 6,000 have been taken; B is an impression from the copper- plate; and C an impression taken from a transfer from the plate to stone. Perhaps the first photo-engraving ever printed from stone. The plate was produced in 1863, and proofs were shown at the meeting of the British Association in that year at Nottingham. 6 These are examples of Mr. Dallas^s process for copper-plate printing by the intaglio method. Three of the examples show the application of the process to porcelain, Adelina Patti being on porcelain by Minton, and the other two subjects on porcelain by Copeland. The method (known as the **Bat^^ method) of applying the image of the copper plate to the porcelain may be described as follows; — The intaglio plate is filled in with a varnish instead of ink, and wiped in the usual way. A flexible slab of glue is then applied to the plate by hand, and on being pulled away, brings with it the varnish. The slab is then laid upon the glazed porcelain and moulded to its shape by hand, and, on removing the glue * bat,^ the varnish is found transferred to the porcelain. The varnish impression is now dusted over with vitreous colour, and afterwards fired. These examples are the earliest known applications of photo-engraving to the potter's art.'* 7 These are by Mr. Dallas's intaglio process for copper-plate printing. They were made in 1863. The process was then termed photelectric engraving. The little oval portrait on the right-hand side is of Mr. Joseph Wilson Swan. 8 A view of Ludlow Bridge, from a photograph by H. P. Robinson, 1863-64. 385 Heliogravures* CoL Waterhouse* 1 First plate made by tannin grain. Photo-Electrotyped, 1877. (Col. "Waterhouse's process.) 2-3 Two later specimens of the process. 386 Three Heliogravures* CoL Waterhouse* Survey of India Office. From negatives by Cel. Waterhouse. G 2 387 Two Heliogravures* CoL Waterhouse* Survey of India Office. From negatives by Johnson and Hoffmann. 388 Five Heliogravures. Col. Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. Enlarged from negatives by R. Waller^ Sen. 389 Two Heliogravures. Col. Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. Etched with a single solution of perchloride of iron. 390 Five Heliogravures in Colour. Col. Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. 1 Printed four colours from one plate. One printing. 2 Printed in three colours. Three printings. 3 Printed in two colours. Two printings. (Hills drawn on glass.) 4 Printed in two colours. Two printings. (Black lithographed separately.) 5 Printed in four colours. Two printings. (Black lithographed separately.) 391 Heliogravure. CoL Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. Diagrams shaded by tint etching. 392 Heliogravure. Col. Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. From India-ink drawings, from two negatives. 393 Heliogravures. Col. Waterhouse. Two specimens by the waxed sand process, photo-electrotype. Made in England by the exhibitor, 1880. 394 Heliogravure. Col. Waterhouse. One line and one half-tone subject by the waxed sand photo-electrotype process. Survey of India Office, Calcutta, 1885. 395 Heliogravure. Col. Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. Printed in two colours on one plate. 396 Heliogravure. Col. Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. Reproduction of a pencil drawing. 397 Heliogravure. CoL Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. Reproduction of a fine shaded drawing. 398 Heliogra-vure. Col. Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. From original drawings of microscopic sections of tissues. 399 Heliogravure. Col. Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. From photographs. 400 Heliogravure. CoL Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. From negative by Major St. G. Gore, R.E. 401 Heliogravure. Col. Waterhouse. Survey of India Office. View of the Jami Masjid, Jampore. 37 402 Two Heliogravures, CoL Waterhouse* Modern, by Blechinger, Vienna, 403 Thio'Carbamide Reversal Process, CoL Waterhouse, Comparative examples. Reproduction of an Indian-ink drawing. Survey of India Office, Calcutta, 1885. 1 By the ordinary process. 2 By the thiO'Carbamide reversal process. 404 Thio-Carbamide Reversal Process* CoL Waterhouse, Plate and proof. Survey of India Office, Calcutta, 1885. 405 Photo Etching, Royal Photographic Society. A rough, untouched print, presented by Colonel Waterhouse, of a photo engraved plate from a direct positive reversed with Phenylthio'carbamide. (Calcutta, August, 1890.) 406 Photo Etching, Royal Photographic Society, A rough, untouched print, presented by Colonel Waterhouse, of a photo engraved plate from a direct positive reversed with Phenylthio-carbamide, (Calcutta, 1890.) 407 Machine Printing of Intaglio Plates. T, Bolas, Specimen given with ** Photo. Gazette,^ 15th July, 1894. 408 Examples of Photogravure. Paul Pretsch, 1859, E, W, Foxlee, ** I pays !^ Negative by O. G. Rejlander. The Undercliffe, Isle of "Wight. Negative by Roger Fenton, 409 Examples of Photogravure, E, W, Foxlee, Etching method, 1886, by E. W. Foxlee. Etching done with one solution only. Negatives, transparencies and plates absolutely untouched, 410 Photographic Art Treasures,'^ J, M, TurnbulL The covers and one picture (Raglan Castle) from the first number of Photographic Art Treasures,^^ a periodical, only one or two numbers of which were published. The illustration is an early specimen of photo- engraving by Paul Pretsch, the original photograph being by Roger Fenton, December 1856, 411 Print by the Photo-Galvanographic Process, T, Bolas, Frontispiece to the fifth Edition of Hunt^s Manual of Photography, 1857. 412 Negatives^ Blocks^ Plates and Prints, to illustrate L, Warnerke, the system of photo-engraving by the aid of the silver salts, 413 Photogravure plate of Mulready*s picture A, Ernest Smith. Choosing the Wedding Gown,^' untouched. Awarded gold medal in Society of Arts Competition, 1895. 38 414 Transparency of same subject. A, Ernest Smith, 415 Negative of same subject. A, Ernest Smith, 416 Photogravure Print, untouched, of the same A, Ernest Smith, subject, 417 Photogravure Plate and Print from same. The Autotype Co, PHOTO'LITHOGRAPHY. A lithographic transfer is obtained by a process based upon the reaction utihzed in collotype, the impression is transferred to stone^ the subsequent proceedings being pure lithography. Photo-zincography is identical vSave that a zinc surface is printed from instead of stone. The term is often applied to zinc relief block printing, but is not so used herein, 418 Two Photo-Lithographs, Walter Pouncy, By J. Pouncy, without transfer, matt surface, 1859. 419 Photo-Lithographic Transfer, 1863, and Col, Waterhouse. Photo-Lithographic Proof, 1859, both by J* W, Osborne, Some of the earliest photo-litho, work, 420 Nine Photo-Lithographs, Bullock Bros, 1 "Wood at Kenilworth. 6 Ashow Village, 2 Woodland Scene. 7 Part of St. Mary^s Church, Warwick. 3 Kenilworth Castle, 8 East Gate, Warwick. 4 Stoneleigh. 9 A Ruin. 5 One of the Lodges, Stoneleigh Abbey. Produced by Bullock Bros.* process, patented in 1866, No. 2954. 421 Asser Process, Col, "Waterhouse, Photo-lithographic transfer, by means of starch. Three specimens by Simcneau and Tcvey, Brussels. 422 Asser Process. T, Bolas, A Transfer. ) Sample made at the Cantor B Print from the lithographic stone. ) lectures, 1878. 423 Asser Process, T. Bolas, Reproduction by Asser. 424 Exhibits of the Asser Process of Photo-Lithe graphy, S.H, Horgan, (a) An exposed print on starch-coated paper sensitized with bichromate of potash. 39 (b) The exposed print after washing in water and before inking, (c) An exposed, washed, and inked print, now a lithographic transfer, (d) Litho print from an Asser transfer to stone, 425 Early Photo-Lithography, by Ramage CoL Waterhouse* (circa i867)» 426 PhotO'Lithograph, by Eckstein^s Process, 1867* CoL Waterhouse, The grain was obtained by ruling, and etched on the stone. This process was worked at the Photographical Bureau, The Hague. 427 Early PhotO'Lithograph, by Leth, Vienna CoL Waterhouse, (circa i868), 428 Photo-Lithograph, by Marie, Paris (circa i863)» CoL Waterhouse, Asphah process. Printed from more than one stone. 429 Two Photo-Lithographs, by Reiffenstein and CoL Waterhouse* Rosch, Vienna (circa i868)* Asphah process, 430 Photo-Lithographic Transfer in Half-Tone. S. H. Horgan. Made in 1879 with single line screen, 84 lines to the inch. 431 Half-Tone on Stone* S. H. Horgan. The first picture is an ordinary half-tone on stone. From a second negative the second picture is made to reinforce the first one. By printing the second on the top of the first it strengthens the shadows and takes the place of the overlay used in woodcut printing. The third print shows the combination. Made in 1876 by S, H, Horgan, 432 Photo-Lithograph. T. Bolas* Portraits of Belloc and Jacott, forming a frontispiece to their work, ^*La Photographie,'^ and an example of photo-lithography by their process. COLLOTYPE. The bichrcmated gelatine film after exposure to light and wetting repels a greasy ink. This property is made use of in a manner resem- bling that of the lithographer. 433 Photo-Collotype. CoL Waterhouse. By Tessier du Mothay and Marechal (circa 1868), 434 Collotype, Surveyor-Generars Office, Calcutta CoL Waterhouse. (circa, 1874). 435 Collotype Skin and Proofs. CoL Waterhouse. Surveyor-Generafs Office, Calcutta (circa 1874), 1 The printing surface (on a paper support). The coating was composed of gelatine tannin and soap, sensitised with bichromate of potash. 40 2 Print from a collotype plate (zinc support) ; coating being of gelatine and bichromate alone. 3 Print of a collotype plate (copper support); coating being of chrome alum and gelatine, sensitised with bichromate. 4 Proof from a collotype plate (zinc support); coating being of gelatine and tartaric acid, sensitised with bichromate. 5 Proof from a collotype plate (zinc support) ; coating being of gelatine and formic acid, sensitised with bichromate. 6 Print from a collotype plate (glass support); coating being of gelatine, mercuric chloride, glycerine, and glucose, sensitised with bichromate of potash. 436 Early Collotype* CoL Watcrhouse. Gelatine tannin and soap, on glass support. Surveyor-Generals Office, Calcutta (circa 1874), 437 Early Collotype. CoL Waterhouse* Gelatine and chrome alum, on glass support. Surveyor- Generals Office, Calcutta, 1874. 438 Collotype* CoL Waterhouse* By Carlos Relvas, GoUega, Poitugal (circa 1881.) 439 Collotype* CoL Waterhouse* By Gemoscr and "Wattl (circa 1881). 440 Two Collotypes, by Jacobi, Venice (circa 1881)* Col* Waterhouse* 441 Three Collotypes* Col* Waterhouse* Gelatine and chrome alum, glass support. Survey of India Office, Calcutta, 1884. 442 Coloured Collotype* Col* Waterhouse* By E. Sieger, Vienna, 1888. 443 Two Heliotypes* Col* Waterhouse* Collotype process worked by Ernest Edwards. 444 Collotype Plates shewing three stages of the The Autotype Co* process* 445 Photo-Zincograph, with Collotype Grain* Col* Waterhouse* The half-tone collotype was transferred to zinc. Suivey of India Office, Calcutta, 1885. 446 PhotO'Zincograph* Col* Waterhouse* Reproduction of a minute, by "Warren Hastings and Mr. Baiwell, 1776. Made in the Survey cf India Office, Calcutta, 1887. 447 Photo-Zincograph* Col* Waterhouse* Transfer from an electrotyped (sand grain) heliogravure plate to zinc, 1886. Survey of India Office, Calcutta. 41 PHOTO'TYPOGRAPHIC ENGRAVING IN RELIEF, To Niepce must be credited the idea of making a photographic image form a resist for etching, by taking advantage of the Hght sensitiveness of bitumen. The bitumen process, however, had the great drawback of requiring prolonged exposures, which unfitted it for quick and regular work. In photO'lithography and photo-zincography with bichromated gelatine or albumen a much more rapid process was worked out* The half'tone process is the most interesting and important of the relief photo-engraving processes of the present day. The early experi- menters may be divided into two distinct sections, the one endeavouring to translate the half tones of the photograph by forming a natural grain, by dusting the metal plate with resin or asphalt, by incorporating gritty matter with the sensitive film, or by taking advantage of the reticulation of the gelatine film, as in the Pretsch and Dallas processes ; the other aiming at the formation of grain in the negative by placing in front of the sensitive plate a *^ screen.^' Experience has shown that the latter is the most reliable way for regular commercial work. The first suggestion to break up the tones of the photograph by means of a screen was by Fox Talbot, who, in his patent dated 1852, describes his method of placing muslin, crape, etc., between the negative and the sensitive metal surface which was to be etched. He instanced, as one way, that a glass plate might be covered with opaque lines. Several experimenters appear to have taken up Fox Talbot's idea, among them Berchtold, in France, and C. J. Burnett, in this country, in 1857 or 1858. Baron F. W. von Eggloff stein was making experiments in the manufacture and use of ruled screens in Philadelphia in 1861, and some of his work is shewn. It was also in Philadelphia that the fundamental principles of the modern process were worked out by F. E. Ives. The enamel process of half-tone etching was first worked by an Englishman named Purton (now deceased), and it is there that the screens now universally used are manufactured by Max Levy. The patent of E. & J. Bullock for half-tone methods in 1865 should be mentioned, as also that of Swan in 1879, being evidence of the part which English workers took in furthering process work. Swan anticipated by three years the process commonly ascribed to Meisenbach A2 of using a single line screen and turning it 45° during the exposure^ However, Meisenbach founded in London and in Munich the first firms to work the half-tone process successfully* Woodbury was an indefa- tigable experimenter in half-tone blockmaking, and several examples of his work are shewn* He experimented with gauze and in several other ways to impart a mechanical grain to his Woodbury relief* The most practical application of Woodburytype to process blockmaking was by Ives in 1878, who found an ingenious method of obtaining a graduated grain, but there were difficulties in carrying it out practically, and he found greater possibilites in his idea of about 1878, obtaining the same graduated dot effect by the use of a ruled cross-line screen* Ives further established the principle that the character of the dots formed by the light passing through the apertures of the screen was influenced by the shape of the diaphragm* Further it has been shown that the character of the dots and consequently of the whole negative is influenced by the distance of the screen from the sensitive plate* The better under- standing of the conditions governing the screen and diaphragm has led to wonderful strides being made during the last few years* Its success has also been aided by the adoption of the enamel process* This consists of coating the metal plate with bichromated fish-glue, and after exposure and development, washing out the unexposed parts, drying and strongly heating the plate until the film is baked to an enamel-like hardness, in which condition it withstands etching* This process has been successfully applied to copper, etching being performed with perchloride of iron* Half-tone process has been brought to a high degree of perfection and utility by the fortunate combination of circumstances^ not the least of which is the fact that the time was ripe for such a process, the enormous increase of cheap literature in recent years having created a demand for an economical and rapid means of illustrating* The universal use of photography moreover demanded a process of reproduction which should be equally faithful* WILLIAM GAMBLE* 448 Photo-typography* Royal Photographic Society* This frame contains a number of prints from various experimental blocks made by Woodbury in his endeavours to obtain satisfactory Photo- rehef blocks. They illustrate the difficulties which have to be encountered in the process, notably the defect which is apparent in so many of the earlier reliefs, the white line or margin to the shadows, caused by the inked surface from which the print was to be made not being level. Print from a Pretsch block in the " Photographic Journal, "^November 15th, i860. Lent by.T. Bolas. 44 449 Brunner*s Process* T* Bolas- Ready grained negcJive plates. The screen effect was impressed on tlie gelat;'no bromide pla'e during the manufacture^ and screen negatives were then obtained without further special treatment, 450 Luxotype* Process of Brown, Barnes and BelL T* Bolas* The grain is produced by mechanically graining a print (as by impression against wire gauze) ; this is obliquely lighted with a strong light, by which means the grain negative is produced. 451 Examples of Half-tone Process Block work^ £♦ "W* Foxlee* untouched, Paul Pretsch, i86o* 452 A Half'Tone made in 1865 by Gen, Frederick S* H, Horgan, W,von Egloffstein, This half-tone was produced with a screen about 150 lines to the inch. The lines were undulating. The back'ground was ruled in by machine. 453 Process invented by Gen, F, W, von Egloffstein, S* H* Horgan, Photographic print from a negative enlarged twice the size, the original being a positive made by von Egloffstein. The latter^s method of making a positive, in this instance, is obvious from this enlargement. 454 Portrait of Gen, von Egloffstein^ from S, H, Horgan, U*S. Government War Records* Notices of General von Egloffstein^s early work, and his use of a ruled glass screen so early as 1861, will be found in Wilson^s Photographic Magazine for 1895, Vol. XXXII., p. 132, and Anthony^s Photographic Bulletin for 1895, Vol. XXVI., pp. 137 and 175. 455 Half 'Tone on SteeL S* H* Horgan* The coat and background are ruled in with machine as in ordinary steel engraving. 456 First pure Half'Tcne Printed in a Daily Newspaper* S*H*Horgan* Made March 3rd, 1879, and published in the New York Daily Graphic, The process was photo-lithography, a single line screen, 70 lines to the inch, being used. In this print the high lights were not painted or stopped out, neither were the blacks painted in, the result as shown being entirely photographic. 457 Copy of New York Weekly Tribwie. S* H* Horgan. Printed at a speed of 20,000 per hour. The paper and ink used is of the commonest, and still it will be seen that half-tones print fairly well at that speed of impression. The type is stereotyped, the half-tones are originals, the method of inserting the half-tones in curved stereotype plates being the invention of the exhibitor. 458 Three Pulls from Half'Tone Relief Blocks* Col* Waterhouse* The grain was obtained with bitumen, by dusting on copper, and a positive resist employed, i,e,^ the reverse of the ordinary heliogravure process. By A, W. Turner, Survey of India Office, Calcutta, 1892-3. 45 459 Pulls from Half^Tone Blocks, CoL Waterhouse* Grain obtained with a ruled screen. Bitumen on zinc. By A. "W. Turner^ Survey of India Off ice^ Calcutta, 1892. 460 Print from a Half 'Tone Block* CoL Waterhouse* Obtained with a dust grain (Sommer^s process), by the Military Geogra' phical Institute, Vienna, 1886. 461 Print from a Half-Tone Block* CoL Waterhouse* Obtained with a screen. By Riffarth, Berlin. 462 Photo-Relief Process* Royal Photographic Society* An impression made by bringing an elastic slab with a grained surface upon a plaster relief. This is an illustration of one of Ives^ earlier processes for reproducing, in grain, the half-tones of a photograph. 463 Examples of Dallastint* Duncan C* Dallas. The process has been already referred to (See No. 384)* 1 Pulls of blocks suitable for printing on fast machines, 1870 to 1883. 2 Page from ^*The Garden,^^ 1882, containing a print from a stereo of a relief block made direct from the object itself. 3 Two photomicrographs of rock sections taken by Dr. Foulerton, about 1884. Block, made in 1875. The illustration herewith has been printed from this block — The Pavilion at Brighton.'^ A Print from the Block made in 1875. (No. 3, 463). 46 Coarse grain blocks suitable for newspaper work, printed in the ^'Farni' ing World/^ June 21, 1884, An impression from an india-rubber stamp. Five thousand copies printed in glycerine ink by the exhibitor himself, and issued with the Photographic News/^ December 24, 1886. The block itself is seen in No, 463, 21. From an old coloured aquatint, **The Progress of Steam/^ by Aitken, 1882, The top one is a considerable reduction from a pen and ink line drawing. The bottom one is a reduction from a wash drawing in black and white, by Alfred Parsons. September 1, 1883. Dallastype Block reduction of two pages of a Pearl Reference Bible. From a sepia drawing by C. Hancock, printed in three workings, 1876. The entire subject is in the light tint seen in the sky. The blocks for the other printings are identical with the first, except that parts not required are etched away. Reduction from a water colour drawing by Walter Crane. Five work' ings operated as in the foregoing— five identical blocks being made and the portions in each not required being etched away. Frame of four specimens from photo-relief blocks, by the exhibitor. The right-hand subject, ^*At the spring,^^ was done in 1866; the others about 1869-70. All are from pen and ink drawings. View of Strasbur^ Cathedral, from a line engraving by Hollar, issued with the Portfolio about 1870. Two reproductions from relief blocks of pen and ink drawings by "Walter Crane, printed on Japanese vellum and Japanese silk paper respectively. 47 13 Reduction of the 32'page issue of '*La Lanterne/^ done for M. Rochefort after his escape from New Caledonia, The copies were reduced as shown, and sent from Brussels by pigeon into Paris, 1st August, 1871. 14 Two reproductions in half'tone by the exhibitor^s relief process, printed with the type. They are made from albumen prints. May, 1878.;, 15 Three examples of the application of Dallastype blocks to embossed work. Also the original block elsewhere. The portrait is a Dallas' tint embossed on leather for bookbinding. 16 Two prints on fabric. The one on violet satin is printed in a varnish ink, and then bronzed. The one on a coarse fabric is ordinary printing ink. Designed to show application to calico printing,^etc. 17 Proof taken from stone, transferred from a Dallastint block. 18 Print from Stone. — An enlargement from the block printed herewith. For posters and similar purposes. 19 A Collotype Print from Colloid Coating on Stone. Printed with a special ink at a lithographic press. 1877. 20 A Paper Mould.— Y torn. Dallastint blocks and type used for stereotyping. 21 The original india'rubber stamp from which the specimen No, 5 was printed. An edition of 5,000 was taken by hand by the exhibitor from this block with an india-rubber roller and glycerine ink. Printed on an Albion press. 22 Copy of a play of the First Folio, 1623, edition of Shakespeare in the British Museum, The Tempest.^' 23 Two Dallas-type blocks, 1870. These are amongst the first blccks'pre- pared photographically for book binding purposes. These are the originals from which thick electros were made and used in the Arming press, 24 A zinc block. This and that moulded in Nc, 20 are amongst the earliest examples of photozincotype for letterpress printing, 1863. Printed from a Dallastint Block. 48 464 Compound Transparent and Semi'trans' £♦ Sanger Shepherd* parent Diaphrams* For use in making negatives for the half'tone Engraving process ; a device for securing by one exposure the same effect in the resuhing negative as now obtained by two or more separate exposures with stops of varying aperture* The diaphragm consists of a piece of selected microscopic cover glass coated with an even film of suitably coloured collodion (Brilliant Green extra^ for example), the smallest aperture required being scraped clean through the film in the centre of the stop, which is then balsamed in optical contact with a similar piece of glass. The large stop is formed either by a loose Waterhouse stop, or a paper mat with suitably shaped aperture cemented to the compound glass diaphragm. 465 Transparent Colour Cross^line Screen, for half' Fred £♦ Ives* tone process engraving. The lines are ruled in collodion film coloured with ** brilliant green ^* dye. Two single line rulings are cemented together face to face, crossing the lines. With this screen, the closing up of the high-light dots is accom- plished by the light directly transmitted through the coloured lines where not crossed, and by this means the injury to definition of detail and outline due to diffraction in ordinary black cross line screen work is practically reduced to about one-fourth. Head Offices: 182, 183 & 184 Fleet Street, London, E.G. \ Lenses^ ^ NOTE. — In the diagrams of lenses which follow^ except those of Messrs* C* A. Steinheil Sohne, an uniform system of indicating the nature of the glass employed by means of the shading has been adopted* Flint glass is indicated thus : — Crown glass of low refractive power, thus :- Crown glass of high refractive power, thus: (These two are used indiscriminately in lenses made before the introduction of the new Jena Glass,) ^ Extra light flint glass, thus : — 1 Set of Prisms. A. Dollond* Made by John Dollond, the inventor of the Achromatic Lens, to illustrate the principles of Achromatism. 2 Collection of Specimens of Jena Royal Photographic Society* Glass* 3 Water Lens* Royal Photographic Society* A double convex fluid lens. 4 Single Lens. J* Sterry* By Ross, whole plate, once the property of A. Rosling, Esq. 50 5 Early Form of Doublet by Chevalier, C* Barden* Early Form of Doublet by Chevalier. 6 Water Lens* Royal Photographic Society* This is the water lens in its simplest form, being composed merely of a clock glass fastened on to a piece of plain glass with a piece of putty. The specimen was at one time the property of Daguerre, and was probably used as a condenser. 7 The First Lens specially made in Royal Photographic Society* England for Portraiture* This was constructed in 1841, by Andrew Ross, for Henry Collen^ an early licensee of the Talbot-type Process. It was of doublet form, the back lens B was employed by itself for landscape work, the front lens being inserted, and the two used together for portraiture. In this latter case the paper upon which the image was received was not flat, but was pressed between two curved plates of glass, to admit of a larger aperture being employed. The lenses are screwed into their mounts, and united not by Canada balsam as is usual, but by a film of castor oil. Lent by Messrs. Ross & Co. to the Society^s Museum. 8 Portrait Lens* Ross, Ltd* A portrait or Cabinet Lens as now made, practically the same as when introduced by Petzval in 1840. 7. The First Lens specially made in 8. Portrait Lens. 10. Single Landscape England for Portraiture. Lens. 9 A Derogy Lens* Joseph Tilfor* A half'plate portrait combination, having bayonet joints instead of the usual screws, and two extra lenses for inserting between the others to lengthen or shorten the focus. The front lens can be used for landscapes, with or without one of the extra lenses, making altogether six different combinations. 51 Single Landscape Lens* Ross, Ltd* Manufactured by Andrew Ross. 20 inches focus for 15 X 12 plates. Largest aperture 7 20. This lens is one of a series of seven, the focus of these ranging from 9 to 30 inches. Lent to the exhibitors by Messrs. Morley & Cooper. Arche/s Fluid Lens* Royal Photographic Society* This is a doublet, each combination consisting of a meniscus shell filled with fluid. It is the property of Messrs. Ross & Co., and is lent by them to the Museum of the Royal Photographic Society. 12 Orthographic Lens* Ross, Ltd* Made by Andrew Ross from the formula of Professor Petzval, about 1859. This lens is one of a series of eight J the focus ranged from 8 to 34 inches, covering plates from 6X5 to 21 X 21 inches. The exhibited specimen is of i6j inches back focus. The largest aperture is / 14, and it was advertised for 12 X 10 views, or Sh X 6? groups. Lent to the exhibitors by Messrs. Morley & Cooper, Orthographic Lens. 13 Stereographic Lens* Ross, Ltd* Practically the same lens as the compound stereo lens which has been made until quite a recent date. It is some- what similar in form to the Petzval portrait lens, and was adapted for instantaneous work with wet plates. Working aperture //4. stereographic Lens. 14 Quick'Acting Stereo* Landscape Lens* J. H* Dallmeyer, Ltd* Issued in i860 by J. H. Dallmeyer, in five focal lengths, from to 8 inches. A cemented single combination, consisting of two glasses, heavy flint and hard crown. An improvement at the date in rapidity, //8,/^ 10 and covering power upon the existing single landscape lenses. 15 A Stereoscopic pair of Dallmeyer*s Patent Lenses* J* Sterry Selected by Rev. T. F. Hardwich, i860. 16 Quick' Acting Portrait Lens* J* H* Dallmeyer, Ltd* Issued in i860 by J. H. Dallmeyer. Constructed upon Petzva^s form of 1840. First issued for stereoscopic views of 5 inches focal length. Rapidity Quick-Acting Portrait Lens. CO S w u U U iz; o 53 //4, and angle 45°, Subsequently made up to 16 inches focus. Special feature — the fine correction for spherical abberation. Discarded in 1866 for the Patent Portrait lens. 17 18 2 B. Dallmeyer Portrait Lens* 1863* J* Sterry* J* H* Dallmeyer, Ltd* Extra Quick- Acting Portrait Lens* Issued in i860 or 1861 by J. H. Dallmeyer. Also of the Petzval form, but the most rapid lens ever made, //2*2. Issued in three sizes, of 3, 6, and 8 inches focus. Still largely used on account of its extreme rapidity in modern cinematographic work. 19 Triple Achromatic Lens* J* H* Dallmeyer, Ltd* Issued in 1861. In two rapidities; the more rapid (//4), termed the triple group lens,^ was discarded for the Patent Portrait lens, but the less rapid (f/io) was issued in focal lengths of from 5 to 50 inches, covering an angle of 60°* It is claimed for this that it was the Jtrs^ non- distorting lens, and gave a flatter field and better correction for astigmatism than any lens made, until the introduction of the new Jena glass. The lens was largely supplanted by the ** Rapid Rectilinear,^ introduced in 1866, on account of the greater rapidity of the latter. 1 Triple Achromatic Lens. 20 Dallmeyer Triplet 7I x 5* 1864* 21 Actinic Triplets* J* Sterry Ross, Ltd* Introduced in 1861. These were made in ten sizes, covering plates from 6\ X 4? to 30 X 24, and the focus ranged from 7 to 34 inches. The one exhibited is No. 7 of the series, and is of 22 inches back focus, and covers a plate 18 X 16. They were suitable for all general work, but the working aperture,// 16, caused them to be super- seded by the doublets, which came out a few years later. Actinic Triplets. 22 Sutton's Panoramic Water Lens* Ross, Ltd* Invented by Thomas Sutton, i860, to include an angle field of 100° and upwards. It is essentially a cylindrical shell of glass of great thickness. The internal cavity being filled with water, the glass shell, being a lens with concentric surfaces, acts as a concave lens, the central sphere of water as convex lens. By employing light flint glass the lens is achromatic when the inner radius of the shell is about one-half the length of the outer radius. The diaphragm is peculiar, being ellipti- cal, with two upright thin radiating portions, like the wings of a butterfly. These stop some of the light of the central pencils, making the beam cylindrical — interfering less with the marginal pencils, which are also almost cylindrical. Even lighting is thus secured, on a curved plate, the apparatus for which is also shown. (Brit. Jour., 1861, p. 324.) See p. 52. Sutton's Panoramic Lens, (i860.) 23 The Globe Lens» 54 Royal Photographic Society «. Stereoscopic pair of globe lenses, by Harrison and Schnitzer, of New York, patented June 17, 1862. Known as the Globe Lens, because the exterior surfaces form part of one sphere The defects of this form were spherical aberration and flare, but it enjoyed no small amount of popularity when first introduced. The Globe Lens. 24 Actinic Doublets. Ross, Ltd* Introduced in 1864, Their improvement lay in their greater rapidity. Three forms are exhibited. They were amongst the first lenses to have both combinations cemented. 1 The S. A., or Small Angle Doublet. This corresponds very nearly with the modern rapid symmetrical lens. The angle embraced was from 40° to 50°, and the working aperture //8. The one shown is of 14 inches focus, an covers a plate 8^ X 6| inches. 2 The O. A., or Ordinary Angle Doublet. The angle subtended with this series was from 60° to 75°. This form of doublet was always fitted with a small internal shutter near the wheel diaphragm. The exhibited lens is for plates 6h X 4f, and works at //16. 3 The L. A., or Large Angle Doublet. This series worked at //16, and corresponds to the modern wide-angle lenses. The angle subtended was from 80° to 95°. The lens shown is of 4I inch focus, and was intended for a plate 8 X 4I inches. 25 Wide' Angle Landscape Lens* J* H* Dallmeyer, Ltd* Issued in 1865. Patent (J. H. Dallmeyer) No. 2539. Made in eleven focal lengths of from 5I to 36 inches. Rapidity 77 15, free from spherical aberra- tion, with angle of 75°. A single lens of three cemented components. Chief features are, the wide angle, included for purely landscape work, and the fine and brilliant definition generally, and at the margins. The slight marginal distortion is not noticeable in the class of work for which it was constructed. 26 Periscope* C* A* Steinheil Sohne* Symmetrical construction of 1865, consisting of two simple crown glass lenses, //i 3*5. The original (1865) mounting is intentionally retained in the specimen shown. Ordinary Angle Doublet. Large Angle Doublet. 55 27 Goddard Landscape hens* Royal Photographic Society* This form was introduced by Goddard in 1865. The specimen is of 28 f " ^ ^ «< 26. Periscope. 27. Goddard Landscape Lens. 15 inches focus, covering 12 X lo plate* It is provided with three stops, //22t and //27, and f/^o approximately. Presented to the Society^s Museum by F, Haes, Esq. Patent Portrait Lens* J* H* Dallmeyer, Ltd* Issued in 1866. Patent (J. H. Dallmeyer) No. 2502. Made in three rapidities, //3,//4, and /'6, and including angles of 50 to 55°. Issued in sizes from 5 to 37 inches focus. The lens covers a greater angle than the Petzval form, but is so constructed that a certain degree of spherical aberration may be introduced at will, to produce softness in the image when required. 29 Rapid Rectilinear Lens* J* H. Dallmeyer, Ltd* Issued in 1866. Under patent (J. H. Dallmeyer) No. 2802. The original Rapid Rectilinear. Made originally of two rapidities,//4 and //8. The former was exhibited at the Photographic Society, but not issued commercially ; the latter in fourteen focal lengths of from 4 to 48 inches. It replaced the ** Triple Achromatic as a non^distorting lens, free from spherical aberra' tion at a larger aperture. Is composed of two symmetrical lenses, either of which may be used as a long focus landscape lens. A new optical glass, an extra light flint, was specially made by Messrs. Chance Brothers, of Birmingham, at the inventor^s instigation, in order to attain the most perfect results. 29. Rapid Rectilinear Lens. 30. Wide-Angle Rectilinear Lens. 30 Wide- Angle Rectilinear Lens* J* H* Dallmeyer, Ltd* Issued in 1866. Patent (J. H. Dallmeyer) No* 2502. Made in eleven focal lengths of from 2 to 18 inches. Aperture //15, and covers an extreme angle of 100°. 56 31 Aplanat. C* A* Steinheil Sohne. Series IIL, //y^ symmetrical construction of 1866. Two cemented achromatic lenses^ 28 cm» focus. The lens has an arrangement for adjust' ment of the distance between the combinations. 31. Aplanat. 32 Grub, A* O,, single lens* 33 The Rapid i/iS)* SymmetHcaL 1 34 Extra Rapid {//5*6)* SymmetricaL 35 Portable (//i6)» SymmetricaL 36 Wide- Angle {//i6)* SymmetricaL r 32. Grub A. O., bingle Lens. Royal Photographic Society* Ross, Ltd* These were introduced in 1874-5, and superseded the old form of Actinic Doublet, because of their greater definition, combined with flatness of field. The form of these lenses is now substantially the same as when The Rapid (//8). Extra Rapid (/ 5-6). Wide-Angle { / 16). Symmetrical. Symmetrical. Symmetrical. introduced, but owing to the introduction of new sorts of glass, their com- ponent parts have been slightly modified. There are 46 varieties listed of these four forms. 37 Rectilinear Portrait Lens* J* H* Dallmeyer, Ltd* Issued in 1878. J. H. Dallmeyer^s patent No. 2502. Made in two sizes of 6 and 8 inches focal length. Aperture //s. The chief feature is its high intensity, both combinations being cemented, i.e., with four reflecting surfaces only. 38 Group, 39 57 C* A* Steinheil Sohne* Series II, Antiplanat, //6*5, Unsymmetrical con- struction of i88i. Two cemented lenses, the front lens positive, the back lens negative. 21 cm. focus. Iris- diaphragm. 38. Group. 39. Rapid Landscape Lens. Rapid Landscape Lens. J, H. Dallmeyer, Ltd. Issued in 1884 (T. R. Dallmeyer), under Patent No. 2539. Aperture //ii. Made in nine sizes. Focal lengths, 5 to 30 inches, including an angle of 60°. By the employment of different glasses a higher intensity is obtained than in the ""Wide-Angle Landscape,'^ and the foci of the lenses are comparatively much longer than the latter for the size of plate they are designed for. 40. Rectilinear Landscape Lens. 41. Wide-Angle Single Lens. 40 Rectilinear Landscape Lens. J. H. Dallmeyer, Ltd. Issued in 1888. Patent (T. R. Dallmeyer) No. 1583. Made in seven focal lengths, 8t to 32 inches. Aperture //14. Angle 60°. A combination, mounted in a single cell, with the diaphragm in front, yet free from distortion. 41 Wide' Angle Single Lens. Ross^ Ltd. Introduced in 1890. 16. This lens is made from the newer varieties of glass, and consists of three single lenses cemented together. They are con- structed for an angle of 70° and upwards. 42 Zeiss Apochromatic Triplet (//6*3). Carl Zeiss. This was the first of the new photographic lenses produced by Zeiss, and was patented in 1890. It was made both in the symmetrical and dissymmetrical forms. The correction for spherical aberration was good, the secondary spectrum was very perfectly eliminated, and it worked with large aperture. Its manufacture was soon discontinued, as it was found that, owing to the imperfect correction for oblique pencils, it presented no marked advantages over the ordinary rectilinear type. English patent, 6029/90. German patent, 55313* Apochromatic Triplet. 7/ 6 "3. Nat. Size 100 mm. (4") focus. 58 43 Zeiss Anastigmatic Lens, Series IIL Carl Zeiss, "Wide-angle doublet, consisting of four lenses. Issued in 1890, in 9 focal lengths, from 96 mm. (3I in.) to 586 mm. (23 in.) These lenses, more rapid than Series I. and Ila, may be regarded as a transition between them and the wide-angle doublets. English patent, 6028/90. German patent, 56109. Anastigmat. Series III. //7*2, Nat. Size 100 mm. (4") focus. 44 Zeiss Anastigmatic Lens* Series IV, Carl Zeiss, Issued in 1890, in 10 focal lengths, from 62 mm. (2|in.) to 1,228 mm. (48I in.). This is a rapid wide-angle lens, but has been to a great extent replaced by Series Ilia, and is now Anastigmat ^Series IV. ^^^^ obtainable to order. English patent, 6028/90. German M^t. Size llo^mm. (4") ^6109. focus* 45 Zeiss Anastigmatic Lens, Series V, Carl Zeiss, 46 RosS'Zeiss Anastigmatic Lens, Series V, Ross, Ltd, Issued in 1890, in 15 focal lengths, from 40 mm. (i^in.) to 1,660 mm. (65I in.) This is a wide-angle lens, the smaller sizes embracing an angle of 1 10°. It is well suited for process work, etc, English patent, 6028/90. German patent, 56109, 47 Simple Tele^Photographic Lens, J, H, Dallmeyer^ Ltd, Provisionally protected (T. R. Dallmeyer) (16780) 1891. Consisting of a single cemented positive lens, and a cemented negative lens (both corrected for chemical rays), with variable separation, giving a wide range of equiva- Simple Tele-Photographic Lens. lent focal lengths, but f hort back foci. Discarded for the ** Compound Tele- Photographic System.*' The original ** Tele-Photographic lens, and first published. Anastigmat. SeriesV. //18. Nat. Size 100 mm. (4") focus* 59 Anastigmat. /^/4'5. Nat. Size loo mm. (4") focus. 48 Zeiss Anastig- Carl Zeiss, matic Lens, Series L Issued in 1891, in 9 focal lengths, from 51 mm. (2 in.) to 416 mm. (i6| in.), adapted for instantaneous exposures, portraits, etc. Lenses of this series are now made to order only since they have been super' seded by the ZeisS'Planar, Series la. English patent, 6028/90. German patent, 56109. 49 Zeiss Anastigmatic Lens, Series IL Carl Zeiss, Anastigmat. Series II. /"/6*3. Nat. Size 100 mm. (4") focus. Issued in 1891, in 12 focal lengths, from 54 mm. (2 J in.) to 590 mm. (231111.). A very rapid anastig- "matic doublet adapted for instantaneous photo- graphs, portraits, ^tc. Suitably stopped down they are available for wide-range photography within an angle of 85°. English patent, 6028/90. German patent, 56109. 50 Zeiss Anastigmatic Lens, Series Ilia, Carl Zeiss, 1 51 Ross-Zeiss Anastigmatic Lens, Ross, Ltd, %^ Series Ilia, Px/n Issue in 1891, in 14 focal lengths, from 75 mm. (3 in.) pR to 820 mm. (32I in.). Being comparatively simple in con- struction, and consequently cheap, this is a popular lens I for instantaneous work, and for wide-angle photography up to 97°. The larger forms are suitable for process work. English patent, 6028/90. German patent, 56109. Anastigmat. Series Ilia. //g. Nat. Size 100 mm. (4' ) focus. Concentric Lens, Ross, Ltd, Patented in 1888, but not issued commercially till 1892, owing to the difficulty of obtaining the exact quality of glass required. It is composed of two similar or symmetrical achromatic combinations, each being formed of two simple lenses, a plano-convex of glass of high refractive or but low dispersive power, cemented to a plano- concave of a low refractive index, but having the same or a higher dispersive power, these being cemented at their flat surfaces. The characteristic of this lens is its flatness of field when used with a stop of suitable aperture. English Patent 5194/88. Concentric Lens. 53 Compound Tele^Photographic Lens, J, H, Dallmeyer, Ltd, Issued in 1892. Patent (T. R. Dallmeyer) No. 21933 (1892). In this system the positive element consists of a complete photographic lens and a 6o negative system that may be used with any such positive system of con^ venient focal length. The positive system should [have an intensity of at Compound Tele-Photographic Lens. least //8, The negative systems are made in[twelve sizes/from i to 12 inches focus, 54 Ross Goerz* Series IIL Ross, Ltd* Introduced in 1892^ in thirteen sizes: 3I inches to 35 inches. Angle in' eluded, 70° to 90°, Rapidity, //7*7, A symmetrical doublet, each combina- tion being triple. English patent, 23378/92. German^patent, 74437* 55 Ross'Goerz* Series IV* Ross, Ltd* Introduced in 1892, in seven sizes: 12 inch focus to 47 inch focus. Angle included, 75° to 90°. Rapidity, //ii. English patent, 23378/92. German patent, 74437. 4. RosS'Goerz. Series III. 55. Ross-Goerz. Series IV. 56. Rapid Aplanat. 56 Rapid Aplanat* C* A* Steinheil Sohne* Series 11,7/6*5. Unsymmetrical construction of 1893. Five lenses, the front lens double, positive, the back lens triple, negative. 24 cm. focus. Iris diaphragm. 57 Zeiss Anastigmatic Lens* Series Ila* Carl Zeiss* 58 Ross-Zeiss Anastigmatic Lens* Ross, Ltd* Series Ila* Issued in 1893, in 9 focal lengths, from 90 mm. (3^ in.) to 433 mm. (17 in.). A rapid anastigmatic doublet. English patent, 6028/90. German patent, 56109. Anastigmat. Series Ila. //8. Nat. Sizejoo mm. (4") focus. 6 Zeiss Anastigmatic Lens* Series VL Carl Zeiss- Issued in 1893, in 9 focal lengths, from 200 mm. (8 in.) to 900 mm. (352 in.) This was the first of the Zeiss Anastigmatic single lenses. They are composed of three glasses of the following description and order: — Anastfgmat. Series VI. Xi4'5« Nat.Size loomm, (4") focus. Old Crown. 1*510. 1-564. New Crown 1*609. This form of lens yields sharp, flat images, both as regards the central and the oblique pencils. They are, however, like all single lenses, not absolutely free from distortion. Being so well corrected in themselves, they can be combined with one another so that three or four fit in one mount, and thus give a series of single lenses and doublets furnishing a battery, with Various focal lengths. 60 Zeiss Anastigmatic Aplanatic Lens* Series Via* Carl Zeiss* These are doublets made up of two similar or dissimilar lenses of Series VI. The nine lenses issued in Series VI. could be combined to yield 24 doublets of different foci, from 115 mm. (4I in.) to "^519 mm. {2oh in.). Series VI. and Via. are, to a great extent, superseded by Series VII. and Vila. 61 Zeiss Anastigmat Lens* Series VIL Carl Zeiss> Issued in 1895, in 14 focal lengths, from 100 mm. (4 in.) to 1,000 mm. (39 in.) ; suited for landscapes, large portraits, etc. This series is an improvement on Series VI. It will be seen that the Anastigmat. objective Consists of four glasses cemented together. English Series VII. //la's. patent 19509/94. Nat. Size 100 mm. (4") focus. 62 Zeiss^SatZ' Anastigmat Lens* Series Vila* Carl Zeiss* 63 RosS'Zeiss Satz- Anastigmat Lens* Series Vila* Ross, Ltd* This term is applied to combinations of two similar or dissimilar lenses of Series VII. They form doublets of 27 focal lengths, from 6i mm* (2f in.) to 595 mm. (23I in.) They can be used also singly, so that a doublet of this type, having the two single lenses of different focus, forms in all three lenses pi different focus. English patent, 19509/94* Satz-Anastigmat. Series Vila. //O'a. Nat. Size 100 mm. (4") focus. Anastigmat. Series Via. fh'l- Nat. Size 100 mm. (4") focus. 62 64 Stigmatic (Series L) Portrait Lens. 65 66 J* H» Dallmeyer, Ltd* ■< —\ \ Issued in 1896, Patent (H, L. Aldis) No, 16640 (1895). Made in four focal lengths of 6 to 12 inches. Aperture //4. Angle 60°, free from astigmatism and curvature of field. Stigmatic (Series I.) Portrait Lens. Dallmeyer'Bergheim Lens (Portrait)* J* H» Dallmeyer, Ltd* Issued in 1896 (T. R. Dallmeyer, for J. S. Bergheim). Issued in three sizes. The foci in each size adjustable ; ranging from 20 to 55 inches equiva^ lent, in the series. These are constructed on the tele^photographic principle, and give a larger image than ordinary portrait lenses of the same back focus. Designed for portraiture (large heads) only, giving extremely soft definition, by uncorrected spherical and chromatic aberration. Orthostigmat* C. A* Steinheil Sohne* //6*8. Symmetrical construction of 1896. (British patent, 12949.) Six lenses, three lenses in each half. 24 cm. focus. Iris diaphragm. 'iff 66. Orthostigmat. 67. Dallmeyer's "Stigmatic (Series II.) Universal Lens." J* H* Dallmeyer, Ltd* 67 Dallmeyer*s Stigmatic (Series IL) Uni- versal Lens*** Issued in 1897. Patent (H. L. Aldis) No. 16640. Issued in eleven sizes, focal lengths from 3t to 18 inches. Aperture J/6, Angle 85°, complete elimination of astigmatism and curvature of field. The single lenses may be used separately, the front combination having a focus one-half times that of the entire lens, while the back has a focus double that of the entire lens, thus giving a choice of three foci. 70 Petzval Portrait Lens* Old form, introduced 1849. Chemical focus. 71 Petzval Portrait Lens* Old form, introduced 1856. Chemical focus corrected. 72 Orthoscopic Lens (Petzval),// 10* Dr* A* Miethe* Dr* A* Miethe* Dr* A* Miethe* I 63 68 Zeiss Planar Lens* Series la. 69 RosS'Zeiss Planar Lens* Series la. Carl Zeis 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 Old form of Globe Lens. Aplanatic form^ introduced 1862. Single Lens. Old form, introduced 1864. SteinheiFs Periscop. Introduced 1865. SteinheiFs Periscop. Symmetrical, introduced 1865. Old Aplanatic Lens. Rapid Rectilinear type,// 7*7, introduced 1870. Anastigmat Aplanat. Introduced 1889. Ross, Ltd. Issued in 1897 in 19 focal lengths, from 20 mm. ( :* in.) to 840 mm. (33 in.). The characteristic of the Planar is its rapidity, coupled with the absence of spherical aberration, enabling the lenses of long foci to be used with large apertures, but good definition. In its smaller size it forms an inter' mediate objective between the micro' scopic and the photographic lens, and for photomicrography with a small amount of enlargement it is particu' larly well suited. English patent, 27635/96. German patent, 92313. Dr. A. Miethe. Dr. A. Miethe. Dr. A. Miethe. Dr. A. Miethe. Dr. A. Miethe. Dr. A. Miethe. Dr. A. Miethe. Anastigmat. Introduced 1890. Spherical correction much better. Aplanatic; three lenses cemented in each combination. Collinear Lens. Old form, introduced 1894,7/6*3. Collinear Lens. New form introduced 1895,/ 7*7. Dr. A. Miethe. Dr. A. Miethe. Portrait Lens. Dr. A. Miethe. New form for Cinematographic work, introduced 1896, focus 45 cm. Triple Anastigmatt .//6*5, of the Cooke Lens type. Dr. A. Miethe. 64 84 New Sector Shutter. Dr. A. Miethe. The kns is opened from the centre to the edges in the same moment. Introduced 1898. 85 Iris Diaphragms. W. Wray. 1 Shown at the Photographic Exhibition^ 1888. 2 The next step towards reduction in outer diameter. Date 1891. 3 A modern Iris^ the outer diameter being reduced as far as possible. 86 An exhibit illustrating the various stages of lens making. Carl Zeiss. 87 Portrait Lens, by Shepherd. With fixed stops. 88 Dallmeyer Triplet Lens. 89 Andrew Ross Single Landscape Lens. 90 Grubb Single Lens. 91 Dallmeyer Stereographic Lens. Sands, Hunter & Co. Sands, Hunter & Co. Sands, Hunter & Co. Sands, Hunter & Co. Sands, Hunter & Co. ^ ^ Books. ^ ^ f The following are on tables i?i the Picto^dal Section, North Nave.) 474 Portfolio : ** Idylls of the Norfolk Broads,*' by The Autotype Co. Dr. P. H. Emerson. 475 Frame of separate illustrations from Idylls of The Autotype Co. the Norfolk Broads,** by Dr. P. H. Emerson. (See Sampson Low, Marston & Co., page 155.^ 476 Illustrated Works by Dr. Emerson. David Nutt. pictorial pbotograpby- LOAN COLLECTION. Where a price is jnentioned^ the exhibit is for sale. The price is for the exhibit itself^ or, 7vheii that is sold is for a duplicate^ and includes the frame. An asterisk before the nmnber, thus — "^7 — indicates that the catalogue contains a reproduction of the exhibit. J. H. ANDERSON- *i Sunset over "Waterloo Bridge* 2 Sunset, Blackfriars» 3 Sunset in the PooL 4 Early Morning on the Thames* 5 Hoar Frost* 6 Morning Haze* 7 The Common^ Winter* 8 Hampstead* 9 A Winter^s Morning* 66 SUNSET OVER WATERLOO BRIDGE.— J. H. Anderson. J. CRAIG ANNAN* 1 A Little Princess* 4 guineas 2 The Church or the World* 3 guineas *3 A Lady in White* 4 guineas 4 Sisters* 5 A Sculptor^s Workshop* 3 guineas 6 A Lombardy Landscape* 3 guineas 7 The Adriatic* 2 guineas 8 Miss Burnet* 3 guineas 9 The Dark Mountains* 2 guineas 10 Fishers' Wives* 3 guineas 1 1 A Canal in Venice* 2 guineas 12 A North Holland Canal* 2 guineas "^13 Eleanore* 5 guineas 14 The Dutch Dog'cart* li guineas 67 15 Zandvoort Beach, 4 guineas 16 Jam I t guineas A LADY IN WHITE.— J. Craig Annan. 17 Foxgloves, 2 guineas 18 Ploughing in Lombardy, 3 guineas 68 19 James Guthrie, Esq*, R»S»A* 3 guineas 20 Reflections* Amsterdam* 1 guinea 21 Utriecht* 2 guineas ELEANORE.— J. Craig Annan. 22 San Maria della Salute Venice* 2 guineas 23 Venice* li guineas 24 A Lombardy Ploughing Team* 1 guinea R* ASHTON* 1 One of the Faithful. 2g guineas 2 In Nubia* 2^ guineas 3 Evening near the Pyramids* 3 guineas 4 The Hour of Prayer* 2| guineas 5 A Cairene Cafe* 3 guineas ^''6 A Lesson in the Koran* 2I guineas 69 A LESSON IN THE KORAN.— E. R. Ashton W. SMEDLEY ASTON, 1 A Lowland Farm, Evening, 2 guineas 2 By Still Waters* 2 guineas 3 The Day's "Work Done* 2h guineas 4 Fog Clearing OfL i guinea "^'5 After Many Days, i guinea 6 In a Fishing Town, i guinea 7 A September Morning, i guinea 8 A Lonely Shore, i guinea 9 Low Tide, i guinea 10 Seawards, i guinea 11 Contemplation, i^ guineas 12 Study of the Head, I5 guineas 13 A Nonagenarian, 1 guinea 14 A Crimean Veteran, 1 guinea AFTER MANY DAYS.— W. Smedley Aston. 15 A Jubilee Portrait* 1 guinea 16 Head Study* I5 guineas 17 Old Whitby* 18 Evening on the Roach* JOHN H* AVERY* 1 Mersea City* 3 guineas 2 The Willow Road* 2I guineas 3 The Mill* 2h guineas 4 The Dreamy River* £1 15 '^''5 Lowland Pastures* £2 10 6 A Nocturne* 3 guineas 7 Flatford Bridge* 3 guineas 8 The Lock* guineas 9 A Reedy Waterway* 3 guineas 71 10 Reedy "Waters* £2 10 11 A Stormy Sunset* 2 guineas 12 Low Tide on an Essex River* 2^ guineas HAROLD BAKER* 1 February at Stratford-upon-Avon* 2 guineas 2 Oliver Baker, Esq* 3 guineas 3 Soft Flowing Avon* 2 guineas 4 Andante Dolcemente* 5 North Ambulatory, Ely* 10/6 H* W* BENNETT* 1 Across the Octagon, Ely Cathedral* £176 *2 In the North Choir Aisle, Ely Cathedral* £176 3 The North Choir Aisle, Ely Cathedral* £176 4 The Reredost Winchester Cathedral* £176 5 Doorway, Lady Chapel, Ely Cathedral* 17/6 6 Western Doorway, Winchester Cathedral* 17/6 7 A Moonlight Departure* 1 guinea 8 A Race Home* 1 guinea 9 A Stiff Breeze* 1 guinea 10 Home with the Morning Breeze* 1 guinea 1 1 Blowing up for Rain* 1 guinea 12 Wayside Cottages* 17/6 13 An East Anglian River* 17/6 14 Low Tide* 17/6 15 A Wayside Mill* 17/6 16 Haunt of Coot and Hern* 17/6 NORTH CHOIR AISLE, ELY.— H. W. Bennett. \ SHAPOOR N. BHEDWAR 1 "Weary Sits the Yogi-Raj^ 2 Abigail : The Surprise* 3 All Intent the Palm He Reads, 4 The Mystic Sign* 5 The SouFs Awakening* 6 The World Renounced* *7 The Parting* 8 On the Temple Steps* \^ Tyag, or the Renunciation. A series of eight pictures* 73 9 The Voice of Silence, 10 Divine Reading, 1 1 From Door to Door* 12 At the Altar. 13 The First GrieL 14 **She, far from the joyous festival^ Sits in her own sequestered bower," 15 In Trance* 16 Gool'Culi. (A Rosebud*) 17 Invocation* 18 First Ablution* 19 Initiation* / The Naver or Consecration of a Parsee Priest* 20 Final Orders* 21 Full Blown Priest*] 22 In Commune* VALENTINE BLANCHARD* Portraits of the members of the Whitefriars Club* Lent by the Club* Taken direct upon wet collodion^ 1871-2* 1 Jonas Levy* 2 William Black* 3 Crawford Wilson* 4 Harrison Weir* 5 Tom Hood* 6 Charles Gibbon* 7 Ashby Sterry* 8 Manville Fenn* 9 Dillon Croker* 10 Barry Sullivan* 1 1 Col* A* B* Richards* 12 William Sawyer* 74 FRED BOISSONNAS. 1 The Troglodytes, a prehistoric scene* 2 Mont Blanc, from 70 kilometres distance* '3 Child Pictures* "^4 Nuit de Janvier* 5 L'attente* CHILD PICTURE. Fred. Boissonnas. TOM BRIGHT* 1 Among the Birches* 2 The ever busy River* 3 Home to the Mid-Day Meal* 4 By the Mill Pond* 5 On Windermere* 6 After the Shower* 7 Returning from Pasture* (Photogravure by Walter L* Colls*) 8 Thames Study* 9 Thames Study* 10 Down by the Sea* 11 In Pastures Cool* 12 Lying Idle* 75 ON THE THAMES.— Tom Bright. M. BROWNRIGG. 1 Molde, Norway, at Sunset* (Sepia Platinum*) A SURREY POND.-T. M. Erownrigg. 76 *^'2 A Surrey Pond* (Sepia Platinum*) 3 Derwentwater, Lord^s Island Bay, Evening* (Sepia Platinum*) 4 The Rue Jerzual, Dinan* (Sepia Platinum*) 5 An Autumn Evening on the River Wey* (Sepia Platinum*) 6 A Barge on the Shore, Pin Mill, Suffolk* (Sepia Platinum*) A KNIGHT,— Arthur Burchett. 77 ARTHUR BURCHETT. 1 La Belle Bretonne* '-'2 A Knight* 3 Girl with Violin* 4 Ceres* 5 Sunset* 6 Winter* JOHN BUSHBY* 1 Western Portal, Trau Cathedral* 2 guineas 2 Oxen Ploughing, Bosnia* 2 guineas A HERMIT OF THE WATERS.— John Bushby. 3 Gipsies, Herzegovina* 2 guineas ■^4 A Hermit of the Waters* 2 guineas 5 The Bocche di Cattaro* 2 guineas 6 St* Giorgio Church, Dalmatia* 2 guineas 78 7 Narenta Defile, Herzegovina* 2 guineas 8 Jayce, Bosnia* 2 guineas 9 The Britannia* 2 guineas CARINE CADBY* 1 Dock* 15/' 4 Grasses* 15/' 2 Vine Leaves* 15/' 5 Poppy Study* 15/' 3 Thistle* 15/" 6 Design for a Frieze* 15/' WILL* A* CADBY* 1 Tears* 1 guinea 2 Reflections* 1 guinea 3 Tickled* 1 guinea '•'4 Design for a Panel* 1 guinea 5 Some Cabbage Plants and a Rose* 1 guinea 6 A Camera Sketch* 1 guinea 7 The Slide* 1 guinea EUSTACE CALLAND* 1 An Orchard in Spring* 2 Winchelsea Mill* 2 guineas 3 Brompton Road* 2 guineas H* H* HAY CAMERON* (Photographs from Life*) 1 Miss Ramsay* 2 Miss GaskelL 3 George MacDonald* £5 4 G* F* Watts, R*A* 3 guineas 5 The Honourable Mrs* Stuart DESIGN FOR A PANEL. . WILL. A. cadiiy. Wortley* 79 6 A Child's head* 7 A cat* £i 5 8 Lord Tennyson and Robert Browning* 6 guineas (With their autographs —the last portrait of each poet.) 9 H* A* H* A portrait* i guinea 10 The Angel in the house* £i 5 1 1 The Right Rev* the Lord Bishop of "Winchester^ in robes ,of the Garter* 6 guineas 12 Sir Henry Irving as Becket**' 3 guineas 13 A Portrait of Mrs* Cameron* MRS* JULIA MARGARET CAMERON* (Lent by H* H* Hay Cameron*) 1 The Mountain Nymph* £1 5 2 The Cenci* 3 Prospero and Miranda* £15 4 Florence* £15 5 The Day Dreams* £1 5 6 Christabel* £15 7 The five foolish virgins* £15 8 Sir John Herschel* £l 5 9 Mary Mother* £1 5 10 The rosebud garden of girls* £15 11 The Nestling Angel* £15 12 Lady Florence and the Honourable Claud Anson* £15 13 Sir Henry Taylor* £15 14 Loid Tennyson* £15 JOHN CARPENTER* 1 Sunshine and Shade* (Platinum*) i V guineas 2 Marsh and Mead* (Platinum*) 1 guinea 8o 3 Reeds and "Willows* (Platinum*) £110 4 Marshland* (Silver*) £1 10 5 Essex Marshes* (Platinum*) £1 5 *6 A Bend in the River* (Platinum.) £1 5 7 Poppies* (Platinum,) 8 Anemone Japonica* (Carbon*) Reproduced in THREE PRIffTIffG5. Photographed direct from Vase by kind permission of Messrs. Doulton & Co. r "Three-Colour" Blocks supplied by JOHN 5WAin 58 Farringdon St., London, e.g. Printed with A\AffDER BROTHER5» Photochromotype Inks : — Normal Yellow. Normal Red, Normal Blue. 8i F. R CEMBRANO, 1 Winter Sunset. 4 Scotch Firs* 2 The Old Lock* 5 At the Tavern. 3 Sunset on the Clyde. 6 A Sussex Farm. MRS. S. FRANCIS CLARKE. 1 Aha ! ! 4 The Cartographist. 2 A Pastorale. 5 Fortune Telling. 3 May Time. 6 Sympathy. SPINNING WHEEL.— Mrs. vS. Francis Clarke. K GEORGE BATTEN.— Reginald W. Ckaigie. / 83 LEWIS COHEN, 1-6 Algiers. 9 A Passing Shower. 7 Moonlight Effect. lo Storm Clouds. 8 A Bivouac. REGINALD W. CRAIGIE. *i George Batten. A Portrait. MORIZ ROSENTHAL.-W. Crooke K 2 84 2 Edward Alexander. A Portrait* 3 A Suffolk Pastoral* 2 guineas 4 Sunshine* 5 Helen* A Study* 2 guineas 6 Hashing Bridge. i| guineas 7 After a Cousins' Mezzotint* W* CROOKE* 1 J* L* Toole* (Carbon, taken direct*) 2 Ignas Jan Paderewski* (Carbon^ taken direct*) 3 Arthur de Greef* (Carbon, taken direct*) ^4 Moriz Rosenthal* (Carbon, taken direct*) GEORGE DAVISON* 1 An Onion Field* 2 Windworn* 3 The Saltings* 4 Cottage on La Chambotte> 5 Charing Cross Foot Bridge* 6 Reflections* 7 Portrait of J* D* Baldry, Esq* 8 Indoor Group* 9 Portrait of a Boy* 10 The River Waveney* * 1 1 After a Shower, Brighton* 12 The Coast Road* West Mersea* 13 Fire in Oxford Street* 14 In Lowestoft Fish market* ^ 15 The Sulphur Fountain* Aix^les^Bains. 16 Labourers and Teams* 17 The Salt River* Beeleigh* 18 Thistles* 86 19 Evening Mist* 20 At Fittleworth* 21 Farm on the Marsh* 22 The Village Pond- 23 Fishbourne* 24 Southend Esplanade. 25 Leigh'on'Sea. 26 Oxford Street, A Wet Day. 27 Cockspur Street. 28 The Hedger. STUDY OF STAGE LIGHTING. -Robert Dem^chy. ROBERT DEMACHY. 1 Marseilles. 2 guineas 9 On the Coast of Normandy. 2 Profile. 2 guineas 2 guineas 3 Youth. 2 guineas 10 A Fan. 4 guineas 4 Primavera. 11 The Student. 2 guineas 5 Noon, Mentone. 12 Zaandam. 6 Children. 2 guineas 13 A Face. 2 guineas 7 A Study of reflected light. Study of Stage Lighting. 2 guineas 15 The Seine in Winter. 2 guineas 8 Portrait of Count de B. 16 Medallion. 3 guineas 8/ 17 Idea for a Title Page* 2 guineas 18 Stormy Weather* 2 guineas 19 A Fan Baby* 20 In Toulon Harbour* 1 guinea 21 Landscape* 2 guineas 22 From the Trocadero, Paris* 1 guinea 23 Pride* 2 guineas 24 Head of a Young Girl* 2 guineas 25 A Normandy Landscape* 2 guineas 26 Study of a Head* 3 guineas 27 Snow at the Bois de Boulogne* 3 guineas 28 A Study in Red* 2 guineas* 29 A Study* 2 guineas* 30 A Study* 2 guineas* FREDERICK H* EVANS* 1 Lincoln Cathedral : from the Castle* 2 Lincoln Cathedral : West Front* *3 Lincoln Cathedral : Nave* 4 Beverley Minster r Nave* 5 Wells Cathedral : Stairs to Chapter House* 6 Kelmscott Manor : in the Attic* 7 Woodland Study: in the New Forest* 8 Woodland Study : in Redlands Woods* 9 Woodland Study : in Redlands Woods* 10 Sea and Sky and Sand* 1 1 Ingoldmells ; Beach Study* 12 Ingoldmells: Beach Study* 13 Bow Fell from Esk House* 14 Borrowdale* LIEUT^'COLONEL J. GALE. 1 Midday Lunch, 2 A Corner of a Surrey Common, 89 3 The Village Spire among the 33 A Pike Pool* Trees* 34 In the Ferry Meadow* 4 A Rivulet in Surrey* 35 Hay Carting* 5 After a Summer^Shower* 36 A Berkshire Harvest Field* 6 A Rushy Mere* 37 Sunshine and Shadow* 7 Towards Sundown* 38 Away over the Downs* 8 On a Sussex Common* 39 The Smithy in Winter* 9 Midday Rest* 40 The Meeting of the Ways* 10 Primrose Corner* 41 A Landmark on the Downs* 11 At the Pond* 42 A Frozen Creek* 12 The Ouse at Lynn* 43 A Frosty Morning* 13 A Cornish Doorway* 44 A Drift-way in the Hills* 14 The Lace Pillow* 45 A Mill on the Ouse* 15 Strand'On-the'Green* 46 Interviewing the Ploughman* i6 Strand'On'the'Green* 47 On Mitcham Common* 17 The Ferry* 48 Lambs in the Clover* i8 Homeward from Plough* 49 Low Tide* 19 Flatford Bridge* 50 Scant Pastures. 20 The Incoming Tide* 51 Foldwards* 21 The Dreamy Mill^dam* 52 In the Wey Valley* 22 Afternoon Rest* 53 At the Hard* 23 Twitch Burning* 54 Village News* 24 Village Spire* 55 The Shepherd and his Boy* 25 A Sussex Homestead* 56 On the Wey* 26 Old Custom House, Lynn* 57 The Village Well* 27 St* Ives Bridge* 58 Sleepy Hollow* 28 Hay Carting (Sussex)* 59 Autumn, early Morning* 29 Hay Carting (Surrey)* 60 Potato Planting* 30 Osier Peelers getting Dinner 61 Ploughing and Twitch ready* Burning* 31 Through the Driftway* 62 On Guard* 32 The Abbot's Bridge* 90 I, H, GEAR. 1 The Receding Tide* 3 guineas* *2 Silvery Morn* 3 guineas* 3 A Lowland Homestead* 4 'Twixt Day and Night* 2 guineas* 5 Grey December* 2 guineas* 6 The Pro'Choir, Winchester* 2 guineas* 7 The Confessor's Shrine, Westminster Abbey* 2 guineas. 8 When Evening Shadows fall* ARTHUR J* GOLDING* 1 Twilight* 2i guineas *2 Going out to Sea* I5 guineas 3 Towards Evening on the Yare* li guineas 4 The Yare* (Early Morning*) I5 guineas GOING OUT TO SEA.— Arthur J. Golding. 5 Evening Haze* I2 guineas 6 A Road Across the Dunes* li guineas 7 Where Sea meets Land in Daily Strife.^ li guineas 8 "Where Shores and Meadows Meet*** li guineas 9 How Gently Fades the "Waning Day li guineas 10 The Waning of the Day* li guineas 91 11 The Old Lock, lA guineas 12 On the Marshes* li guineas 13 A Grey Day* 1 guinea 14 Dawn* 1 guinea W* T* GREATBATCH* 1 Where Reeds and Rushes Grow, li guineas 2 Departing Day* £1 5/' 3 Watergate Row, Chester* £15/' 4 Against the Tide* £1 5A 5 The Harbour Head* 1^ guineas 6 Marketing* £15/' MOTHER'S POSY.-JOHN Gunston. KARL GREGER* 1 Homeward* 2 guineas 2 Woodland Pond* 2 guineas 3 Suffolk Marshes* £116 4 Mountain Pastures in Snowdonic* £116 92 5 On the Dutch Coast* £i i 6 ■^6 Evening near Dordrecht* £i i 6 7 Last Gleams of Light* £i i 6 8 Playground of Wind and Waves* £i i 6 9 Afterglow* £i i 6 JOHN GUNSTON* 1 ^'Tis Evening; all around is still, Save for the music of the bubbling rill/^ £l 1 1 6 *2 Mother's Posy* £i ii 6 3 Whitby* £i 11 6 4 An Autumn Afternoon* £i 11 6 E* CECIL HERTSLET* *1 A wayside shrine* (Carbon enlargement*) 2 Fishbourne* (Platinum*) 3 St* Mary Magdalene, Bruges* (Platinum* Uraniumltoned*) 4 Bickleigh* (Platinum* Uranium toned*) 5 The silent mere* (Platinum* Uranium toned*) DAVID OCTAVIUS HILL, R*S*A* Born at Perth, 1802, and was trained as a painter and practised as such. He first had his attention directed to photo- graphy as an aid in painting a group of the ministers of the Free Church, which included some hundred portraits. He took up the calotype process^ in which with the assistance of Dr. John Adam- son, a Chemist, he became an expert, and produced many portraits which can be seen in the Albums in The Historical Section, as well as in this collection. His original negatives are in existence, and their publication may still be possible. (Lent by J* Craig Annan, Esq*) 1 Robert Hunt* 2 The Honourable Mr* & Mrs* Stuart Wortley* 3 David Robert, R*A* David Octavius Hill, F.S.A. ! 93 4 Sir Francis Grant, P*R«A* 5 J» Henning^ and Handyside Ritchie* 6 Lord Robertson, Senator of the College of Justice, Scotland* 7 Wm.Etty, R*A* 8 G* W* Kemp, Architect of the Scott Monument* 9 John Blackie, Junior, Publisher, Lord Provost of Glasgow* 10 Professor Wilson, The Christopher North ** of Blackwood^s Magazine* 1 1 Sir William Allan, P*R*S* A* 12 Sir John Macneil. 13 John Gibson, R*A* 14 John Gibson Lockhart, Son-in-law and Biographer of Sir Walter Scott* *15 Mrs* Jameson, Authoress of Memoirs of the early Italian Painters,** &c*, &c* (Lent by Messrs* T* & R* Annan)* 16 Lady Ruthven, T* Duncan, A*R*A*, D* O* Hill & W* B* John- stone, Sheriff Napier, Tne Adamson Family, Rev* W* Robert- son, D*D* (Lent by Andrew Elliott Eso*t Edinburgh). 17 D* 0* Hill* 26 Sir John Gladstone of Fasque. 18 John Murra^y (Publisher)* 27 Stuart Wortley. 19 Sir John Gladstone, Bart* 28 Henning and Ritchie. 20 Sir John Macneil. 29 Dr* Bunting. 21 The Rev* W* R* Tweedie, 30 Sam Aiken. D*D* 31 Mrs* Rigby* 22 The Bishop of Ripon* 32 Mrs* Smith* 23 Sir Culling Eardley* 33 Master Miller* 24 Professor Munro* 34 Rev* J* J* Wood, D,D* 25 Scott of Peel. 35 Dr* Sampson, York* MRS. JAMESON. D. O. HILL. 1 95 36 Rintoul, Editor of Spectator. 37 Mr* MacneiL 38 Hayden* 39 Dumbarton Presbytery, May 29th, 1845* 40 Dr. George Bell, Miss Bell, and Rev. J. Bell. 41 Mr. & Mrs. Stuart Wortley. 42 Mrs. "Watson. 43 Thos. Duncan, R.S.A. 44 Merchiston Castle. 45 "W. B. Johnstone, David Scott,' and W. L. Laitch. 46 Newhaven Fishwomen. (Lent by W. Crooke, Esq.) 47 Eight portraits in frame. 48 Eight portraits in frame. A. HORSLEY HINTON. *1 Melton Meadows. 3 guineae. 11 Sweet Wilderness. 2 guineas (Frame not included). 12 Flowery wastes. 2l> guineas 2 Deserted Shore. 5 guineas 13 Tide Bereft. 2 J guineas 3 Grey Shallows. 24 guineas 14 Reedy Ways. 4 Night's Fleeting. 22 guineas 15 Reed harvesting. 5 The Ferry. 2^ guineas 16 Salt Marshes, Essex. 6 Drifting shadows. 17 Requiem. 2 guineas 7 Rain from the Sea. 18 Westwards. 8 Feldee Shore. 2I guineas 19 Sea mists. 9 Day's decline. 2 guineas 20 Fenland. 10 Day's awakening. 2 guineas 21 Sunshine and Rain. 2^ guineas Mrs. Julia Margaret Cameron. Nowadays the advocates of what is styled** diffusion of focus may be nuni' bered by thousands^ but in the seventies, they were but few and far between. The calotype workers were to some extent compelled to give their pictures breadth and vigour by the very nature of the process, but the advent of the collodion film with its delicacy and almost micro- scopic structure gave an impetus in the other direction to photography, the reaction from which is largely due to two artists, Mrs. Cameron and O. G. Rejlander. Her work consisted mostly of large portraits ; she possessed a dis- tinct style, and numbered among her sitters such men as Tennyson, Her- schel and others, who were as pic- turesque as they were famous. Un- fortunately her technical skill was not equal to her artistic ability, and many otherwise fine productions were marred by defects in photographic manipula- tion. She seems to have exercised by her many varied accomplishments no small influence upon those who came within the artistic circle in which she moved. She died in Ceylon, January 26th, 1879. 96 22 "Woodbridge Quay* 23 Marshland near London* 2 guineas 24 Birchwood* 2 guineas 25 A Reedy corner. 2 guineas 26 Winter's Daybreak* 27 A Panel* 3 guineas 28 Evening* 4 guineas 29 Windless grey* 1 guinea 30 Estuary* 31 Pastures by the Sea* 32 In April* 33 October* 34 Benfleet Ford* 2 guineas 35 After Rain* 36 Deben River* 1 guinea 37 Light and Shadow* 1 guinea 38 39 40 41 Portrait* 42 Portrait* 43 44 45 JOHN A* HODGES* 1 Sea^ Sand, and Sky* £1 10 *2 Approaching Storm, Loch Leven* £1 10 3 Narcissi* 15/- 4 Marguerites* 15/' 5 Evening on Loch Lomond* ^£2 97 6 Softly falls the Evening Light* 15/' 7 Winter. £l 5 8 The Day was nearly Done* £15 9 At Furness Abbey. £1 10 10 Evening on Windermere. £1 10 11 Penmaenmawr. £2 10 12 Drear December. £2 13 At Walberswick. £1 10 AN APPROACHING STORM, LOCH LEVEN.— John A. Hodges. 14 The Haunt of the Moorhen. £1 10 15 Twilight. £1 16 A Stormy Sunset. ' £1 17 Dunster Mill. 15/- 18 A Misty Morning on the Conway. £1 10 19 Moel Siabod, from the Llugwy. £1 20 Lyn Idwal^ and the DeviFs Kitchen. £1 10 21 On Loch Katrine. £1 10 MELTON MEADOWS. ^ A. HORSLEY HINTON. 99 R HOLLYER* 1 Waterloo Bridge* (Platinotype taken in 1874O 15/' 2 The Squire's Team* (Taken on Wet Plate, instantaneously, 1871.) 15;- 3 Homer/' (From a Bas-relief by Harry Bates, A.R«A*) 4 guineas 4 Sir Galahad* (From a Painting by G* F* Watts, R*A*) 45 guineas 5 The Merciful Knight* (From a Painting by Sir E* Burne Jones*) 25 guineas 6 Study* (From a Pencil Drawing by Sir E* Burne Jones*) 2^ guineas 7 John Ruskin, 1896* 1 guinea 8 Portrait en Chapeau*'* GEORGE H* JAMES* 1 Sunrise on Beaulieu Common* (Carbon*) 1 guinea 2 The Forester's Home* (Carbon*) 1 guinea 3 Scotland's Flower* (Gum^Bichromate*) 1 guinea 4 Peace* (Gum-Bichromate*) 1 guinea^ 5 The Ebb of the Tide* (Gum-Bichromate*) 1 guinea 6 A Storm off Llangranog* (Carbon*) 5 guineas 7 Evening on the Solent* (Gum-Bichromate*) 1 guinea 8 A Summer Night, off Cowes* (Platinum*) i guinea 9 Between the Lights* (Gum- Bichromate*) 1 guinea 0 A Portrait (Gum-Bichromate*) 1 guinea CHARLES JOB* 1 Snow and Sunshine* (Carbon*) 1 guinea 2 A Snow Covered Track* (Carbon*) 1 guinea 3 After Rain* (Carbon*) i guinea 4 An Old Hulk* (Carbon*) 1 guinea 5 Low Water* (Platinum*) 1 guinea 6 Abandoned* (Platinum*) 1 guinea A PORTRAIT, GEORGE H. JAMES. lOI 7 By the Waterside* (Platinum*) i guinea 8 When the Tide is Out* (Platinum*) i guinea 9 On a Sussex Common* (Platinum*) i guinea lo The Church on the Marsh* (Platinum*) i guinea LOW WATER. -Charles Job, C* BARROW KEENE* 1 By Wood and Stream* i guinea 2 A Derbyshire Dale* i guinea 3 South Aisle of Choir, Lichfield, i guinea ALEXANDER KEIGHLEY 1 Gather the Roses while ye may, Old Time is still a-flying/^ £l 10 ^2 The Signal Box* 15/ 3 Twilight Grey* 15/' 4 Flowers of the Field* £1 5 The Haunt of the Seagull* £1 10 6 Driftwood* £i 7 Flowers of the Salt Marsh* 8 A Reedy Waterway* 9 A Creek near the Sea* lo Early Spring* lo/- THE SIGNAL BOX.— Alexander Keighley. THE REV* F* C* LAMBERT* *1 Wind and Rain* 25 guineas 2 Showery Weather* 2 2 guineas 3 Sea Fog* Folkestone Harbour* £15 4 Evening Mist, After Rain* 2 guineas GEORGE LAMLEY. 1 The Golden River* 6 Peace* 2 Low Tide* 7 A Mill on the Tees* 3 Dublin Bay* 8 Showery Weather* 4 The Dead City* 9 The Never^Ending Fen. 5 After the Storm* 10 Salt Marshes* I03 WIND AND RAIN.— Rev. F. C. I^ambert. 11 Blowing Up for Rain, 14 A Stagnant Mere* 12 A Sluggish River* 15 Sunshine and Shower* 13 Solitude* PAUL LANGE. 1 On Road to Hecla, Iceland* (Gelatino^chloride*) 3 guineas 2 Venice* (Gelatino'chloride*) 3 guineas 3 Cooling Moments, on Windermere* (Gelatino^chloride*) 3 guineas PERCY S* LANKESTER* *i A Pretty Lane* 2i guineas 2 The Afterglow* guineas 3 Sunset on Ice and Water* 1 5 guineas 4 The^Furnace Pond* li guineas 5 A Country Scene* guineas 6 A Bye Road* 25/' 7 Reflections* li guineas 104 A PRETTY LANE.— Percy S. I^ankester. 8 Green Grow the Rushes O** li guineas 9 The Moat at Hever Castle* li guineas 10 In the Woods* li guineas 11 Marshland* li guineas EDGAR G* LEE* 1 The Evening of Life* (Carbon*) i guinea 2 Castle Garth, Newcastle-on'Tyne* (Carbon*) i guinea *3 At the Smithy* (Carbon*) i guinea 4 Moorland Solitude* (Carbon*) i guinea BERNARD LINTOTT* 1 On the Top of the Tide* 2 guineas 2 Catbell from the Derwent* 2 guineas 3 On the Derwent* 2 guineas 4 Clouds* 2 guineas 5 Blowing up for Rain* 2 guineas 6 Littlehampton Harbour* 2 guineas i 105 AT THE SMITHY.— Edgar G. Lee. THOMAS MANLY. 1 Sunbeam. £i loA 3 Aurora* £1 10/' 2 Tess* £1 10/' PAUL MARTIN* 1 A "Wet Night on the Embankment* (Carbon.) £1 2 Big Ben at Night. (Carbon.) £1 3 Houses of Parliament at Night. (Carbon.) £1 4 Corner of Trafalgar Square* (Carbon*) £1 5 A "Winter's Night on the Embankment* (Carbon*) £1 6 A Frosty Moonlight Night* (Carbon*) £1 ALFRED MASKELL* 1 Hollandaise* 2 — io6 CHARLES MOSS. 1 Sunshine and Rain, 7 Blowing up for Rain* 8 Cornfields* 9 The Homestead* 10 Early Morning* 1 1 Windblown Trees* 2 Hayfields* 3 A Suffolk Staithe* 4 Water Meadows* 5 Bosham Shore* 6 Homeward Bound* J* C* S* MUMMERY* 1 Misty October* 2 5 guineas 2 By Furrow and Hedgerow* 2^ guineas 3 When day declining sheds a milder gleam/^ 2^^ gumeas 4 " The sky o^ercast^ The joyless winter day.^ 2^ guineas 5 The Marsh Road* 2^ guineas 6 hamlet Where yet some pleasing vestiges remain Of unperverted Nature^s golden reign*** 2^ guineas 7 \ ** The wide shore Slopes out to meet the fast incoming tide.** 5 guineas 8 ^^Slow from the sky the light of day declines*** 2 guineas 9 ** Unveiled her peerless lights And o*er the dark her silver mantle threw*** 2^ guineas 10 Washing of the lonely seas, Piping of the salted breeze. 2^ guineas 1 1 The Wayfarer* 1 guinea 12 High Noon* 2 guineas CONSTANT PUYO* 1 Portrait. (Gum-Bichromate*) £2 10 2 Croquis* (Gum-Bichromate*) £2 10 3 Tete d'Etude* (Gum-Bichromate*) £2 10 4 Clair-Obscur* (Gum-Bichromate*) £2 10 A NIGHT OUT. HOMELESS. O. G. REJLANDER. io8 5 ProfiL (Carbon*) £4 6 Un billet* (Carbon*) £1 12 *7 Grave affaire* (Carbon*) £1 12 8 Motif rond* (Carbon*) £1 4 9 Deuil* (Carbon*) £1 12 10 Gaite* (Carbon*) £2 11 Femme au gant* ( Gelatino^Chloride*) £14 12 Vengeance* (Carbon*) £2 lo 13 Nocturne* (Gelatino-Chloride*) £1 4 14 Bonsoir*^' (Gelatino-Chloride*) £14 15 Sous la lampe* (Carbon*) £2 10 16 Tete* (Carbon*) £i 4 17 Maternite* (Carbon*) £14 18 Etude^ 1830* (Carbon*) £1 12 17 Etudes pour un geste* (Carbon*) £3 MISS JANET REID* 1 Devotion* i^^ guineas 2 Learning her Pater Noster*'^ iw guineas 3 The Noonday Meal* guineas 4 Outward Bound* £1 5 5 Low Tide* £15 6 The Fading smile of closing day*^' 1 i guineas 7 Where the earth and ocean meet.'' 2 guineas 8 As sinks the sun's declining ray*" 12 '6 9 A frown is on the heavens' brow*" 2 guineas 10 The Mouth of the River* £15 11 The Grey Dawn of Morning* £15 12 The Old Grindstone* 15/- 13 Helping Mother* 15/' 109 14 The First Knitting Lesson* 15/" 15 The Little Shoeblack* li guineas 16 Feeding Her Pets* i| guineas 17 ^* Flowing onward to the sea/' 2 guineas 18 Sunshine and Shower* £15 19 Watching the Boats* li guineas RUE JERZUAL, DINAN,— T. M. Brownrigg. I lO G. REJLANDER. Born 1813. Died January iSth, 1875. 3 4 *5 6 7 *8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 O. G. Rejlander. Gustave Dore* Where's that Cat* A night out — Homeless. This IS the way my young master goes out ! Waiting for the kind lady* Winter* The two Ways of Life* Mr* Colman as ** Belphegor/' At the Cross* Meditation* Pleading* Rejlander was the son of an officer in the Swedish Army^ and received in Sweden, Spain and Rome the training of a painter. On coming to England he commenced as a portrait painter and lithographic artist in Wolverhamp' ton, but his attention was soon turned towards photography, which subject rapidly absorbed it entirely. He left Wolverhampton for London in i860, and the last years of his life were spent in the Metropolis, working as a prO' fessional photographer, but devoting himself almost without reserve to piC' ture making by photography. The Prints, except 22 and 23, are by Mr. H. T. Mai by, from the original negatives in the Society^s possession. Nos. I to 2 inclusive, 1 guinea each. 1 Out of work, The workman's lament* 2 Gustave Dore* Play* The Juggler* Please give^us a copper**' Lazy Jack* Have a tune^ Miss ? Infant Samuel* A sleeping child* Rejlander as ** Garibaldi*'' Ginx's Baby* (Lent by the South London Photo* Society*) 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 Happy Days* (Lent by the South London Photo* Society*^ H* P* ROBINSON* He never Told his Love* 2 guineas Wayside Gossip* 2 guineas 1 1 1 3 5 6 4 Geese and Goslings^ 3 guineas Off Arran, 3 guineas Over the Hedge* 2 guineas The Music of the Birds, 2 guineas 7 Coming Boats. 3 guineas *8 10 Storm Clearing Off. 3 guineas Dawn and Sunset. 5 guineas ** At Sunset Leaps the Lusty 11 Trout.'^ 3 guineas Wild Weather. 3 guineas WINTER. -O. G. Rejlander. 12 In Welsh and English. 2 guineas 13 The Mill Door. 2 guineas 14 In Kilbrennan Sound. 2 guineas 15 In Holy Loch. 2 guineas 16 A Chat with the Miller. 2 guineas 17 Primrose Time. 2 guineas 1 'Twixt Land and Sea. 3 guineas 2 Ebb Tide. 3 guineas 3 Three Fishers. 3 guineas 4 Why not be Friends ? li guineas 5 ** Midst the ceaseless piping of the wind/' 3 guineas 6 Whitstable. 2^ guineas 7 Sweet Springtime. i| guineas 8 Summer Among the Flowers. I5 guineas 9 Left by the ebbing wave. 3 guineas 10 Foggy Thames. 2 2 guineas. 11 Feeding the Ducks. 15 guineas RALPH W. ROBINSON. STORM CLEARING OFF. H. P. ROBINSON. The Acme Tone Engraving Co. Ltd., Watford, Herts. 113 12 A Sudden SqualL i| guineas 13 On the hither side of night/' i| guineas 14 Old Cronies* guineas 15 Becalmed* 2 guineas 16 Making Friends, li guineas AT^ SUNSET'^LEAPS;' THE LUSTY TROUT. -H. P. Robinson. 17 The Cooling Stream* i:^ guineas 18 AH illumined in a rustic glory*'' li guineas 19 Dying Day* guineas 20 Going to Pasture* I5 guineas 21 Don't you wake ! " li guineas 22 A New Pet* i| guineas M 114 23 A Village by the Sea. guineas 24 Loves me ! Loves me not guineas 25 **A primrose by the river's brim/' i| guineas 26 Suspicious, li guineas 27 A Child's Portrait. 28 A Lady's Portrait. 29 A Child's Portrait. 30 Playmates. 31 A Child's Portrait. 32 A Child's Portrait. 33 G. F. "Watts, Esq., R.A. guineas 34 The Late Sir John Everett Millais, P.R.A. 2 guineas 35 The Late Lord Leighton, P.R.A. 2 guineas PHILIPP RITTER VON SCHOELLER. 1 Landscape in "Winter. (Gum bichromate process, enlargement.) 2 Sunset. (Gum bichromate process, enlargement.) 3 Mina. (Platinotype enlargement.) 4 A Study. (Platinotype enlargement.) HARRY SELBY. 1 Dublin Bay. (Bromide.) 3 Isleworth. (BromideJ 2 A "Wet Harvest. (Bromide.) 4 After the Rain. (Bromide.) LESLIE SELBY. 1 Evening Calm. 4 A River Scene. 2 Season of Mists. 5 Sundown. 3 Barnes Common. 6 The Sun is Sinking Fast. The DUCHESS OF SERMONETA. 1 Santo Spirito, Florence. Evening. 2 A "Wild Garden. 3 A Meeting of the High- way Board, 4 The Shades of Eve* Mote Park, Maidstone* JAMES A* SINCLAIR* 1 A Dutch Peasant* 2 guineas 2 Dalmatian Fruit Seller* 3 5 4 li guineas Twilight* 2 guineas Lake Lugano* 2 guineas Sunshine and Shadow* THE INFANT SAMUEL.-O. G. Rejlander, 2 guineas 6 Dinner a la Carte* li guineas 7 The Village Pump* 2 guineas 8 An Ishmaelite* i| guineas 9 By the side of the Lake* guineas 10 Sunset on Lake Iseo* 2 guineas 11 A Decadent* li guineas 12 Sea Sky and Sand* i^ guineas 13 Lucerne* (Artigue Paper*) i| guineas 14 Guy^s Cliffe Mill* Warwick* 2 guineas *15 Trau Gate* li guineas" *i6 Beasts of Burden* li guineas 17 Where brooding darkness spreads his jealous wings.'' 3 guineas 18 Bridge of Sighs* 2 guineas 19 At Trebinji* 2 guineas HENRY STEVENS* 1 The Weybridge Beagles* 2 Flower Studies* 3 On Guard* 4 A Trained Nurse* M 2 NUIT DE JANVIER. F. BOISSONNAS. 117 5 Tired OuU 6 A Coquette* 7 Dutch Rabbits* 8 A Distinguished Guest* 1 1 Meadow Sweet* 12 Lilium Harrisi* 10 A Cavalier* 9 Worn Out* MISS STODDART* 1 In Thoughtful Mood* 2 Convalescent* 4 On Household Cares Intent* 5 An Amusing Letter* 3 Dropped Stitches* F* M* SUTCLIFFE* *1 Sunshine* i guinea 2 Water Rats* i guinea 3 Stern Reality* 2 guineas 4 The Ingathering* £i ii 6 5 A Bonny Fisher Lass* i guinea 6 Contentment* 1 guinea 7 A Flither Picker* i guinea 8 Moor Sheep* £i ii 6 9 Whitby East* i guinea 10 Home* 1 guinea 1 1 Sunshine and Shower* i guinea 12 The Flag of Distress* i guinea 13 The Beggars' Bridge* 1 guinea 14 A Salmon Pool* 1 guinea 15 The Rake's Progress* 1 guinea 16 No Road* 1 guinea 17 Natives of these Isles* 1 guinea 18 A Decayed Seaport* 1 guinea 19 Fog* 1 guinea 20 A Fisher Boy* i guinea 21 Westward Ho* i guinea 22 Morning* i guinea 23 Scotchmen* 1 guinea 24 A Fish Stall* 1 guinea 25 Whitby Piers in Winter* 1 guinea 26 A Passing Cloud* 1 guinea SUNSHINE.— F. M. Sutcliffe. 27 Peace* 1 guinea 28 The Fisherman's Return* 1 guinea 29 The North Wind* l guinea 30 Hurricane Corner* 1 guinea 31 A Sea Fog* 1 guinea 32 Wives and Widows* 1 guinea 33 A Wooden Ship Builder* 1 guinea 34 Up the Harbour* £1 11 6 35 On the Riggs* i guinea I20 36 Retired from Sea* i guinea 37 Men* i guinea 38 A Pastoral* 1 guinea 39 Dunsley Bay* 1 guinea 40 Bathers* 2 guineas 41 The Quay* 1 guinea 42 Limpets* 1 guinea 43 A Sandwich 10^6 44 Where the Apples go to* 10/6 45 Setters 1 guinea 46 Where Tempests never Beatt nor Billows Roar**' 10/6 47 ** The Day is done*** 10/6 48 Fisher Belle* 10/6 49 A Winter's Morning* 10/6 50 Among the Turnips* £1 11 6 51 Hearts of Oak* 10/6 52 A Wave* 10/6 53 Kindling* 1 guinea 54 Tempus fugit* 10/6 55 A Golden Time* 10/6 56 Butterburr* 1 guinea 57 A Portrait* 58 The Fast Declining Day* £1 11 6 W* THOMAS* *1 Birch and Bracken* 3 guineas 2 Disturbed* 4 guineas 3 Winter* 3 guineas 4 Corner of a Kentish Common* 25 guineas GRAVEIAFFAIRE, C. PUYO. I 22 5 Autumn* 4 guineas 6 Sunset in the PooL 3 guineas 7 A Summer Evening* 2^ guineas 8 On the Ebb Tide. 1 guinea 9 Twilight* 1 guinea 10 Sunset* 1 guinea 1 1 With Breeze and Tide* 1 guinea 12 End of a Stormy Day* 1 guinea 13 On a Flowing Tide* 1 guinea BENJAMIN BRECKNELL TURNER* (Born 1815. Died i^th April, 1894.^ B. B, Turner was one of the founders of the Royal Photographic Society, and as a friend of Fox Talbot was amongst the earliest calotype workers and a contributor of some of the illustrations to ^* The Pencil of Nature/^ He was a prominent worker of the paper process, Scotch Firs and " Photo- graphic Truth (see below) having been shown at the Society of Arts Photographic Exhibition in 1852. He exhibited at most of the Society^s Exhibitions down to 1875, The collection of his works on exhibition has been lent by his son, H. Fownes Turner, Esq. 1 The Church Oak, Hawkhurst* 2 Rievaulx Abbey* 3 Whitby Abbey* 4 Worcester Cathedral* 5 Scotch Firs. 6 The Head of the Lake, Lcsely Park* 7 Photographic Truth* 8 Interior of the 1851 Exhibition* SAMUEL E* WALL* 1 An Evening Ebb* (Carbon*) i\ guineas 2 An Approaching Storm* (Carbon*) i\ guineas 3 A Brisk Day on the Thames* (Carbon*) guineas '4 Flotsam* (Bromide*) 1^, guineas 5 On Crymlyn Burrows* (Bromide*) i\ guineas GOING TO PASTURE. RALPH W. ROBINSON. 124 FLOTSAM. -Samukl K. Wall. COLONEL J. WATERHOUSK 1 The Sphynx* (Autotype Enlargement.) 2 The Great Pyramid and Temple of the Sphynx* (Autotype En- largement*) 3 The Mosque of Sultan Hassan, Cairo* (Autotype Enlargement* )♦ 4 The Entrance to the Grand Canal, Venice* (Autotype Enlarge- ment*) 5 & 6 Two Views in Venice* (Autotype Enlargement*) 7 The Rialto Bridge, Venice* (Autotype Enlargement.) 8 St* Mark's, Venice* (Autotype Enlargement.) 9 Market Place, Hallstadt, Austria* (Autotype Enlargement*) 10 Villach, Austria* (Autotype Enlargement*) J* B* B* WELLINGTON* 1 Frame of Studies* 2 The Broken Saucer* 5 guineas 3 Eventide* 5 guineas 4 On the Banks of the Thames* 5 Winter* 2 guineas 6 A still delight steals o'er the earth*'' 5 guineas 7 Give me a catch* 8 After the Storm* 125 ' 9 The latest news* 4 guineas* 10 Sunset* 1 1 Relics of the Past — Hampstead* 5 guineas 1 2 The Village Smithy* 5 guineas 13 On Salhouse Broad* 4 guineas 14 The Road to the Moor, Matlock* 4 guineas 15 The Midday Meal* 16 Solitude* 6 guineas* B* GAY WILKINSON* 1 The Peaceful Evening Hour. (Sepia Platinotype*) 2 When the Wind is in the East* (Platinotype*) 2 guineas 3 A Sunset Calm* (Sepia Platinotype*) 4 Down from the Hills* (Sepia Platinotype*) 2 guineas 5 Prawning* (Platinotype*) 6 The Ebbing Tide* (Platinotype*) £1 10 COLONEL A* H. P* STUART WORTLEY* fBorn 1832. Died, April 30//^, 1890.^ Colonel Stuart Wortley was an early worker in collodion emulsion and kindred processes^ the uranium dry plate and the Wothlytype par- ticularly attracting his attention. Bold cloud effects are the most conspicuous amongst the examples of his work in the present collection, and in facing the sun as he did to obtain most of these, he was one of those pioneers who broke through the photographic tradition igainst such a method of lighting and the results it yielded. He was a member of the Society from 1862 until 1887, although during his later years ill-health prevented him from taking any very active interest in photography or the Society, We are indebted to his widow, Mrs, Stuart Wortley, of 72 Chapter Road, Willesden Green, for the loan of the coUec- tion The prints exhibited are not themselves for sale, but copies of those which have prices attached can be obtained at those prices on Colonel A. H. P. Stuart-Wortlev. application at the desk* I 127 1-15 Seaside Studies* (Nos. 3, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14 and 15, 16/6*) 16 A quiet evening, 17 A breeze from the South, 14/6 18 The wild west wind* 14/6 19 A study of clouds* 14/6 20 Catching Sand Eels* 21 Hope* 22 Clouds* 23 The sun his glory shrouds* 24 The Dogs of Scilly and their prey* Series I* 25 The Dogs of Scilly and their prey* Series II* 26 ** The day is done and the darkness Falls from the wings of night/' I4/6 27 ** I stood on the bridge at midnight. As the clocks were striking the hour. And the moon rose over the city. Behind the dark church tower,^ I4/6 28 ** The midnight moon is weaving Her bright chain o'er the deep/' 29 ** All the air was white with moonlight. All the water black with shadow." 20 ** The long and level sunbeams Shoot their light into the water." 31 ^*On the shore*'' 32 ** Break Break I Break I At the foot of thy crags, O Sea I" 22 **"Wafted by the favouring gales. She nears her rest." 34 ** What are hopes but gleams of brightness Glancing darkest clouds between. Or foam'Crested waves whose whiteness Gladdens ocean's darksome green." 35 Desolate* fChromotype on opal*) 16/6 carbon ; or on opal, £3 3 36 Getting ready by Moonlight* (Chromotype on opal*) 16/6 carbon ; or on opaU £3 3 128 37 Out Fishing* (Chromotype on opal)* i6/6 carbon ; or on opal, £3 3 38 St* Warner praying for a Wreck* (Chromotype on opal*) 16/6 carbon ; or on opal, £3 3 39 The Sentinel* 40 Chiquita* 41 The Stirrup Cup* 42 ** In maiden meditation fancy free*^' 43 Study of a head* 44 Study from life* 45 Childhood* 46 Pensive* 47 Our Pets* 48 Bruce and Baudrons* MAURICE BUCQUET* 1 Machine arriere* (Carbon*) 2 Le Labour* (Carbon*) 3 Retour des Champs* (Carbon*) 4 Etude des Bouleaux* (Bromide*) 5 La Hutte du Charbonnier* (Bromide*) MISS FRANCES B* JOHNSTON* 1 Windswept Sedges* 2 Mistress Anne* 3 Portrait in profile* 4 Salambo* 5 A Study in black and white* 6 Little Miss Gainsborough* ^ . ^^os FALL P""^^" WELLINGTON & WARD, mgauve by THOS. FALL, ^^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^^ BROMIDE. Lonaon. apparatus and jVIatcnal for photographic and photo-jVIcchanical processes^ Stall No, u MAWSON & SWAN, 33 Soho Square, London, W*; and at Mosley Street, Newcastle-on'Tyne. Specimens from negatives taken on the Castle,^^ the Electric,^^ and the *^ Mawson plates. The Castle brand is specially suited fcr general out- door work. Instantaneous work, vessels steaming at full speed, taken from the deck of a steam tug at sea, on the Mawson plate. Lantern slides made on the Mawson Lantern plates by West & Son, Edgar G. Lee, and John Stabb. Slides showing the variety of tone and colour obtainable on the Mawson lantern plate. Enlargements made on the Mawson half-tone plates. Negatives on the Mawson Photo-mechanical plates. Comparative tests of Orthochromatized plates. Specimens of half-tone work from negatives by Mawson & Swanks collodion. Specimens of Three-colour Work from negatives by Mawson & Swanks collodion. Specimens of Photographic Chemicals, etc., etc. Collodions, varnishes, mounting medium, retouching medium, plate backing solutions, toning and fixing cartridges, dry plates, etc. Stall No, 2, MARION & CO,, 22 and 23 Soho Square, W, Mounts of all kinds made at the factory of the firm (^Courbevoie, France), Negatives on Marion^s plates. I30 Transparencies on Marion^s Gelatine Chloride plates. Negatives taken by Kenneth J» Tarrant, showing the effects produced by- exposing a Marion plate to the electrical discharge of a transformer. X-ray photographs on Marion^s plates. Photographs on glossy and matt Mariona paper. Portraits on ** gros grain Mariona paper. Prints on smooth and on rough Marion^s Bromide paper, Ferro-prussiate print from a tracing. White lines on blue ground. By exposure to light, and simply washing in water, Metagraphic paper print from a tracing, in black lines on white ground. By exposure to light and simply washing in water, Gallate de Fer print, from a tracing, black lines on white ground. By exposure to light, and development in one bath, Ferro'prussiate print, from a tracing, on linen. By exposure to light and simply washing in water. Enlargements on Marion^s rough Bromide, Square bellows field camera, fitted with Golems patent flexible rising and falling front ; ** Empire Gameras, ** Perfection Gamera, Improved ** Oxford ^ and Swallow hand cameras, ** Radial hand camera, and the "Gamrana^ hand or stand camera. The Actinograph, This instrument is in the form of a slide rule, and is the invention of Messrs, Hurter & Driffield, Its purpose is to give the correct photographic exposure in any part of the world at any hour of the day. Adhesive film carriers. Sheets of ebonite, coated with an adhesive material so that the films can be stuck down and removed easily. The carrier enables the film to be used in any ordinary camera back. The following Publications and enlargements: — George Morland^s engravings (a set of six on gros grain Mariona paper), A Volume of Downey^s Art Studies, A Book of the Empire Series, A book of the Jubilee Procession, Mechanical prints, also in P,O.P. prints. A book of the Jubilee Naval Review. Photographic Sundries of all kinds. Stall No. 3. W, WATSON & SONS, 313 High Holborn, W,C* Examples of "Watson^s ^'Acme^* Gameras with brass and aluminium mountings, *^ Premier^ Gameras, Alpha Hand Gameras, Special Hand Gamera fitted with Focal plane shutter for instantaneous exposures up to 1/1000 of a second, Watson's New Patent Hand Gamer?, the "Fram^^ (registered). This is a magazine Gamera carrying 24 films which are interleaved with cardboard or other backing, the operation required for changing being as follows. The magazine is pivoted at the top, and by a swinging motion backwards the film and the backing are together released and fall into a reservoir below, and when the magazine is pushed forward into its vertical position again another film is pre jected into position for exposure. 131 A New Studio Camera and Stand, Dark Slide for Lippmann Colour Process, Ives Kromskop, also Ives Multiple Back for taking negatives, transpa' rencies from which are shown in a special Kromskop in |their natural colours. New Panoramic Camera, Examples of Studio Stands, Field Tripods both in wood and aluminium. Examples of "Watson's Lenses — Rapid Rectilinear, Wide-Angle Rectilinear, Landscape and Premier Portrait forms in brass and aluminium mounts. Examples of Taylor, Tunnicliff & Cc.'s Porcelain Trays, Washing Troughs, etc. Special Apparatus for Photo Micrography from the designs respectively of Mr, Andrew Pringle and Mr, E, B, Stringer, Stall No* 4* h H. DALLMEYER, LTD., 25 Newman Street, "W* The New Stigmatic Lens-,/ 6, Series II., angle 85,° The front and back combinations may be used separately as single landscape lenses, fccus ij times, and twice that of the entire lenr. The Stigmatic Lens, Series I,,//4, Portrait combination. The merits claimed are great flatness of field, and freedom from astigmatism over a much larger field than is possible with the ordinary portrait lens. Portrait Lenses, Series C^//2,2, of the ordinary, or Petzval fcrm. Portrait Lenses, Series B, 7/3, Dallmeyer's form with arrangement for introducing ** Diffusion of focus,^' Portrait Lenses, Series A,y/4, Dallmeyer's, fcrm with arrangement for introducing ** Diffusion of fccus,'' Portrait and Grcup Lenses, Series D,//6, Dallmeyer's form with arrange- ment for intrcducing Diffusion cf focuf/' The Dallmeyer-Bergheim Lens, with variable length of focus, giving large images with comparatively shcrt camera extension, A considerable amcunt cf spherical and chromatic aberrations are introduced in order to secure softness of definition. Rapid Rectilinear Lenses, as are generally used, J, H, Dallmeyer's patent. Wide-Angle Rectilinear Lenses, Can be used over an angle cf at least 100° when a small aperture is employed. Rapid Landscape Lenses, full aperture, y/io, Wide-Angle Landscape Lenses, Aperture //14, Sterecscopic Lenses, Special **B" lens, 7/4, 2" equiv, focus, for taking Cinematcgiri'hic Negatives, Special Lantern Lenses and Condensers, Special Projection Lens for Cinematographs, 7/2,2, 2" equiv, fccus, Telephotcgraphic Lenses and Attachment, N.B. — For descriptions and figures of the above lenses^ see that part of the Catalogue devoted to Sectio?i I. Burchett Colour screens, for use with ordinary or isochromatic plates, N 2 LIEUT. -COL. J. GALE. 133 Dc la Crouee's Selective Shutter. This instrument is designed to equalise the illumination over the entire field of photographic lens, reducing the intensity from the centre outwards, while allowing the whole of the avail- able light to act upon the margins of the plate. It admits of a longer exposure being given to any particular portion of the picture. Studio Camera, with all movements, including rack adjustment to swing back. Field Cameras of standard model, with conical or parallel bellows. Light Model Field Camera, with Conical bellows. Dallmeyer^s Special Sanderson Camera, with patent swing front. The Dallmeyer Hand Camera, with improved dark slide, with corrugated steel shutters. The Naturalist Hand Camera, for obtaining large images of distant objects, birds, animals, etc., fitted with Rapid Telephotographic Lens and focussing Telescope Finder. Portable Folding Hand Camera. Popular Hand Camera, with magazine for 24 quarter-plates, fitted with new Stigmatic Hand Camera Lens,y/^7*5. Premo Cameras, fitted with Dallmeyer Lenses. New Automatic Changing box for 12 quarter-plates. Can be fitted to any camera. Stall No. s MESSRS. ELLIOTT & SON. Barnet. 1 Portrait of Lady. (Carbon, H. W. Barnett.) 2 Study, Three Hcadr. (Carbon, H. W. Barnett.) 3 Black and White. (Carbon, F. M. Sutcliffe.) 4 Fish Stall. (Carbon, F. M. Sutcliffe.) 5 A Nautical Hebe. (Carbon, F. M. Sutcliffe.) 6 Under the Capstan. (Carbon, F. M. Sutcliffe.) 7 Camelf. (Carbon, Thompson.) 8 Cows. (Bromide, Walmsley.) 9 Specimen Prints on Barnet P.O.P. 10 Architectural. (Bromide, J. Bulbeck & Co.) 11 Portrait of Child (Toned Bromide, Richards & Co.) 12 Snow Scene. (Bromide, Green, Bros.) 13 Cattle. (Bromide, Green, Bros.) 14 Island and Furze. (Bromide, W. Thomas.) 15 Silver Birch. (Toned Bromide, W. Thomas.) 16 Head of Derwentwater. (Bromide, Green, Bros.) 17 Disappointed.^ (Bromide, A. J. Taylor.) 18 **Now comes still evening on, and Twilight grey.^ (Bromide, E. H. Short.) 18a The Gloaming on the Marsh. (Bromide, E. H. Short.) 19 Maori Girl. (Carbon, lies.) 20 Maori Gir!. (Carbon, lies.) 21 **Girl with Apple Blossom.^ (Red Carbon, H. W. Barnett.) 22 Portrait of Lady. (Carbon, Elliott & Fry.) 23 Portrait, Gentleman. (Carbon, Elliott & Fry.) 24 The Countess of "Warwick. (Carbon, Lafayette.) 134 25 Study, Child's Head, (Red Carbon, Elliott & Fry,) 26 Study, Child's Head. (Red Carbon, Elliott & Fry.) 27 Architectural. (Toned Bromide, Bulbeck & Co.) 28 Study. (H. J. Elliott.) 29 Specimens, Barnet Platino Matt Bromide paper. Contact prints. 30 Specimens, Barnet Carbon tissues. Direct Prints. 31 Palais de Justice, Brussels. (Bulbeck & Co.) Barnet Snow Enamel Paper. 32 High Crags and Head of Buttermere. Bromide. (Green Bros.) 33 Study of Cattle, Thirlmere. Bromide. (Green Bros.) Stall No* 6. A, & ZIMMERMANN, 9 and 10 St, Mary-at'HilL Photographic Chemicals manufactured by the Chemische Fabrik auf Actien vorm. E. Schering, Berlin. Anthion (an eliminator of Hypo, from plates, papers, and films). Bromide of Potassium, Bromide of Cadmium, Celloidine (patent), Hydrokinone, Iodide of Potassium, Iodide of Cadmium, Iron Perchloride, Iron Sulphate, PhotO'Formalin (preparation), Pyrogallic Acid. Schering's bromide, coUodio chloride, and gelatine chloride papers. Developers and pure photographic chemicals manufactured by the Actien Gesellschaft fur Anilin Fabrikation, Berlin. Eikonogen,crystalline,Rodinal,Paramidophenol, crystalline and powdered, Metol, Amidol, Glycin, Diogen, Diphenal solution, Ortol, Pyrogallic Acid, Hydrokinone, Sodium Sulphite, Scdium Carbonate, Fixing Salt, Toning and Fixing Salt. A collection of colours for photographic and microscopic purposes. Plates and films for X^ray work. Dry plate Isolar plates (Non-Halation), Transparency plates. Papers manufactured by Vereinigte Fabriken Photographischer Papiere, Dresden. Cross swords Brand, Albumenized, Albumenized Sensitized, Kosmos P.O.P. (Collodio Chloride), Aristo'' P.O.P. (Citrate of silver). Stall No, 7 h F. SHEW & CO,, 87 & 88 Newman Street, Oxford Street, W, Shew's Featherweight Camera, Hand or Sund (Patent). The Focal'plane featherweight Camera. Shew^s Xit Camera. The Junior Xit. The Shewgraph Magazine Back, for cut films without sheaths or for glass^ plates', Shew's Half-plate and Stereoscopic Xit. Shew's Universal Stereoscopic Camera. The Twin lens Xit» Shew^s 1898 Combination stand Camera ; weight 3 lbs, 12 ozs. Shew's Medium Camera, Shew's Junior Outfit, Shew's Eclipse Apparatus, Shew's Focal plane Eclipse Camer?, The Vola Camera, Shew's 1898 Eclipse Camera. 135 Shew's Reflector Camera. Shew's Rideaux Camera, with Magaiine. Cyclist Stand in Aluminium, Pump clips for attaching above to Cycle. Spectacle lenses. Fixed focus enlarging apparatus. Shew^s Cyclist Binocular. The Pocket Jumelle for daylight cartridge films. She\i/s Ano Camera. Shew^s Pocket Flash Lamp. She-w^s Lever Focussing Flanr es. Stall No, 8, SALMON & SON, 169 Hampstead Road, N,W. 1 Patent Portable Magnesium Ribbon Lighting Apparatusf or Portraiture. Constructed to remove entirely the products of combustion. 2 Special Tripod Stand fcr same. 3 Salmon^s Adjustable Vignetter. (Pa' tent.) This is adjustable up and down or sideways, remaining clipped by alumi' nium slides in any position, and, by means of metal grooves, the vignetting card (net serrated) can be placed near cr far from negative, cr at an angle, and may be quickly changed. 4 New Dish Rocker. (Patent applied for.) Constructed fcr rocking several dishes simultaneously. It can be made sta^ tionary at will, forming a rigid table. Stall THE PRESTWICH MANUFACTURING CO,, No* 9* 744 High Road^ Tottenham, London, N, Cameras for Animatography. Model 1 for lengths of film up to 75 feet. Model 2 for 75 feet films, which can be reloaded in daylight. Model 3 for 500 feet film, has automatic feed and winding arrangements, daylight changing boxes, rotary movements to all parts. Model 4 for films 2f in. width, having the same arrangements as No. 3. Projectors for animatography. No. 1 model for short lengths of films up to 75 feet, rotary movements. No. 2 model for 75 feet films, rotary movement and ^*Swing'Cut action, enabling the title cf the next subject to be shown, quick winding arrange- mcnt. No. 3 model for lengths of films cf 2,000 feet, having automatic winding up, feeding arrangement, adjustable masks and different diameter sprockets, enable any make cf film to be shown. No. 4 model, practically the same as No. 3, only for 2I inch films. Nc. 5. The ** Prestwich " patent duplex, designed to overcome flicker. 136 Stall No, la THE PLATINOTYPE CO,, 22 Bloomsbury Street, London, W*C, Pictures in Platinotypc. Black and Sepia» Daily Demonstrations of the Platinotype Process, Stall No, 11, MORGAN & KIDD, Richmond, London, S,W, Enlargements and prints on Morgan & Kidd^s Bromide papers, including^ Platino, Matt, Cream, Crayon, Rose Enamel and White Enamel Bromide paper. Enlargements on Morgan & Kidd^s Bromide opals and canvases. Bromide enlargements finished in Monochrome, Crayons, "Water Colors, and Oil Colors. Carbon enlargements untouched and finished. Platinotype enlargements, ditto. Miniatures on Ivory with photographic basis. Vitrified Enamels. Photographs fired into enamelled copper plaques in Monochrome tints and in colors. Collotype Printing. Imitation silver prints, imitation Platinotypes. Book and Catalogue Illustrations, etc. Half'Tone Typographic Printing blocks. Stall No, 12, JOHN J, GRIFFIN & SONS, LIMITED, 22 Garrick Street, Covent Garden, W,C. Nepera Chemical Company^s ** Velox^^ development printing papers. **Velox*' is a chloro'bromide paper with a slow emulsion, and requires an exposure, with an average negative, of from one to eight seconds to diffused daylight, or from 20 to 40 seconds to an ordinary gas-jet, at three inches distance. Development can be effected with Metol, Amidol, or Metol-Quinol, prepared according to the published formulae. ** Climax*^ Sensitized Albumen Paper, manufactured in two qualities, **soft^^ and ** brilliant,^^ adaptable to different densities of negatives. **Rex^ Printing'Out'paper. A gelatine emulsion paper with a hardened film which can be worked without alum or other hardeners in the hypo bath, and can be toned in a separate gold bath without Sulpho-cyanide. The usual toning baths, such as those used for albumen paper, may be employed.. ** Rubens^' P. O. P. (collodio-chloride paper). Nepera Bromide Papers, made in three qualities, platinoid, rough surface and glossy or enamelled surface. Contact prints and enlargements. Model of Photographer's Studio, fitted with designs of backgrounds and accessories, showing Griffin's adjustable background carrier, new pattern Studio Camera on stand, lighted with Arc Electric Light, Acme Burnishers. American printing frames. New pattern of folding and rigid portable hand-cameras. ** Silver Gloss'' Starch Mounting Solutions and other materials, and Chemicals for Photographic purposes. Photographic Mounts of various kinds. 137 ** M, Q/' Developers in packets and tubes. Griffin's Process Camera with patent screen adjustment and lever move- ment show^n on swing with patent rack and moving easel. Copper and Zinc polished plates for photo^engravers, specimens of plates at different stages of production^ etc. New pattern whirlers» process printing frames^ and engravers' arc electric light. Exhibit of X'Ray Apparatus, Fluorescent Screens and other appliances. Stall No, 13. GEORGE HOUGHTON & SON, 88 and 89 High Holborn, W-C, Sanderson's Improved Universal Swing Front Camera (Patent . The ** Triad " Folding Pocket Hand Camera (Patent*. The Shuttle, Holborn, Expert^ Ranger, Stereoscopic, Sporting, Scientific, Binocular, and Vigilant Hand Cameras. The Victo and Em' press Camera Sets. The Perfect Studio Camera. The Holborn Came' ras. The Ladder Camera Stands, Tripod Stands. Houghton's Studio Shutter (Patent). (The general nature of this shutter can be seen from the cut here- with. It operates si- lently and opens and closes centrally.) Pocket Kodak Enlar- ges Travelling Developing Cabinet. Helvetia Burnishers. Maloni's Patent Flash Lamp. Rockwash Rocker (Patent). Professional retouching Desk. Radiotint Process for colouring Photographs. Ball Bearing Roller Squeegee (Patent). Studio Reflecting Screens. Bromide Printing Frames (Patent). Photographic Sundries. Stall No, 14. PENROSE & CO,, 8 and 8a Upper Baker Street, Lloyd Square, London, W,C, The " Mammoth " Process Camera. This camera, which is believed to be the largest made, at any rate for process work, will take a plate 6 feet by 5 feet, but this size can only be utilized for line work and ordinary copying,, as the Levy screens necessary for the half-tcne process can only be obtained up to about 40 X 30 inches. It is intended that the back part should be built into the partition wall of a dark room, so that the latter would really 138 form the dark slide^ otherwise a holder of sufficient dimensions would be extremely heavy and cumbersome. By enclosing the rear of the Camera as a dark room, the plate would be placed direct into the back part of the Camera, being held in position by adjustable bars, vs^hich take any size from whole plate up to the full capacity of the Camera. The full extension of the Camera is 12 feet, so that when using a lens of about 60 inches principal focus, it is possible to copy same ^iie as the original. To provide for the use of lenses of shorter fccus, the iniddle body of the Camera is provided with a plate holder, and, by means of a door in the side, the operator can enter. This part of the Camera forms a little room about 7 feet X 3 feet, in which at least two persons can stand and watch the operation of focussing the image and exposure. The lens fitted to this Camera is of the Sym- metrical type, specially made for copying purposes by Ross, Ltd. It works at //ii, and has an equivalent focus of 60 inches. It is intended, during the Exhibition, to allow visitors to enter the Camera and view the interior. A Copyboard for Process Work, is shown in conjunction with the process Camera, for centreing the picture to be copied. It runs to and from the Camera on rails. The centre portion of the board is provided with a rotatory movement for turning the picture to different angles in three'colour work, so as to secure the proper crossing cf the lines. Electric Arc Lamps for Process Copying and Printing. These have spherical reflectors for directing a constant and steady illumination, upon the copy, or printing frame, dispensing with daylight altogether. They are provided with stands for making the necessary adjustments. Condensers for Arc Lamps. These are fitted to stands with universal adjustments for raising, lowering, and centreing the light. The Reliance Press, is a new form cf hand'printing press for proving Process blocks. It will print a block the full size of its bed. Demonstrations of process block proving will be given at certain times during the Exhibition. Improved Incandescent Gas Light. Two patterns are shown, one on vertical stand for copying, contact printing, etc., and a horizontal pattern for the lantern. The modifications consist essentially in providing for a better mixture of gas and air, the introduction of a large volume of air and more perfect combustion. Stall No* 15* THE AEROGRAPH CO-, 30 Memorial Hall, near Ludgate Circus, London, E*C* The Aerograph* This is an instrument on the lines of the old air-brush, and can be em- ployed for finishing and working up photographic enlargements, such as carbon prints, platinotypes, bromides, etc., as well as for colouring them. It is applicable also to other arts, such as drawing in colours, porcelain painting, tapestry painting, etc., etc. The apparatus consists first of the tool which is held in the hand and which contains a receptacle for the colour 140 together with a lever or button by which the air current can be controlled^ and the amount of the colour which is allowed to pass out regulated; and second of a force pump actuated by the foot, connected with the tool by a flexible rubber tube, and serving to work the tool on the ejector principled- using the blast of air to impel a spray of colour upon the subject. The Exhibit of the Company consists of a number of enlargements, etc.,. which have been finished and coloured with the Aerograph, specimens showing the application of the instrument to other purposes, etc. A demonstration of the use of the Aerograph will be given each day the Exhibition is open, from 3 p. m. to 5 p. m. Photographic enlargements will be finished both in monochrome and colours, and drawings will be executed in black and white and water colours. We give on page 139 a reproduction from two bromide enlargements, the one before and the other after working up by means of the Aerograph. Stall No. 16. WATERLOW & SONS, LTD., Finsbury Stationery Works, F^C. Collotype Printing. ChromO'CoUotype Printing. Woodbury Printing. Glyptotype Printing. Half'Tone Etching on Copper. Line Etching on Zinc. Photogravure. Heliochrome Engraving and Printing. Chromo Zincography. Stall No. 17. JULES RICHARD, FONDATEUR, 8 Impasse Fessart, Paris. The Verascope Hand Cameras. The Homeoscope Hand Cameras. Aluminium Tripods. Pneumatic Shutters. Apparatus for cutting negatives for stereoscopic printing^ diamond,- guides, etc. Magnesium Lamps. Stereoscopes, etc. Bridges Lee Photo-theodolite, etc., etc. Stall THE NATURAL COLOUR PHOTO CO., LTD., No* i8* 12 Gt. Brunswick Street, Dublin. The Joly Process of Colour Photography. This process depends on the fact that compound colours may be produced by placing their constituents side by side in lines ; these lines, if sufficiently fine, cannot be distinguished separately, and thus in the eye are automatically combined. 1 Apparatus illustrating the Theory and Practice of the process. 2 Natural Colour Photographs, viz., flowers, birds, butterflies, pictures,, landscapes, &c. 3 Stereoscopic Pictures. The above photographs will be shown by gas-light^ day-light, and in the Electric Lantern, Stall No* 19. J* R* GOTZ, 215 Shaftesbury Avenue, W»C» Two frames with specimen of Gotz^s heliographic processes, of ferro' gallic and of ferro-prussiate printing. Stall No, 19* THE GRAPHIC ART SOCIETY, Geneva* Samples of collotype printing. Landscapes. Imitation albumen, platinum, carbon and copper plate prints. Portraiture in the style of platinum or of silver. Reproductions of oil paintings, engravings, machinery, furniture, &c. Samples of half-tone etching. Samples of Chromogravurc in three colours for the reproduction of paintings, water colour drawings, &c., and for advertising purposes. (Photographs artificially coloured or taken by plates representing separate colour values). Stall No* 20* YORK & SON, 67 Lancaster Road, Notting Hill, W* 1 Optical Lantern Slides made by Reduction in the Camera* Wet Collodion, toned with Bichloride of Platinum. Stall No* 21* HENRY LAMPLOUGH, LTD*, 167 Strand, W*C* The Avery ^ Backing. This is a preparation which dries hard in four minutes, and can be removed with sponge moistened with water. The Avery Stripping Solution, for the transference of gelatine films. Stall No* 22* J* H* STEWARD, 406 Strand ; 457 West Strand, W*C* ; and at 7 Gracechurch Street, E*C* Registered Triple Lantern with Jets, improved dissolving system, etc., etc., and a complete set of front lenses of various foci. Perfect Bi-Unial Lantern, with large diameter front lenses of various foci. Double curtain shutter with rackwork. Protection glasses to con- densers and registering masks to stages. Dissolver with pull out plug* Electric Light Single Lantern, with adjustments for perfect centering of light. Extending foot board and supports, condenser and achromatic front lenses. Improved arc lamp. Photogenic Lantern, with three wick paraffine lamp, condenser, and achromatic front lenses, brass stages, mahogany body, lined with tin. 142 Tin body photogenic lantern^ with three wick lamp and achromatic front lenses, ** Economic^ 4 inch lantern, with three wick lamp and racked front lenses* The ** Institution Lantern, with Telescopic front for long and short focus lenses, **Club'^ Lantern, with objectives 2I inches diameter, and reversible fronts, with jets of blow-through pattern, and doors for tfnter slide. Bellows-fronted Single Lantern. Incandescent Gas Lantern with Lenses. "Davenport-Steward^' Universal Electric Arc Lamp with adjustments. It is so geared that the two carbons are fed together at practically the same rate zs they are consumed. The plan of the lamp is such that the distance from the condenser cf the lantern is preserved during the feeding and using of lamp after once the adjustments are made. Portable form of Cinematographe, for adaptation to any optical lantern. Lantern Microscope, fitted with condenser and centering adjustments. Lantern Polariscope, with fittings and adjustments. **Omni'' Camera, for long focus lenses, turntable, rising, falling, and swinging front of large size, focussing adjustment to back. The " Steward'* Hand Camera, in two patterns; A for 12 plates; B for 30 cut films, VN^'ith time and instantaneous shutter, rising front, supple- mental lenses, automatic indicator, and memo, tablet. The Holiday'' Hand Camera, with Rapid Rectilinear lens, and Time and instantaneous shutters. No. 2 Holiday Hand Camera, with achromatic lens. Iris diaphragm, Time and instantaneous shutters. Resistances, gas regulators, lantern stands, jets, lantern slides, cinemato- graphe films, etc. j 143 Stall No, 23. R, THOMAS & CO,, LTD, Thornton Heath, Negatives [on Thomases plates and films. Prints from negatives on Thomases plate. Negatives on Thomases Isochromatic plate, showing colour values. Negatives on Thomases Isochromatic plate, using yellow screen. Same subject on ordinary plate show difference. Prints on Thomases P.O.P. paper, with lime, and with acetate toning. New system of packing plates, without wrapping papers. Thomases collodion, developers, varnishes, and other specialities. Stall No, 24. CARTER^S INK COMPANY, 7 Bunhill Row, E,C, Cartcr*s Photo-library Paste, This is a smooth white paste containing an antiseptic, free from acid and specially made for the mounting of pkatographs, engravings, etc. The Gilson Adjustable Album for Photographic Views, The leaves in this album are so arranged that they can be increased or decreased in number in a moment. The Album will hold from one or two photographs up to its maximum number equally well, each being gripped by means of silk cords at the top and bottom which enter deep slots in the leaf, as can be seen from the cut. Stall No, 25* C, P, GOERZ, Optical Works, Friedenau, Berlin, Photographic Lenses, Goerz^s Double Anastigmats, Series III., 7/7*7. Goerz^s Double Anastigmats, Series III.,//7*7, in special mounts. Goerz^s Double Anastigmat, Series IV.,/ !!, for process work. -J Anschutz Hand-camera. ^ Cameras. J Changing boxes. Photographic Appara- tus. Gcerz 'Anschutz Stand Camera. Goerz ' Anschutz Slit- shutters. The New Goerz Ten- lens Anastigmats. Magnifying Glasses, ball and socket joints. GoerZ'Anschutz folding Goerz Sector Shutters. Goerz Double Anastigmat. etc., etc. Anschutz Hand Camera. 144 Stall No. 26. ADAMS & CO., 26 Charing Cross Road, London, W.C* The ** Yale ^ hand camera* The ** Ideal ^ hand camera. The ** Vesta hand camera. The ** Twin Lens ^ hand camera. The Adams de Luxe " hand camera. Photographic Apparatus and appliances and materials of all kinds. Photographic and kindred publications, X^ray Apparatus, etc., etc., etc. Stall No. 27* R. & J. BECK, LIMITED, 68 Cornhill, E.C. The Frena Camera, in three sizes, 5X4, quarter plate, and 3^ X 2|. These use flat films contained in a metal box, which is swung on centres within the camera, and is attached to the handle (L), with the first film facing The Frena Camera. the lens. The films are notched along the edges, the notches being so arranged that if each alternate film is turned end for end, the notches, instead of being opposite each other, will be alternate in every consecutive film. The films are supplied in packs with the notches arranged alternately, and with a piece of opaque card between each to prevent light passing through one film to the next. The pack of films thus supplied is placed in the metal holder of the camera, and pushed forward by a spring back till it rests against a series of teeth which project inwards from the sides of the box; these are situated in these portions of the edges of the fore- most film where the notches do not exist, so that the entire pack is sup- ported against these teeth and held in position. To remove the exposed film, the camera is held with its lens end pointing upwards, and the handle (L), is revolved half a revolution, thus turning the metal holder which carries the film. By so doing the pins are moved along the edges until they are in the notches of the first film, which, being no longer supported, falls into the back of the camera, the rest of the pack being supported by the pins, because the notches are in an alternate position. One film only, together with its interleaving card, is dropped for one turn of the handle, the handle being returned to its original position, and the next photograph may be taken. When the handle is turned the second time, the pins are moved back to their original position and the second film is dropped, and so on, each turn of the handle depositing one film into the camera back. An indicator at (P), Fig. L, records how many photographs have been taken. Lady Edith Villiers. Half Tone Engraving on Copper, Photo by Lafayette. The Strand Engraving Co., Ltd., as.sociated with The Art Photogravure Co., Ltd., 146, Strand, London, W.C. 45 The design has been utilised to provide a swing back, which may be used about 20° either way. A spirit level in the handle indicates when the film itself is plumb. The camera is provided with two view finders. The shutter works between the lenses, and consists of a pair of identical super' imposed circular plates, with an aperture some four or five times the diameter of the lens aperture. These plates always revolve at the same speed whatever length of exposure is required. As the plates are revolved the aperture before mentioned passes across the aperture of the lens and makes the exposure. With this large aperture the exposure given is one-fifth of a second. By turning one of the two superimposed plates, with reference to the other the aperture is reduced in size, and thus a shorter exposure is given. In this way speeds from one-fifth to cne-eightieth of a second are made. Instantaneous cr time exposures can be given. The lens of three out of the four Frena cameras is a Beck Autograph ^ Rapid Rectilinear working at //8, while the fourth has a single lens by Beck, with an aperture of //ii. All are provided with diaphragms. For photographing near objects low power supplementary lenses, termed Frena Magnifiers, are supplied enabling objects as near as 7 inches to the camera to be focussed. Frena Magnifiers. The Frena Film Holder. This consists of a magazine which carries a pack of 20 notched films. The magazine slides on to the camera like a double back^ To change a film, it is removed from the camera and locked on to the receiver; the shutters of the magazine and receiver interlock, and are pulled out together, when, by pushing a button, one film is dropped into the receiver on the sorting teeth principle employed in the Frena Camera. Thus one by one the films are transferred to the receiver as exposed. Autograph extra rapid Rectilinear Lenses. These lenses have aperture //4 on the doublet type. Iris diaphragms, fixed mounts. Autograph^' Rapid Rectilinear Lenses. These lenses have aperture f,% on the Rapid Rectilinear doublet type. Autograph wide-angle Rectilinear Lenses. These lenses have aperture /7i6 on the doublet type. "Autograph'' Combination Lenses. These lenses have aperture //ii on the doublet type, with arrangements for using a series of different focus lenses in one mount, on the casket system. ** Autograph'' wide-angle single Lenses. These lenses consist of three cemented lenses with aperture 7/ 16. Autograph " narrow angle view lenses with aperture //i6. The Frena Film Holder. O 146 Stand Cameras, Square and Folding taper bellows models. Tripods. Frena Films. Frena Store Albums. The leaves are in the form of envelopes (tranS' parent), so that the negatives may be examined without taking out. The leaves are numbered, and an index provided at the end. Frena Store Album. Frena Cycle Carrier. Skate Blade Print Trimmer. This consists of a square board, with a graduated ledge on one side, and a steel plate at the right angle edge, against which a pivoted hollow ground blade works and cuts the print which is laid upon the flat board, the portion to be trimmed off overhanging the steel edge. Phototone spectacles, made of spectrum green glass of such a colour that the wearer sees a monotone view as it will be reproduced by the photo- graphic plate. Bynoe printing frame. This is made of metal with wood back. The print is held by a clip at the top. The whole wooden pressure-board folds out for examination of the print, the whole of which may be examined at once. Perfection Flash Lamp, Enlarging Lanterns, Microscopes, Developing and Printing apparatus. Lantern and Lantern Slides, etc. Stall No. 28. THE ROTARY PHOTOGRAPHIC CO., 10 & 11 Austin Friars, London, E.C* Bromide paper prints produced in continuous lengths by machinery^ The print suspended below the awning exceeds 300 feet in length, and is made in one piece. Stall No. 29. WELLINGTON & WARD, Elstree, Herts. Platino Bromide Paper in the following grades: Smooth surface, suitable for small contact work. Rough surface, suitable for enlargements, etc. Tinted rough, a cream crayon. Special thick (like thin card). Whatman Rough-made drawing, suitable for very large heads and for broad effects. Enammc, a highly glazed surface paper, resembling when finished a cold toned P. O. P. print. 147 Special double Bromide (coated on both sides). This is particularly suit' able where prints are required on both sides of the paper, such as copies of books, etc. These Bromide papers are applicable to ordinary printing as well as to automatic machine printing in a continuous band where large quantities of prints (purely photographic) are required for book illustrations, and other publication purposes. (See the print inserted facing page 129.) It is possible to print 5,000 to 10,000 per day by this method. Sylvio Gelatino Chloride paper, suited for the Phosphate toning bath. Sylvio Special, suited for the Sulphocyanide toning bath (a new introduc- tion.) Sylvio Matt, possesses the same features as above, with a matt surface. Negative paper. Spools and cut sheets. Stall No, 30* ROSS, LTD., Ill New Bond Street, "W,, and 31 Cockspur Street, S,W, Ross' Symmetrical Lenses, rapid, extra rapid, portable, and wide angle. Ross' Hand Camera Lens in new form, focussing jacket allowing exact adjustment to hand cameras in which distance between the front and ground glass varies slightly. Ross' Portrait Lenses, RosS'Zeiss. Series IL Anastigmat Lenses, //6*3. RosS'Zeiss. Series Ila. Anastigmat Lenses,/8. RosS'Zeiss. Series Ilia. Anastigmat Lenses, y 8. RosS'Zeiss. Series V. Anastigmat Lenses,// 16. RosS'Zeiss. Series VII. Anastigmat Lenses,/ 12*5. RosS'Zeiss. Series Vila. Anastigmat Lenses. Sets of RosS'Zeiss convertible Anastigmats. Set C consisting of 3 single Lenses and giving a range of 6 different foci. RosS'Zeiss Planar Lenses, / 4. Ross' Concentric Lenses, / 16. RosS'Gocrz Double Anastigmat Lenses, Series III.,//7*7. RosS'Goerz Double Anastigmat Lenses, Series IV.,// 11. Description and figures of the above have already been given, Section I. Ross' Cameras, various patterns for field and studio. Ross' New Film Camera, constructed to carry 48 cut films, and will take a smaller number of plates equally well ; no sheaths are required. Ross' Portable Twin'Lens Camera. A new patent folding model, more compact than the old pattern. Ross' New Patent Science Lantern. It is double fronted, each end carries a triple condenser. One front is for parallel beam work, and will carry a microscope, polariscope, or any other desired optical arrangement, while the various sections of the condenser are removable if required. The other front takes slides, tanks, diagrams, &c., and may be used for cither horizontal or vertical projection. The one exhibited is adapted for use with a limc'light jet. Ross' Patent Combination Lanterns for projection, scientific purposes, or enlarging. Ross' Patent Enlarging Lanterns. Ross' Arc Lamps for Lanterns. General Optical and Photographic Sundries. O 2 A WAYSIDE SHRINE. E. CECIL HERTSLET. 49 Pictures taken with Ross Lenses. Ross* Photoscope, is a marine, field cr Opera glass, which when filled with the patent appliances will photograph the object seen through it. It takes rolls of film containing 24 exposures, and can be loaded in c'ay light. PHOTO'* LTD, (Late CRESCO FYLMA & HANNAM LTD.) Stall No* 31* 72 and 74 Gray*s Inn Road, W*C* CrescO'Fylma. This is a solution which when applied to a gelatine film on glass or celluloid causes it to strip and expand. The expanded film is remounted and the photograph in this way enlarged. Demonstrations will be given of the process and of intensifying, reducing, toning, etc., by the firm's preparations for the purpose. Ready prepared developers and toning solution. Uranctype. This method of printing in Bartolozzi red, green, blue, etc., will be demonstrated. The Kara, Cameras. The Sunbeam hand cr stand camera. Photographic mounts, including the Gainsborough, Kensington, Victoria, and other patterns. Stall No. 32* J* LIZARS, 101 & 107 Buchanan Street, 20 High Holborn^ Glasgow. Ldhdon^ W.C. And at 2 & 4 Maitland Street, Edinburgh ; 23 Victoria Street, Belfast ; 28 Bridge Street, Aberdeen; Factory: Golden Acre "Works, Craignestock Street, Glasgow. The ** Challenge ^ Hand Camera, for hand and stand work, with Thornton Pickard shutter, 3 double slides and lens. Challenge Hand Camera, Double extension model, with 3 double slides and lens. Model C ^ Challenge Hand Camera, for hand and stand work, with Bausch & Lomb shutter, 3 double slides, and lens, and finder. **New Challenge Set, comprising Camera, double slide. Lens, Thornton Pickard shutter and Tripod. Challenge Stereoscopic Camera taking half-size plates, with Thornton Pickard shutter and 3 dark slides. Quarter-plate Challenge Twin Lens Camera, with 3 slides, Bausch & Lomb shutter, and lenses. -.,Half-plate "Combination Camera set, comprising camera, dark slide, Thornton Pickard time and instantaneous shutter. Tripod, Case and recti- linear lens. Quarter-plate Rambler Camera for hand and stand exposures, with 3 slides, Thornton Pickard Shutter and Challenge Lens. Quarter-plate Victor Camera set, comprising Camera, dark slide, Recti- linear Lens and Tripod. Challenge Film Camera carrying 50 films or 24 plates at will. Challenge Daylight Camera carrying 3I X 3^ Film cartridges. Challenge Film and plate Magazine camera carrying j-plate daylight cartridges or 12 quarter plates at will. Half'platc Challenge Wide Angle Landscape Camera, conical pattern. Quarter'plate Daylight Attachment for using Daylight cartridge films on any ordinary camera. The Perfect Changing Box. Challenge Lightning print washer, takes 24 whole plate or smaller size prints. Challenge film carrier. Challenge Tripods. Challenge Walking'Stick stand. Challenge Brilliant view finder. Prize medal Dark Room Lamps, Mechanical Stereoscope. Challenge Lantern, polished mahogany body, with panelled door, with 4'Wick lamp or lime jet, in case. Corporation lantern. Mahogany body, pair of side doors, bellows front, 4I inch condenser, and 6h and 11 inch objectives with mechanical lime jet, having all its adjustments regulated by screw movement, in case. Biunial Lantern, with lime light jets, and objectives. Mechanical lime4ight jet blow through and mixed patterns, having adjustments regulated by rack and pinion. Stall No. 33* THE PROSSER ROBERTS COMPANY, 13 Church Street, Camberwell; and at 323 Walworth Road, S»E* The Prosser-Roberts Hypo Bottle. The Prosser'Roberts Monochromatic View Meter. The Prosser-Roberts Ammonia Meter. Premo Cameras. The Prosser'Roberts Lined Focussing Screen, divided into square inches by lines etched into the glass. The C. H. O. Lantern Mask Outlines. An uncut Lantern Mask for making openings to suit reductions from any size negatives. The C. H. O. Focussing Screen. The Prosser-Roberts Anti-halation Pads. Pure Photographic Chemicals. Stoppered Bottles with white enamelled labels. Changing bags. Focussing Cloths. The Architect^ and **Viewland^ Cameras. Mattit. A substitute for finely ground glass. Radiographic Requirements. Sundries. Stall No* 34* McKELLEN & CO., 4 Bull's Head Yard, Market Place, Manchester. McKellen^s Infallible ^ hand camera. No. 3, with McKellen^s lever safety shutter. This has four speeds, ranging from ir„- to wo second. It has an automatic back shutter, by which the act of opening the front closes up the back of the lens, and the act of closing and fastening the front again automatically opens the lens. It is fitted with Heywood^s direct vision view finder, consisting of a wire frame and an eye^piece both attached to the camera top, and hinged to stand at right angles to it, when in use, and TRAU GATE. JAMES A. SINCLAIR. 152 to fold down when not in use. The wire frame is the same size as the plate carried in the camera, and is placed the same distance in front of the eye' piece as the focal length cf the lens. The camera holds one dozen glass sheaths, or two dozen film sheaths, or they — plates and films — may be mixed indiscriminately. McKellen^s Infallible ^ hand camera. No. 4, contains, in addition to those fittings above mentioned, a focussing rack and scale. McKellen^s "Infallible^' hand camera, stereoscopic size, contains all the movements and fittings described in connection with exhibit No. 2, together with automatic apparatus, removing stereoscopic division when the plate is changing, and replacing it when the plate has passed. McKellen's Double Pinion Treble Patent Cameras. Half-plate, whole plate, and 10 X 8 sizes, as made in 1884. This camera has the following movements, back, forward, and side swing of body, swing front, turntable, double pinion focussing long or short focus lenses, without unshipping any part, and is provided with a means of covering half of the plate to enable two pictures to be taken on one plate if desired. It has a rising front, enabling the lens to be raised to the top of the plate without tilting the camera or cutting off the picture. McKellen's Double Pinion Treble Camera. This camera is made with all the movements above mentioned, but is made specially small and light, with aluminium fittings. Stand Camera, of ordinary parallel bellows form, combin^ed with Hey- wood's direct vision view finder, to dispense with the use of the ground glass and focussing cloth. McKellen's Tripod. Three-fold tripod, with lozenge-shape slide. McKellen-Heywcod View Finder and View Meter. McKellen's Flash Lamp. Stall No* 35* ILIFFE & SON, 3 St, Bride Street, E.G. 1 Books and Periodicals relating to Photography* Stall No* 36* HENRY GREENWOOD & GO*, 24 Wellington Street, Strand, W*G* The British Journal of Photography, The British Journal Photographic Almanac. Stall No* 37* THE PHOTOGRAPHIG NEWS, 9 Gecil Gourt, Gharing Gross Road, W*G* **The Photographic News^ (Weekly). The Year Book of Photography. THE METALLIG PHOTO^PRINTING SYNDIGATE, LTD*, Stall No. 38* New Southgate, N* These are prints by a patent process. The bichromated film containing honey and dextrine is exposed to light under the negative. The image is formed by dusting on finely powdered metal, and is subsequently trans- 153 f erred to a wooden panels and coated with a varnish^ for which great durability is claimed. The specimens shown are in gold^ silver and copper, (Further particulars can be found in the Photographic Journal, Vol. XXII., P» 132.) Stall THE LONDON PHOTOGRAPHIC SUPPLY CO., No. 39. 134 Borough, S.E. Kalos Pocket Camera. A mount for military photographs, emblazoned with the colours and crest mottoes and badges of each regiment. General Photographic apparatus and sundries. Stall No. 40. THE GUTENBERG PRESS LIMITED, 123, 124 and 125 Fleet Street, E.G. The Optician and Photographic Trades Review. Science Siftings. The Optician's Handbook. Other Publications of the Gutenberg Press» Ltd. PERCY LUND, HUMPHRIES & CO., LTD,, 5 Godwin Street, Bradford. The Practical Photographer. The Junior Photographer, Process "Work and the Printer, The Popular Photographic Series, The Lund Library of Photography, Miscellaneous Photographic Literature, The Sunny Memories Album, The Pocket Camera Album, to hold 176 prints. The Impressionistic Album, A Variety of special mounts for Amateurs, The Process Year Book, Specimens of Printing in one and more colours and of bookbinding. Stall No. 42. THE FHOTOGRAM, LTD., 6 Farringdon Avenue, E.G. The Photogram ; a monthly magazine. The Process Photogram ; a monthly magazine. The American Photogram ; a monthly magazine. Books on Photographic and kindred subjects by British and foreign publishers. Examples of modern photography, notably of American portraiture. Stall "THE AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHER,*' No. 43* 1 Creed Lane, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. The Amateur Photographer. (Editor, A. Horsley Hinton.) The Amateur Photographer Library. (A shilling series of popular Ele' mentary books of instruction). 54 1 Platinum Toning^ by Lyonel Clark. 2 Competitive Papers on Photography. 3 Experimental Photography, by C. J. Leaper, F.C.S. 4 Short Chapters on Art Photography, by H. P. Robinson. 5 Development, by Lyonel Clark. 6 The Art of Retouching, by J. Hubert. 7 Elementary Photography, by John A. Hodges. 8 Carbon Printing, by E. J. Wall. 9 Wet Collodion, and how to work it, by C. W. Gamble. 10 The Lantern, and how to use it, by Goodwin Norton. 1 1 Platinotype Printing, by A. Horsley Hinton. 12 Photographer's Note Book and Constant Companion, by Rev. F. C. Lambert. 13 PhotO'Aquatint, or The Gum'Bichromate Process, by A. Maskell and R. Demachy. 14 Animated Photography, by C. M. Hepworth. 15 Architectural Photography, by G. A. T. Middleton, A.R.LB.A. 16 Mounts and Frames, by Rev. F. C. Lambert, M.A. 17 Practical Pictorial Photography, by A. Horsley Hinton. Other Photographic Publications and Books of Instruction. The Dictionary of Photography, by E. J. Wall, and Thos. Bolas, F.C.S., F.LC. Picture-Making by Photography, by H. P. Robinson. One Hundred Photographic Formulae. The Optical Lantern as an Aid in teaching, by C. H. Bothamley, F.C.S. The GelatinO'Chlcride of Silver Printing-Out Process, by W. E. Woodbury, Evening Work fcr Amateur Photographers, by T. C. Hepworth. The Book of the Lantern, by T. C. Hepworth. The Lantern-Slide Manual, by John A. Hodges. Studies in Photography, by John Andrews, B.A. Gothic Architecture (Handbook to), by T. Perkins. Photo-Lithography, by George Fritz. A Collection of pictures and lantern slides which have won prizes in **The Amateur Photographer.^' A series of Ivory and Bone address labels, descriptive tablets, and numbered discs for dark slides, lettered by the Endolithic process. Lockyer's Hydroquinone Developer and other Photographic Preparations. Chemicals used in Photography. Lockyer's ** Diamond '' Camera, ** Diamond plates and accessories. Lockyer's Evelyn Cameras. Nos. I., II. and IIL Stall 'No* 44. THE ENDOLITHIC IVORY CO,, LTD,, Pomona Buildings, 61 1 Fore Street, E,C, Stall No, 45* J. E, LOCKYER, 87 Evelyn Street, Deptford, S,E, 55 Stall MESSRS. SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON & CO. No* 46* St* Dunstan^s House^ Fetter Lane, E.G. Fine Art Works by Dr. P. H. Emerson. Picture of East Anglian Life. Illustrated by means of thirty'two plates in Photogravure and fifteen Text Illustrations. 5 guineas net. Edition de Luxe, 7 guineas net. Life and Landscape on the Norfolk Broads. By Dr. Emerson and T. F. Goodall. Illustrated with forty Photographs from nature in Platinotype, mostly mounted on Plate Paper. 6 guineas net. Edition de Luxe, 10 guineas net. Wild Life on a Tidal Water. Thirty Copperplates by Dr. Emerson and T. F. Goodall, with letterpress, a chart of Breydon Water, and a scientific list of Birds shot there. £1 5s. net. Edition de Luxe, 10 guineas net. Stall THE MUTOSCOPE AND BIOGRAPH SYNDICATE, No. 47* LTD., Piccadilly Buildings, 18 & 19 Great Windmill Street, Shaftesbury Avenue, London, W. Stall No. 48. ROSE & COOP. The West End Photo Stores, Beak Street, Regent Street, London, W. Stereoscopic views. General photographic apparatus and sundries. Stall No. 49* SMITHES ACETYLENE CO., LTD., 44 Blackett Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne. Smithes Patent Acetylene Generator. Special portable generators and lamps for photographers. Various table, wall, carriage and cycle lamps. Special burners, globes, dark room lamps, and other fittings for use in connection with Acetylene gas. Drawings of the mechanism of generators and lamps. Specimens of comparative photographs and prints taken by Acetylene and other lights, drawings of the spectra of various lights, etc., etc. Stall UNDERWOOD & UNDERWOOD, No. 50. London and New York. Original Stereoscopic Views of the World. Perfecscopes. Stall THE "PERFECTUS^^ SENSITIZED PAPER CO., No. 51. 60 London Road, Croydon. Specimens of prints on **Perfectus^ Albumenized Sensitized Paper. 156 Stall No. 52- GAUTHIER^VILLARS ET FILS, Imprimeurs'Editcurs, 55 Quai des Grands Augustins, Paris^ Works on theoretical and applied photography. Stall THE TURNER MANUFACTURING AND TRADING Combined Davenport and Dark Tent, W« T* Preston Turner*s Patent, When closed this resembles an ordinary Davenport being fitted with spaces for ink and stationery in the usual way, but when opened, by lifting up the top, it is converted into a Dark Tent, fitted with curtains, lead'lined sink, water cistern with tap, tube, and spray, and space for bottles, etc. At back is a Ruby window with fall'down bracket for lamp outside (if it is wished to work at night). In the cupboard below the sink is a,' receptacle for the waste water, holding three times as much as the supply cistern. No, 53* SYNDICATE, LIMITED, 157 Whitfield Street, W, 'Che Scientific and Industrial Hpplications of photography* ENGINEERING PHOTOGRAPHY. 1'15 Series of 15 Pictures showing the R* Annan & Sons* Building of the s*s» Campania, 16 Puffing Billy, by CoL Stuart Wortley, 17 The Rocket, by CoL Stuart Wortley, 18 Twelve Photographs, & N-W, Mrs* Stuart Wortley* Mrs* Stuart Wortley* F* W* Webb* Locomotive Works, Crewe* 1 7 feet eight-wheeled compound express passenger locomotive, "Queen Empress/^ (F. W. Webb^s system*) 2 7 feet four-wheeled coupled compound express passenger locomotive, "Black Prince/' (F. W. Webb's system.) 3 4 feet 3 inches eight-wheeled coupled compound goods locomotive. (F. W. "Webb's system.) 4 5ifeet 6 inches four-wheeled coupled side tank passenger locomotive. 5 5 feet six-wheeled coupled express goods locomotive. (Joy's valve gear.) 6 4 feet 3 inches six-wheeled coupled coal engine. 7 7 feet express compound locomotive, Teutonic." (F. W. "Webb's system.) 8 4 feet 6 inches eight-wheeled side tank passenger locomotive. 9 Photograph taken from the working drawings of the compound Iccomo' tive, ** Black Prince." 10 Photograph taken from the working drawings of the compound locomo- tive, ** Black Prince." 11 6 feet 6 inches four-wheeled coupled passenger locomotive, **Hardwicke." 12 7 feet 6 inj^es express passenger locomotive, Princess Royal." ■58 ASTRONOMICAL PHOTOGRAPHY. 1 Eclipse of Sun, 1898, January 22nd* Royal Observatory^ Greenwich, Positives 12 inches X 10 inches from Photographs of the Eclipse of the Sun, 1898, January 22nd, at Sahdol, Central India. Taken with the Thompson Coronograph, object glass 9 inches diameter, 8 feet 6 inches focus, with concave enlarging lens giving an equivalent focus of about 36 feet» Diameter of Sun's image 4 inches. No. 1. Exposure 1 second. Plate Ilford Ordinary. No. 2. Exposure 5 seconds. Plate Ilford Special Rapid. No. 4. Exposure 20 seconds. Plate Rocket. No. 6. Exposure ri second. Plate Ilford Ordinary. The negatives were developed with hydroquinone (diluted half strength). 2 Solar Photographs, Royal Observatory, Greenwich, No. 1. Sun taken with the Dallmeyer Photo-heliograph. 1892, February 13th, 9 h. 47 m. Exposure approximately Tooth of a second. Thomas* Lantern plates. Hydroquinone development. Largest Sun spot photographed at Greenwich. No. 2. Sun taken with Thompson's Photo-heliograph, 1893, August 7th, 11 h. 50 m.. Exposure approximately Tjoirth of a second. The largest total spotted area photographed at Greenwich. 3 Four four-inch Solar Photographs, paper Royal Observatory^ prints* The sun at the sun-spot maxi- Greenwich, mum, 1882. 4 Six eight-inch Solar Photographs, paper Royal Observatory,. prints. The sun at the sun-spot maxi- Greenwich, mum, 1892-3, 5 Photograph of the Partial Solar Eclipse of Royal Observatory, 1890, June 17th, Greenwich, Paper print from an Indian photograph, taken under the superinten- dence of the Surveyor-General. Transmitted through the Solar Physics Committee. 6 One twelve-inch Solar Photograph, 1885, Royal Observatory, July 18th, Greenwich, Paper print from an Indian photograph, taken under the superin- tendence of the Surveyor-General. Transmitted through the Solar Physics Committee. 7 Four enlargements (five diameters) from Royal Observatory, fcuf-inch Solar Photographs, paper Greenwich prints. 159 8 Four enlargements (2] diameters) from Royal Observatory^ eight'inch Solar Photographs taken at Greenwich. Greenwich, Paper prints. 9 Photographs of the Dallmeyer PhotO'helio^ Royal Observatory^ graph, and of its central portion, show- Greenwich, ing the method of giving the exposure* 10 Two Photographs of the position micro- Royal Observatory^ meter used in the measurement of the Greenwich. Solar Photographs. 1 1 Photographs of the Moon. Royal Observatory, Greenwich*. Photographs (12 inches X 10 inches) of the Moon taken with the 26'inch photographic refractor of the Thompson Equatorial. Focal length 26 feet. No. 1. Enlargement from photograph taken at the principal focus, i897»- April 13th. Age of Moon, 11 d. i8h. Dry Collodion (Hill-Norris) plate. No. 2. Positive (12 inches X 10 inches) of photograph of the Moon, taken with an enlarging lens, giving an equivalent focus of about 108 feet, 1897, May 12th. Age of Moon, ii d. 1 h. Rocket plate. No, 3. Original negative of the Moon, taken with the 30'inch Cassegrain Reflector of the Thompson Equatorial, Dry Collodion plate (Hill-Norris Gazelle), 1887, October 7th. Age of Moon, 1 1 d. 3 h. No. 4. Similar negative taken in. 1897, October 17th. Age of Moon,. 21 d. 5 h. 12 Enlargement of Photograph of Moon, Royal Observatory, Greenwich. Taken with enlarging lens at secondary focus, 1897, May 12th. Age of Moon, 1 1 d. 1 h. Gelatine (Rocket Plate). 13 Enlargement of Photograph of Moon. Royal Observatory,. Greenwich. Taken at principal focus, 1897, April. Age of Moon, 1 1 d. 18 h. Dry Collodion (Hill'Norris plate). 14 Stellar Photographs. Royal Observatory, Green wich.. These photographs illustrate the work of the chart of the heavens on which the Royal Observatory, along with 17 other observatories, is engaged. The whole sky is being photographed in duplicate, each plate covering a little more than 4 square degrees. Altogether 22,000 photographs will be required, the complete chart will contain ten million stars. The exposure given to the plates at Greenwich is 40 m. To obtain accurate data for the determination of the positions of the stars in the chart, a second series of photographs with a shorter exposure is taken. The exposures at the Royal Observatory are 6 m., 3 m., and 20 s. With 20 s. 9th magnitude stars are shown, and with 3 m. and 6 m., 11th magnitude. The lines are printed on the plates for convenience of measurement. The photographs are taken with the Astrographic Equatorial of 13 inches aperture, and 11 feet 3 inches, focus. i6o No. 1. Chart plate No. 3,636. Rocket plate. Exposure 40 m. Developed with Eikonogen for 30 m. Shows about 2,700 stars. No. 2. Catalogue plate No. 3,809, Ilford Special Rapid plate. Exposures, 6m., 3m. and 20 s. Developed with Eikonogen for 15 m. The 20 s. exposure shows stars of the 9th magnitude, and 6 m. exposure stars of the 11th magnitude. No. 3. Transparency of chart plate No. 3,636. No. 4. Chart plate No. 3,603. 15 Stellar Photographs* Royal Observatory, Greenwich* I. Bromide Prints from Original Negatives. Pleiades, Exposure 39 m., Positive Print. Proesepe, Exposure 40 m., Positive Print. Chart Plate, Exposure 40 m.. Positive Print, R.A. 21 h. 54 m. Declination + 66^. Chart Plate, Exposure 40 m.. Positive Print. R.A. 23 h. 40 m. Decl. 4- 70^. II. Pleiades, Positive Bromide Enlargement. III. Proesepe, Positive Bromide Enlargement. IV. Proesepe, Negative Bromide Enlargement. V. Duplex Micrometer, for measuring Astrographic plates. 16 Two Photographs of Photographic Thomas Cooke & Sons, Ltd* Telescope made for the Royal College of Sciencet Poonah, by the exhibitors* In No. 1 the instrument is shown as fixed for photographing the spectrum of the Solar corona during the recent eclipse. Two large prisms 6 in. X 8 in., with a refracting angle of 45°, are mounted in front of a 6 in. Cook photO' visual O.G. The same combination with a differently arranged camera is used for star spectra. By removing the prisms the instrument is adapted for direct photography, the O.G. covering with good definition to the edges a plate 61 ins. square. An enlarging (Barlow) lens can also be used upon the instrument satisfactorily. No. 2 shows the alteration when it is desired to use the instrument for visual purposes, the change necessary being merely the substitution of an eye piece for the plate holding arrangement. 17 Three Photographs of equatorially Thomas Cooke & Sons^ Ltd* mounted Telescope, for photO' graphic and visual purposes* These represent an instrument with O.G. of 6 in. aperture similar in most respects to the one depicted in No. 1. It is fitted with time and instantane* ous and focal plane shutters, and with an enlarging lens In No. 5 the instrument is seen with the visual eye end substituted for the camera. 18 Photograph of a smaller sized in- Thomas Cooke & Sons, Ltd. strument similar in principle to the last* 19 Lunar Photograph (enlarged)* J* A* Forrest* Taken by John Hartnup, and the exhibitor on February 12th, 1854. 20 Astronomical Observations* Royal Astronomical Society* (o) Portion of Moon; Uyginus^Albategnius. Photographed by Messrs. Loewy and Puiseux, Paris Observatory, March 15, 1894. i6i (d) Tot^l Solar Eclipse, April 16, 1893. Photographed by Prof essor J» M, Schaeberle, Mina Bronces, Chili, (Lick Observatory Party,) {c) Portion of Moon; Alps and Apennines. Photographed by MM. Loewy and Puiseux, Paris Observatory, February 13, 1894. 21 Astronomical Photographs, by PrO' Royal Astronomical Society* fessor E* Barnard* (a) Comet of 1892-3 (Holmes), and Nebula in Andromeda, November, 10, 1892. (d and c) Photograph of the Milky Way. (d) Comet a, 1892, 1. (Swift), April 7, 1892. 22 Astronomical Photographs* Royal Astronomical Society* (a) Cluster Mi 3 (Hercules)* Photographed by Mr. W. E. "Wilson, August 5, 1894* (d) Jupiter. Photographed at the Lick Observatory, by Professor E. E. Barnard, September 26, 1892. 23 Comet e, 1893-4* (Brooks*) Royal Astronomical Society* October 20, 21, 22, and November 18, 1893. Photographed at the Lick Observatory by Professor E. E. Barnard. 24 Solar Eclipses* Royal Astronomical Society* Series of 12 transparencies enlarged from negatives of the total solar eclipses of December, 1871 ; April, 1875 ; July, 1878 ; May, 1882 ; May, 1883 ; September, 1885; August, 1886; August, 1887 ; January, 1889; December, 1889, April, 1893. (Photographs taken in Brazil and West Africa.) 25 Solar Eclipse* CoL J. Waterhouse, LS*C* Photograph of the total eclipse, January 22nd, 1898. Taken by Mr. T. A. Pope, Assistant'Surveyor-General of India. 26 Solar Eclipse* Col* J* Waterhouse, I*S*C. Transparency of the total solar eclipse, 2nd December, 1871, taken at Oadabitta, by Mr. J. B. M. Humphrey and Col. Waterhouse. 27 The same Eclipse as in 26* Col* J* Waterhouse, I*S*C* Taken in Java, by C. Dietrich, 28 Annular Solar Eclipse* Col* J* Waterhouse^ I*S*C* Photographs taken June 17th, 1890, at Bhagulpur, India. 29 Frame containing Twelve of the Original R* & J* Beck* Negatives of the Moon, by De La Rue* 30 Nebula of Orion* A* A* Common* Large carbon enlargement from negative taken January, 7th, 1883. 31 Stars round Altair* A* A* Common. Carbon print. Negative taken, September, 1883. 32 Stars in Orion* A. A* Common* Carbon print. Negative taken, December, 1883. l62 33 The Pleiades, A, A. Common* Carbon print. Negative taken, January, i884, 34 Stand shewing the Orion Nebula* A* A* Common* 35 Stand containing early planetary, comet, lunar, A* A* Common* and nebula photographs* 36 Astronomical Photographs* Dr* David Gill* 1 (a) Photograph of the Apparatus with which the plates of the Cape Photographic Star-survey of the Southern heavens were taken* (The complete star-catalogue derived from these plates contains the places and magnitudes of 450,000 stars,) (b) Photograph of the Cape Astro-photographic Telescope. 2 (a) Catalogue plate. International Series. Three exposures, viz* : 6 m,, 3 m. and 20 s. Bromide print enlarged two diameters, (b) Ditto ditto Positive on glass* 3 (a) Chart plate. International Series* Single exposure, 43 m., bromide print. (b) Ditto ditto Positive on glass. 4 (a) Chart plate. International Series, Triple ^exposure, 30 m, each, bromide print, (b) Ditto ditto Positive on glass, 5 (a) A portion of the Nubecula Major Single exposure of 2 h, 47 m, (b) Ditto ditto Positive on glass, 6 Area about »; Argns, Bromide — (a) Exposure 5 m. (b) Ditto 45 m. \ ((?). Same as r in a different scale, (c) Ditto 3h. 12 m,) j position on glass. (d) Ditto i2h, ' (a) Cluster, w Centauri^ on Glass* (b) a Centami^ Exposures and trail of same, on glass* SPECTROSCOPIC PHOTOGRAPHY. 1 Comparative Photographic Spectra of Frank McCiean^ M*A* the High and Low Sun from (H) o (A), November 1890* 2 Comparative Photographic Spectra of Frank McClean, M*A* the Sun, Iron and the Platinum Group of Metals ; also of the Sun and the Iron Group of Metals from W* L* 3800 to W* L* 5700* No^ vember 1891* 3 Spectrum of Iron* (By Rowland's Grating J* William Gifford* and QuartZ'Calcite Lenses*) i63 4 Frame of Photographs of Star Rev* W* Sidgreaves^ S F,R»S* Spectra. 1 Spectrum of a Tauri, Direct enlargement from a negative on an Edwards^ Isochromatic plate, showing the effect of correction for the colour sensibility curve of the plate, by a method of screening the negative during the enlarging exposure. 1 and 2, without screen ; 3 with screen. The screen is the reverse or positive of the continuous spectrum of the star, as near as can be obtained from an isochromatic negative by a gas flame, shaded part of the time of exposure by a blue glass. Each star requires its own screen, and a denser negative requires a denser screen. This method of screening has only been developed during the process of preparing these exhibits. They are consequently not all perfect. 2 Spectrum of the variable star o Ceti— 1 As a yellow star, November 29th, 1897. 2 As a red star, December 19th, 1897. 3 Progressive stellar spectra between Secchi^s 3rd and 2nd types. 5 Parts of the Solar Spectrum^ by a Rev* W* Sidgreaves, Rowland Plane Grating* S*J*, F*R.A*S* 1 The strong calcium absorptions at H and K, with double reversals near a solar spot. 2 The same calcium absorptions on a smaller scale, to show the groups of lines in their neighbourhood. 3 Solar spot spectrum, in the green. 4 The magnesium group b. showing b3 and b4 doubles. 6 Specimsns of spectrum photo- Capt* W* de W* Abney, C*B* graphs taken of the infra-red of the spectrum* 7 Absorption spectra of colourless Capt* W* de W* Abney, C*B* liquids* 8 Solar spectrum Col* J* Waterhouse, I*S*C* Rowland^s chart of the solar spectrum taken with a diffraction grating in nine sections, PHOTO-CHEMICAL LABORATORY, ROYAL TECHNICAL COLLEGE, Berlin — ^Charlottenburg* 9 Spectrum taken on a daguerreotype plate, by Professor Karsten Kiel* 10 Spectra of substances containing carbon, by H* W Vogel* 1 1 Solar spectra^ by Dr* Schultz-Sellack* Plates prepared with chloride, bromide and iodide of silver. 12 Spectra of selenium, hydrogen, carbonic oxide and carbon, by H* W* Vogel and E* Vogel* p 2 164 13 Spectra of oxygen and hydrogen^ by W* VogeL 14 Diffraction spectra of the arc light and iron, by £♦ VogeL 15 Spectrum of hydrogen, by H* W* VogeL 16 Normal Solar Spectrum* George Higgs* GEOLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY. This includes for convenience of classification both photographs taken as geological records, and other subterranean'photographs* 1 Geological Photographs Committee, British Association for the Advancement of Science* Sec* Prof* W* W* Watts, M*A*, Sec* G*S* 1 Calcareous Grits on Clay, Gristhorpe Cliff, Oxford. 2 False'bedding in Sandstone. Trias, Hilbre Island, Cheshire. 3 Sandstone, The Sphinx, Egypt. 4 Trees in submerged forest, Leasowe, Cheshire. 5 Tree in Coal'measures, Partick, Glasgow. 6 Raised beach, on Devonian rocks, Hope^s Nose, Torquay. 7 Submerged Forest, Leasowe shore, Cheshire. 8 Overfolding in ancient quartzite, Minaun Head, Achill. 9 Fold, with middle limb pinched out, Mulroy Bay, Donegal. 10 Carboniferous Limestone, near Grange, Lancashire. 11 Magnesian Limestone on Millstone grit, Knaresborough. 12 Cretaceous conglomerate on Trias, Murlough Bay, Antrim. 13 Pot'hole in stream, Glenariff, Antrim. 14 Pot'hole in stream. Rumbling Bridge, Dunkeld. 15 Icicles, showing line of springs, Shirenewton, Monmouth. 16 Wind Action on Millstone Grit, Brimham Rocks, Harrogate. 17 Action of Rain, Alltdearg Burn, Fochabers, Elgin. Earth Pillars in Old Red Sandstone Conglomerate, 18 Roche Moutonnee, Capel Curig, Carnarvon. 19 Glaciated Rocks, Cwm Glas, Snowdon. 20 Boulder on Glaciated Surface, Cwm Tryfaen, Carnarvon. 21 Erratic of Mourne Granite, Cloughmore, Rostrevor, Down. 22 Characteristic denudation of Boulder Clay, Filey. 23 Sixty Years^ Denudation, Marino, Holy wood, Down. 24 House Wrecked by Landslip. 25 Floor of House Fractured by Landslip. 26 Veins of Granite in Slate, Foel Tan-y-Grisiau, Merioneth, 27 Laccolite of Dolerite, Fair Head, Antrim, 28 Dolerite Dyke cutting through Chalk, and including patches of it, Squire^s Hill, Antrim, 29 Columnar Structure, Giant^s Causeway, Giant^s Fan. 30 Radiating Columns, The Spindle Rock, St. Andrews. 31 Escarpments of Millstone Grit, The Roches, Staffs. 32 Escarpments of Millstone Grit, The Roches, Staffs. 33 Joints Governing Denudation, and forming caves, Criccieth. 34 Boulder resting on denuded Limestone pedestal, Norber. 35 Drift-filled Valley, in Chalk, now being re^excavated by the Sea, Flamborough, 36 Drift-filled Valley in Skiddaw Slate, being re-excavated by Stream of Glen Wyllin, Isle of Man, 37 Dry Valleys in Mountain Limestone, Malham and Gordale, 38 Dry Valleys in Mountain Limestone* Dry Waterfall. 39 Carboniferous Limestone, Cheddar, Somerset. 40 Chalk Cliff, The ** Giant^s Head,^^ Portrush. 41 Kitchen Midden, Roundstone, Galway. 2 Subterranean Photographs* Herbert W* Hughes* Taken underground, by burning magnesium in the oxy^hydrogen flame* The method and apparatus used have been fully described in *'The Photographic Journal,'^ Vol* XVIII*, pp* 93-101* 1 Undercutting Coal in the Bottom of the Seam. 2 Building a Timber Cog. 3 Setting Short Timber Props. 4 Junction on Endless Rope Haulage Road. 3 A vast excavation deep down in a Festiniog Slate J* C* Burrow* Mine* 3 guineas* 4 Far from the light of day, in a Cornish Tin J* C» Burrow* Mine* 3 guineas* 5 The bottom of a Cornish Mine Shaft* 3 guineas* J* C* Burrow* Angle 45^, depth 2,550 feet, temperature 105?, water everywhere. 6 Miners at work half a mile below the surface in J* C* Burrow* Dolcoath Tin Mine, Cornwall* 3 guineas* 7 Bath Stone Firm*s Quarries, Wilts* W* J* Bishop* Three photographs taken by magnesium light. Picking. Making side-cut* Raising block. 8 Geological Photographs* W* Jerome Harrison* 1 St* Non^s Arch, St. David's, Pembrokeshire (showing junction of Cam- brian with Pre-Cambrian strata.) 1^ guineas 2 Whitby, The East Cliff. (Showing junction of Lias and Oolite.) guineas 3 Section near Ogof Golchfa, St. David% Pembrokeshire, illustrating the phenomenon known as **the Creep of thejHill.'^ The rocks are Cambrian slates, li guineas i66 9 Earth Pyramid, Austrian TyroL (Silver*) Sydney Keith- (See also in Historical Section the print by Alfrea Brothers, oj the Blue John Mine). [ Building a Timber Cog.— Hkrbert W. Hughes. METEOROLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY. 1 Lightning Flash, June 28th, 1892* George Corden, F*R-M.S- Bromide enlargement* 2 Lightning Flash, June 28th, 1892. George Corden, F«R*M«S* 3 Lightning Flash, July 6th, 1894; George Corden, F*R*M.S* Bromide enlargement* 4 Lightning Flash, September 29th, George Cordon, F*R*M*S* 1897* Bromide enlargement* 5 Flash of Ribbon Lightning, Bath, August, 22nd, W* J* Bishop* 1895* 1*35 a*m* 6 Lightning Flash, June 6th, 1889* Royal Observatory, Gieenwich* 7 A Series of Photographs of Lightning* E* Sanger Shepherd** 167 MISCELLANEOUS. 1 Stereoscopic Photographs of )♦ Mackenzie Davidson^ M,B,^ CJNl* Blackburn^s Pendulum. 2 Stereoscopic Photographs of J* Mackenzie Davidson, M.B*, C*M* Electric Discharges* 3 A Frame of Chrono^Photographs obtained with Albert Londe* the Chronophotographic Apparatus^ invented by the Exhibitor* 4 Photographs of Professor C* V* Boy*s Messrs* Newton & Co* Flying Bullets* 1 Martini-Henry Bullet, travelling 1,926 feet per second, 2 Magazine Rifle Bullet, travelling 2,000 feet per second* 3 Bullet passing through ether vapour and carbonic acid gas, 4 Reflection of air waves caused by bullet from flat surfaces. 5 Martini'Henry Bullet travelling 1,926 feet per second, disturbed by reflections of air waves from flat surfaces. 6 Shot Schulz, No. 8, Right Barrel showing air waves and wad. 7 Magazine Rifle Bullet striking sheet of plate glass, showing back splash of glass dust. 8 Bullet passing through plate glass. 9 Bullet after passing through plate glass, surrounded by glass dust, plate beginning to break up. 10 Bullet clear from glass dust. Air waves caused by glass dust, and by piece of glass punched out by bullet. X-RAY PHOTOGRAPHY. 1 A collection of Crookes* Tubes for X'Ray A* W* IsenthaL work old and new* 2 Crookes* Tubes for Rontgen J* Mackenzie Davidson, M*B*, C*M* Ray work, old and new* 3 Pinhole Photographs of the J* Mackenzie Davidson, M*B*, C*M* anode of various Crookes* tubes* 4 Six Stereoscopic Skiagrams* J* Mackenzie Davidson, M*B*, C*M* These are mounted in Wheatstone Stereoscopes on the table so as to show the relief. 5 Various Skiagrams* J* Mackenzie Davidson, M*B*, C*M* 6 Enlarged photographs of the J* Mackenzie Davidson* M*B*, C*M* exhibitor*s X-Ray localiz- ing apparatus* 1 68 23 24 J* H* Gladstone, D. Sc-, F*RS*, and W*Hibbert* A Series of Photographs, showing the relative absorption of X-Rays by- various substances. 1 Copper and its oxides, 2 Red oxide and magnetic oxide of iron. Acetates and formates of potassium and calcium. Lithium cliloride^ bromide and iodide. Metallic calcium, potassium, sodium and lithium. Metallic aluminium, calcium, potassium and sodium. Carbon and some hydrocarbons. 8 Chest and ribs of child* Wilson Noble. 9 Hands of children, showing growth and Wilson Noble. epiphyses. 10 Fractured Patella. Wilson Noble. 11 Rat. Wilson Noble. 12 Hare. Wilson Noble. 13 Sheep. Wilson Noble. 14 Skull of a Mummy. Albert Londe. 15 Skull of a Patient, with revolver cartridge. Albert Londe. 16 Arm with complete disappearance of the Carpal Albert Londe. Bone. 17 Foot of a Mummy. Albert Londe. 18 Hand with Revolver Bullet. Albert Londe. 19 Dog, which has swallowed a nail. The nail has Albert Londe. stopped in the esophagus. 20 Various Shell'Fish. Albert Londe. 21 Normal Bone and Pathological Bone (Paggett^s Albert Londe. Disease). 22 Bruised Hand, taken through the Dressing. Abnormal Hand. Photographs, illustrating the application of the Rontgen Rays to the study of Natural History. The Fauna of the British Seas. FISHES. 1 The Flounder. 3 The Cod. 2 The Haddock. 4 The Whiting, Albert Londe. Albert Londe. R. Norris Wolfenden, M.D., Cantab. 169 CRUSTACEANS. 5 The Lobster. 6 The Crab. 7 The Norwegian Crayfish. 7a Spider Crabs. 7b Hermit Crabs. 7c Hermit Crab in sponge. 7d Portumus. STAR FISHES. 8 Luidia Ciliaris^ young specimen. 9 Luidia Ciharis^ mature specimen. 10 Henricia Sanguinolenta. 1 1 Palmipes placenta. 12 Asterias Rubens. 13 Asterias Murrayi^ a very rare star'fish. 14 Solaster Papposa, and Comatula. 15 Porania pulvillus. 16 Astropecten irregularis, 17 Astropecten irregularis, the animal having swallowed a number of small molluscs. 1 8 The sea urchin, showing the lantern of Aristotle. 19 The sea urchin, showing the water vascular system. 20 Spatangus (showing the intestines) and Cribella. 21 Echinocardium pinnatifidum (showing the intestines). 22 Ophiocoma (the sand star). 23 Ophiurids. 24 Hippasterias phrygiana. 25 Goniodiscus granuliformis. 26 Goniodiscus placenta. 27 Calliaster childreni. 28 Paulia horrida. 29 Culcita coriacea. 30 Pentagonaster pulchella. 31 Astropecten polycanthus. The animal has swallowed a large shell. 32 Holothuroidea. The sea cucumber. 33 "Worms. 34 Shells. Turritella, etc. 35 The Scallop. 26 Radiograph of a Child^s Foot, by Royal Photographic Society. Wilson Noble, Esq. FOREIGN STAR FISH. SPONGES. 36 The Glass Sponge. 37 The Common Sponge. 25 Rontgen Photographs, Illustrating ** Skiametry/* or Shadow measuring. Griffith C. Wilkin. 27 Five Frames showing the application of Photography to Medical Purposes. John Fallows, M.D. '7° PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORDING INSTRUMENTS. Comparative records of Declinations, Hori^ zontal Force and Vertical Force Magnsto- graphs during the Magnetic Disturbance of 1806, May 2-3. Registers of Thomson*s Electrograph (1897, February 29; March 1 ; April 7-8; and April 27 28* Royal Observatory* Greenwich, Royal Observatory, Greenwich* Ths Thermograph at Kcw. Records of Earth Currents on two circuits. Royal Observatory, 1897, October 5-6* Green wich. Showing abnormal disturbances caussd by the running of trains on the South London (Eleetric) Railway, Register of New Thei'.nograph; 1857, June Royal Observatory, 28-29, Greenwich, 5 Curves of magn2tic declination^ electrical potential of the air^ temp2rature (dry and wet bulbs) and Barometric pressure, from self-recording instruments, Kew Observatory Committee of the Royal Society* 6 Sim jltaneous Photographs for trigonometrical determination of the height and motion of clouds ; also solar photographs showing sun spots. Kew Observatory Committee of the Royal Society. if] The Barograph at Kew. 7 Photographs of instruments for the continuous registration of — (i) Air temperature. (2) Barometric pressure. Kew Observatory Committee of the Royal Society. 1 Thermograph Curves show the temperature of dry and wet bulbs, giving separate traces one above the other on the paper wound round the cylinder. For each trace there is a separate gas jet with its condensing lens. The beams of light are reflected from a mirror in the extreme background through the stems of the two thermometers. The cylinder is turned by a clock, which also interrupts the reflected beams at intervals of 2 hours by actuating a stop shown close in front of the cylinder. Kew Lens Testing Apparatus. Kew Lens Testing Apparatus. 173 2 Barograph Curve on the cyHnder has been developed and written up. The width of trace is determined by the interval between a fixed stop and the top of the mercury column in the barometer shown on the right. The cylinder is turned by clockwork^ and the time marked by a stop as in the case of the Thermograph. 8 Daguerreotype* Kew Observatory Committee of the Royal Society* The earliest type of continuous registration in use at Kew Observatory. 9 Photographs shewing the parts of the lens testing apparatus in use at Kew Observatory. Kew Observatory Committee of the Royal Society* 1 On extreme left is auxiliary collimating lens used for making beam of light, e.g. from test object, parallel. Next comes the lens under trial, mounted in a holder which allows of motion round either a vertical or a horizontal axis. The rectangular sheet of ground glass to the right of the lens can be moved backwards and forwards on a swinging beam until the object viewed through the lens is focussed on it. The lens holder is also capable of being racked in and out, so as to bring the noda! point of the lens for emergent rays into coincidence with the vertical axis about which the apparatus turns. 2 Same apparatus as in i, showing lens and its holder tilted about the horizontal axis. 3, Same apparatus as in i and 2, viewed from other side. The prominent horizontal scale is used to mark the angle through which the swinging beam and the attached lens holder, ground glass plate, &c., have been turned round the fixed vertical axis. lo Negatives of Test Objects* Kew Observatory Committee of the Royal Society* Used for testing definition of lenses, showing the falling off of stop. ZOOLOGICAL & BOTANICAL PHOTOGRAPHY. 1 Gannet sitting on nest* 2 guineas* Cherry Kearton* 2 Wren entering her nest* 2 guineas* Cherry Kearton. 3 Blackbird on her nest* 2 guineas* Cherry Kearton* 4 Cliff Photography* 2 guineas* Cherry Kearton> 5 Kingfisher* 2 guineas* Cherry Kearton* 6 Kittiwakes at rest* 2 guineas* Cherry Kearton* 7 Adder sunning himself* 2 guineas* Cherry Kearton > 174 8 Puffins on a rock, 2 guineas. Cherry Kearton, 9 Pheasant on nest* 2 guineas* Cherry Kearton, 10 Eider Duck sitting on nest* 2 guineas* Cherry Kearton* 11 Flashlight Photograph of a Moth on Tree* Cherry Kearton* 2 guineas* 12 Photographs of Wild Birds, taken from life, in William Green* their Natural Haunts* By Exhibitor* (Carbon*) Guillemcts cn Pinnacles* Fame, 3 June, i88i, Gannet and Young, Bass, 27 July, 1882. Gannet on Nest, Bass, 27 July, 1882, Group of Gannets, Bass, 8 June, 1882, Eider Duck, May Island, 19 June, 1884. Golden Eagles^ Nest and Young, 1 July, 1886, 13 Bird Photographs, from Life* R, B* Lodge* 1 Nightingale (Daulius luscinia), 2 Reed Warbler (Acrocephalus streperus). 3 Great Reed Warbler (Acrocephalus turdoides), 4 Sedge Warbler (Acrocephalus phragmitis). 5 Black Cap (Sylvia atricapilla), 6 Willow Wren (Phylloscopus trochilus), 7 Whinchat (Pratincola rubetra). 8 Spotted flycatcher (muscicapa grisola). 9 Chaffinch (fringilla caelebs), 10 Rook (Corvus frugilegus). 11 Barn Owl (Stryx flammea), 12 Short'eared owl (Asio accipitrinus), 13 Goshawk, (Astur palumbarius), 14 Sparrow Hawk (accipiter nisus), 15 Kite (Milvus regalis). 16 Black Kite (Milvus migrans). 17 Cormorant (Phalacrocorax Carbo), 18 Heron (Ardea cinerea), 19 Purple Heron (Ardea purpurea), 20 Little Egret (Ardea garzetta). 21 Buff'backed heron (Ardea bubulcus), 22 Night Heron (Nyctocorax griseus), 23 White Stork (Ciconia alba), 24 Glossy Ibis (Plegardis falcinellus), 25 Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia). 26 Eider Duck (Somateria mollissima), 27 Dunlins (tringa alpina\ 28 Black Tern (hydrochelidon nigra), 29 Whiskered Tern (hydrochelidon hybrida), 30 Lesser black-backed Gull (Larus fuscus). 31 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus), 32 Kittiwake (Rissa tridactyla). 175 33 Guillemots (Uria troile). 34 Puffin (Fratercula arctica), 35 Little Grebe (Podiceps fluviatilis). 36 Black-winged Stilt (Himantopus candidus). 37 Garden Warbler (Sylvia hortensis), 38 Avocet (Recurvirostra avocetta), 15s. each frame, 15 guineas per series, N.B. — Other r.vhibiis of zoological interest ivill he found aiiioiigst the X-ray I h olographs, SAVILLE^KENT, FX,S,, F.Z.S,, 3 Beddington Gardens, Wallington, Surrey* Duplicates of these pictures can be ordered from the Exhibition Secretary at the foUoiving prices : — Bromide enlargements, plainly mounted, 1 0/6 each. Silver Prints, ivhole plate, 2/6 each, unmounted. Smaller size, l/- each, unmounted. 1 Series of nine Prints, Illustrating Coral growths in the Australian Great Barrier Reef, and in the vicinity of Torres Straits* These views were taken by the exhibitor on occasions of exceptionally low tides* Under ordinary conditions, these coral growths are covered by the sea to a depth of several fathoms* 2 Australian Coral Reef views, as above. Series II* Nine prints* 3 Australian Coral Reef views, as above, Series III. Nine prints* 4 Selected Coral Specimens from the Australian Great Barrier Reef, Nine prints* 5 Individual Coral Specimens, slightly enlarged, by direct Negatives. illustrating their more minute structure. Nine prints* 6 Marine Organisms* Series I* Nine prints* Coral animals (polyps), sea-anemones, and other Australian marine organisms, photographed through the water from life, with the aid of the exhibitor*s special stand. No, 5, the most noteworthy example, represents a giant sea anemone (Discosoma), often 18 inches or more in diameter; it is commonly associated with the peculiar attendant or **commensaF' fishes Amphiprion, and a species of crab as here shown in situ, 7 Marine Organisms* Series II* Nine prints* Australiam marine organisms, photographed vertically through the water from life. Including sea anemones, jelly fish, sea worms (Sabelloe, Beche- de-mer), etc. No, 5 is a vertical snapshot taken of a brood of newly-hatched turtles enjoying their first swim in a basin of sea water, 8 Australian Indigenous Fishes. Series I. Nine prints. 9 Australian Indigenous Fishes. Series II. Nine prints* 176 10 Australian Pearls and Mother-of- Pearl Shells, by which Pearls are produced* Ten prints* Notable subjects. No. 2, pearl artificially produced by an operation by the exhibitor on a living mother-of'pearl shell. No. 5, the famous ^* Southern Cross pearl, consisting of a congeries of nine pearls naturally united in the form of a cross, upon which a value of £10,000 was originally placed. 1 1 Australian Fern Owls, or Goat Suckers (Podargus-strigoides)* Popularly known in Australia as the** Morepork.^* Series I. Twelve prints. The upwards of seventy figures included in this and the three following frames were all taken by the exhibitor from a single pair of birds. They serve well to illustrate the remarkable versatility of aspect and expression that the species is capable of presenting under varied emotional conditions. No. 6, illustrating contraction and attenuation in protective imitation of the branch on which it is perched, and No. 7 of the same series, in which the bird is defiantly excited and puffed up, represent the more extreme aspects that may be presented by the same individual. 12 Australian Fern Owls* Series II* Twenty prints* 13 Australian Fern Owls* Series III* Twenty prints* 14 Australian Fern Owls, etc* Series IV* Twenty prints* 15 Lizards, Photographed from Life* Series I* Eighteen prints* Illustrating the most characteristic aspects and attitudes of the Australian Frilled lizard ; a species notable for its remarkable erectile frill, and for its habit of running erect on its hind legs, as shown in prints Nos. 1 to 5. 16 Lizards, Photographed from Life, Series II* Twelve prints* Illustrating the aspects and attitudes of the European Chameleon (Chameleo vulgaris). The manner in which flies are captured by the rapid protrusion of the long extensile tongue is shown in prints Nos. 4 and 7. No.s 1 and 3 illustrate characteristic sleeping attitudes taken at night by flash light. No. 11, illustrating the chameleons skeletal structure, is a skiagraph obtained by the exhibitor with the assistance of Mr. Ed. Brown, of "Wallington. 17 Lizards, Photographed from Life* Series III* Fifteen prints* '■^♦^ Illustrating Indian, African, and Australian Geckos. Notable for their chiefly nocturnal habits, lidless eyes, and the sucker^Iike modification of their feet, which enables them to walk like flies on walls, ceilings, or window panes. The phenomenon of tail reproduction, which shortly follows the frequent loss of the original member, is illustrated by Nos. 11. and 15, in which new tails may be observed to be making bud-like growths. 18 Lizards, photographed from Life* Series IV* Eleven prints* Illustrating the aspects and attitudes of the Australian Spinous lizard (Moloch horridus), popularly known as the ** Mountain Devil.^^ It inhabits the sandy wastes of Central and Western Australia, and feeds exclusively upon small species of ants. Nos. 7 and 8 represent several individuals photographed by the exhibitor, while industriously feeding at an ant track. 177 Lizards, Photographed from Life. Series V. Thirteen prints. Illustrating characteristic aspects and attitudes of the Californian Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum)^ and the Australian SpinC'Tailed Lizards (Egernia Stokesii and E. depressa). Lizards, Photographed from Life* Series VL Fourteen prints. Illustrating various Australian members of the Skink family^ notably the Stump-Tailed and Blue-Tongued Lizards (Trachysaurus rugosus, and Cyclodus gigas). Also the New Zealand Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus), and the Australian monitor (Varanus varius). No. 7 represents an example of the Blue-Tongued Lizard, with twelve vipariously produced young, in the possession of the exhibitor. A snapshot of the interesting family, gathered around a saucer of water, is reproduced in No, ii. Lizards, Photographed from Life. Series VIL Twenty prints. Illustrating chiefly the Australian "Water Lizard (Physignathus leseuri), the Jew, or Bearded Lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus), and the Tree Lizard (Amphibolurus muricatus). The faculty discovered by the exhibitor to be possessed by the Australian Water and Tree Lizards to run erect on their hind legs, after the manner of the Frilled Lizard, is illustrated by the instan- taneous photographs Nos, 9 and lo. The peculiar sleeping attitude of the young Bearded Lizard, taken by flash light, is shown in No. 11. Nos, 1 and 16 represent examples of the Banded Iguana (Brachylophus fasciatus), a rare species from the Fiji Islands, in the exhibitor's collection. Miscellaneous Zoological Subjects from life, chiefly Australian. Series L Twelve prints. Nos, 1, 7, and 8, Australian Flying Opossums or Phalangers (Petaurus breviceps, and Petauroides volans). No, 2, Australian Flying Fox, or Fruit Bat (Pteropus sp,). No, 3, Australian Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo leachii). Nos, 4 and 5, Australian Native Bear, or Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus). No. 6, Young Australian Osprey (Pandion leucocephalus), Nos. 9 to 12, Young Australian Pelicans (Pelicanus conspicillatus). Miscellaneous Zoological Subjects from Life. Series IL Ten prints. Nos. 1 and 3, Australian Butterflies (Pieris sp,), newly-emerged from their chrysalides. No. 2, Western Australian native on raft. No, 4, Young Pelicans, Nos, 5 to 7, European Eagle Owls (Bubo ignavus). No, 8, Austrahan Caterpillars, Nos, 9 and 11, White Plumed Moths (Pterophorus pentadactylus), enlarged by direct negatives. No, 10, Native dance, or ** Corroboree,'' of Western Australian aboriginals. Tropical Australian "White Ants (Termites), and their Characteristic Nest-Mounds or Termitaria. Nine prints. No. 2, from life, illustrating a colony of the most destructive wood-eating species (Eutermes sp,). No. 3, a nest mound, which had been experi- mentally bisected, illustrating the progress made towards its reconstruction within twelve months. Spiders and Spiders* Webs. Eleven prints. Illustrating some characteristic Australian spiders, also spiders' webs (British) laden respectively with dew and hoar frost, Nos, 4 and 8, web or 178 snare of the Australian spider (Argiope regalis); the centre of which is strengthened by a ribbon4ike thickening in the form of the letter 26 Botanical Subjects, chiefly Australian* Series L Ten prints* Illustrating Australian grass trees (Xanthorraceae) ; Baobab, or Bottle tree (Adansonia rupestris); Indigenous Water-lilies (Nympheaceae) ; Fringed Violets (genus Thysanotus). 27 Botanical Subjects. Series IL Nine prints* Illustrating Australian acclimatised flowering shrubs* Plumiera Fran' ciscea and Beaumontia, and "Water Hyacinth (Pontideria crassipes) ; Indi- genous water-lilies (Nyphaea sp.) ; Bird pea (Crotularia Cunninghami); Mangroves (Rhizophora and Avicennia) ; and Roley-poley grass (Spinifex longifolius), 28 Botanical Subjects* Series III* Ten prints* Illustrating Australian acclimatised night-flowering Cacti (Cereus grandiflorus, C. chalyboeus, and G. nitens), photographed by the exhibitor in the Perth and Adelaide Botanical Gardens. 29 Botanical Subjects* Series IV* Twelve prints* Miscellaneous, including Australian seaweed (Hormoseira Banksii), in situ and separate specimens ; Australian screw-pines (Pandanus) ; Palms in the Singapore Botanic Gardens; Singapore Jungle Fern (Gleichenia sp.); and large Australian Fringed Violet (Thysanotus dichotoma). 30 Botanical Subjects* Series V* Thirteen prints* British Ferns, photographed in their indigenous growth-sites. The central print. No. 7, is slightly enlarged on Glossy velox paper. Nos. 6 and 9 have been taken as stereoscopic subjects. 31 Australian and Miscellaneous Scenery* Series I* Seven prints. Including characteristic views taken in the Adelaide and Brisbane Botanical Gardens, and in the Barron River district. North Queensland. 32 Australian and Miscellaneous Scenery. Series II. Nine prints* Typical views taken by the exhibitor at Macassar and Penang, Malay Archipelago, and in the colonies of Tasmania, North Australia, and "Western Australia. (The following are Bromide, Carbon, or Collotype enlargements*) 33 Selected Corals from the Australian Great Barrier Reef* 34 Great Barrier Reef Series — Madrepore Islet* 35 Great Barrier Reef Series — Madrepore Lagoon* 36 Great Barrier Series — Warrior Island Reef* 37 Great Barrier Series — Stagshorn Coral Reef* 38 Great Barrier Series — Skull Reef* 39 Great Barrier Series — Low Woody Reef* / 179 40 Great Barrier Series — Crescent Reef^ No* !♦ 41 Great Barrier Series — Crescent Reef^ No* 2* 42 Natives of King*s Sound, Western Australia. 43 Festal Dance, or Corroboree/* of Western Australian Natives* 44 Native Camp, Albany Pass, North Queensland* 45 Australian ** More porks,** or Fern Owls* — ** Darby and Joan*** 46 Australian Morepork,** or Fern Owl (Male Bird)*— ' The G*0*M*** 47 Australian ** Morepork,** or Fern Owl, aggressively excited* 48 Eagle Owl (Bubo ignavus)* 49 Eagle Owls* A Family Party*** 50 Nest Mounds of White Ants (termites), Kim.berley, W* Australia* 51 Nest Mounds of White Ants (termites), Kimberley, W* Australia* 52 Nest Mounds of White Ants, Albany Pass, North Queensland* 53 Nest Mounds of White Ants, (meridian type), Laura Valley, Queensland* 54 Nest Mounds of White Ants (meridian type), Laura Valley, Queensland* 55 Giant Sea Anemone, with Commensal ** Fish and Crab (natural size)* Photographed from life, through the water* 56 Australian Jelly Fish* Photographed from Life. 57 Newly'hatched Turtles* Their first Swim* Photographed from Life* 58 Spider*s Web* Frost laden* 59 Spider*s Web* Dew laden* 60 Australian Grass Tree (Kingia Australis)* 61 Australian acclimatised Cactus (Cereus grandiflorus;* 62 Water Hyacinth (Pontideria crassipes), Adelaide Botanic Gardens* 63 Water Lily Lagoon, Norman River, North Queensland* 64 Upper Barron River, North Queensland* 65 Preston River, near Bunbury, Western Australia* 66 Clashing Breakers, Outer Beach, Bunbury, Western Australia* 67 Book, '*The Naturalist in Australia,** containing Process and Collotype reproductions from the Exhibitor*s original negatives* 9 2 i8o MILITARY PHOTOGRAPHY. This includes photographs taken at the seat of war for other than military purposes, balloon photography^ photographic surveying and kindred applications, 1 Crimean War. Inside the Redan, by Roger Sydney Keith* Fenton* 2 Crimean War* Two panoramic views of Sydney Keith* Sebastopol, by Roger Fenton* 3 Model of Woodbury^s Balloon Camera* A* L* Henderson* The camera, with the necessary apparatus and four prepared plates, weighs about twelve pounds. Just above the lens, attached to a slide that can be drawn out, is the revolving disc, worked by a spring, which will give four or more revolutions — one each time the catch is released by means of a small electro magnet; in the upper part of the camera is a drum holding four plates; this also has a spring, causing it to revolve each time it is released, one quarter of its circumference, and so to bring another plate into position. The whole is suspended from a balloon, 4 Woodbury's Balloon Camera* A* L* Henderson* This is the full sized camera, a model of which, attached to the balloon, forms the previous exhibit, 5 Pigeon Post Film* Royal Photographic Society* Part of a collodion film containing messages sent out of Paris during the siege by means of carrier pigeons. From 20 to 30 complete films, equal to 320 to 480 pages as shewn, formed the usual load for a pigeon ; the whole weighed less than 15 grains, 6 Military Photographs* Royal Photographic Society* Presented to the Collection by the Rev, H, Gordon Palmer, These photographs were taken by Mr, Palmer and others between 1858 and i860, the paper being prepared and sensitised at the Institution at Woolwich Arsenal, The Armstrong gun is a photograph of the first produced, 7-8 Balloon Photographs of Philadelphia* W* N* Jennings* 9 War Photographs* Royal Photographic Society* A volume of photographs taken by Roger Fenton in the Crimea, during the spring and summer of 1855. 10 Frame of Sixteen Photo- The Proprietors of Black and White*'' graphs* Taken by Mr, Rene Bull during the Graeco-Turkish "War. 1 1 Frame of Twelve Photo' The Proprietors of Black and White*'' graphs* Taken by Mr, Rene Bull during the Indian Frontier "War, 12 Radiograph* The Proprietors of Black and White/' Taken during the Indian Frontier War, of a soldier^s arm, showing the bullet. 13 Stereoscopic ModelHng of Clouds* John Tennant* 1 Cumulus. Base 200 yards. 2 The same cloud, 15 mins. later. Base 200 yards. 3 Clouds. Base 500 yards. 4 Incipient Cumulus. Base 600 yards. 14 Stereoscopic Modelling of Mountains^ Rocks, John Tennant* and Glaciers* 1 The Rothhorn (Limestone) from the Niederhorn, Base 50 yards. 2 The Mittaghorn and Egginerhorn, from Mellig. Base 150. The Mittaghorn and Egginerhorn, from the South-East. Base 100 yards. The Mittaghorn, from Eurgstalden. Base 60 yards. The Laquinhorn, from Mellig. Base 200 yards. The Mischabelhorn, from the Fee Valley. Base 300 yards. The Fee Glacier, from the Valley. Base 100 yards. 8 Schist blocking the Fee Ravine. Natural fracture, aerial weathering. 9 Schists on the flanks of the Ravine. Roches moutonnees. N.B. — The base in the rock photography is onty roughly estimated. 15 A Bridges-Lee Photo-Theodolite, 1897 Pattern, J* Bridges-Lee* for Surveying by Aid of Photography* 1897 Pattern for Surveying by aid of Photography. 16 Photographs taken with the Bridges-Lee Photo- Theodolite, 1897* 17 A Bridges-Lee Surveying Camera, 1894 Pattern* 18 Photographs taken with the Bridges-Lee Sur- veying Camera, 1894 Pattern* The first Photographs taken with the original experimental instrument J* Bridges-Lee* J* Bridges-Lee* J* Bridges-Lee* 19 Lantern Slides, Prepared from the Earliest Negatives, taken with the 1897 Instru- ment, which includes Tangent Scale and Memorandum Tablets* 20 Balloon Photographs, taken near Halifax, N*S*, by Major Elsdale, R*E* 21 Balloon Photographs taken near Alder- shot by Captain Mantell, R*E* 22 Photographs of an Explosion of a Land Mine, taken at Chatham by Royal Engineers* J* Bridges-Lee* School of Military Engineering* School of Military Engineering* School of Military Engineering* l82 Telephotographs, The Italian Minister oi "War, Field Photo- graphic Section, 3rd Engineers, Com- mandant, Captain Mario Moris* 1 Panorama of Rome, taken from Monte Mario. Enlargement 12 diameters. 2 Rome, taken in the neiglibourhcod of Monte Cavo. Distance 28 km. Enlargement 50 diameters. 3 Panorama of Castel-Gandolfo, taken from Monte-Cavo. Distance 9 km. Enlargement 50 diameters, 4 View of Rocca'Priora, taken from Monte Cavo (Rome). Distance 4 km. Enlargement 50 diameters. 5 View of Pcnte Molle, taken from Monte Mario (Rome). Distance 2,500 km. Enlargement 58 diameters. 6 View of Ponte Molle, taken from Monte Mario (Rome). Distance 2,500 km. Enlargement 100 diameters. 7 View of Ariccia, taken from Monte Cavo (Rome). Distance 8,500 km. Enlargement 00 diameters. 8 View of St. Peters, the Vatican dcme, taken from Monte Mario (Rome). Distance 2,250 km. Enlargement 40 diameters. 9 View of Frascati, taken from Monte Mario (Rome). Distance 23 km. Enlargement 40 diameters. 10 View of Tivoli, taken from Monte Mario (Rome). Distance 30 km. Enlargement 40 Diameters. Department of the Interior, Dominion of Canada* Topographical Surveys Branch, Ottawa* (E. Deville, Surveyor General.) 1 & 2 The Survey Camera. 3 The Transit Theodolite. 4 Surveyor and Assistant. 9 to 13 Nine Survey Photographs, original size. 14 to 22 Nine Mapping Enlargements. 23 to 27 Maps. 28 Plan of the Survey Camera. Photo-chemical Laboratory, Royal Technical College, Berlin-Charlottenburg. 1 & 2 Architectural view with Telephotographic lens with comparison picture, by Prof. A. Raschdorff. 3, 4 & 5 Telephoto pictures with comparisons, by P. Hannecke. 6 & 7 Telephoto picture with a bromide enlargement (4 times linear. 8, 9& 10 Architectural Telephoto views with comparison pictures, by Prof. A. Raschdorff. 1 83 PHOTO-MICROGRAPHY. Three-colour Collotype Photo^Micrographs are shown in the section on Photography in Colours/* 1 PhotO'Micrographic Apparatus* Charters White* 2 Eighteen Photomicrographs* R* L* Maddox, M*D* 1 Diatom. Gyrosio-ma forinosuDi^ natural sizc^ length tt.Vo inch, from three negatives— wet collodion, Pith dry objective; achromatic con- denser, plain mirror, sunlight; printed on albumenised paper, circa 1865. 2 Diatom, Pleurosigma afigulatmu, Wales^ dry ith objective and ampli' fier, part of Dubosc's solar microscope and mirror as condenser, sunlight, collodion wet plate X 3000, circa 1867. Recent print, bro' mide paper. 3 Diatom. Gyrosigma stngosiini, iVth dry objective, achromatic condenser, plain mirror, sunlight, collodion wet plate, X omitted ; albumenised paper, circa 1865. 4 Diatom. CorsinodisciLS^ showing double structure in broken valve. yVth dry objective, achromatic condenser, plain mirror, sunlight, wet collo' dion, X omitted; albumenised paper, circa 1865. 5 Animal. Fresh blood of Newt, Triton cristatns, showing change in the nucleus of the blood corpuscle, Beckys hh objective, achromatic con- denser, plain mirror, sunlight, collodion wet plate, X omitted ; albu- menised paper, circa 1866. 6 Nerves, vessels, pigment corpuscles, etc., in skin of young Tadpole. Beckys y>th objective, achromatic condenser, plain mirror, sunlight, X omitted collodion negative 1872, object mounted in liquid; printed recently bromide paper. 7 Nerve plexus in mesentery of young Frog. Beckys hh objective, achro- matic condenser, sunlight, X omitted, collodion wet plate, object mounted in fluid, negative 1872; printed recently, bromide paper. 8 Insect. Scale of Podiira, Lepidocyrtus cuvicollis, Wales^s ^th dry objective and amplifier, achromatic condenser, heliostat, mirror, sunlight, collo- dion wet plate, X omitted ; beaded structure supposed to be due to an inner framework of the scale; albumenised paper, 1867 68. 9 Foot of House Fly. Beckys frd objective corrected actinically, achromatic condenser, sunlight, collodion wet plate, X omitted; albumenised paper, circa 1864. 10 Sycamore Leaf Insect. Beckys ^rd objective, used as in No. 9, collodion wet plate, X omitted; albumenised paper, circa 1868. 11 Parasite of Sheep, Sheep Tick. Ixodes rediivius. Beck's .^rd objective, used as in No. 9, collodion wet plate, X omitted; albumenised paipert circa 1868. 1 84 12 Parasite of Mole, Talpa Europcea^ Beck's frd objective^ used as in No. 9, collodion wet plate; albumenised paper, i866-67» 13 Parasite of Seal. Baker's old 1^ inch objective, Kellner eye piece stopped down> with pale bright green glass colour screen used as sub-stage condenser, and a small condenser next to paraffin lamp, 1 inch wick, Gelatino bromide plate, X 20; solio paper, 1898. 14 Parasite of Honey Bee. Baker's i inch old objective, used as in No. 13; Gelatino bromide plate, X 30; solio paper, 1898. 15 Bacteria, Spirillinn and convoluted chain bacteria from Duck's excrement after eight months' culture. Gundlack's water im. Ath, achromatic condenser, paraffin lamp, 1 inch wick; Gelatino bromide plate, i89i» X 460; solio paper, 1898. 16 Spirillum from Ducks excrement, culture of two days. Leitz iVth hom. im,, Achromatic condenser, paraffin lamp, 1 inch wick ; Gelatino bromide plate, 1891, X 460; solio paper, 1898. 17 A small Parasite from Brittle Star, Ophiocoma nrglecta ; Beck's ?ird objeC' tive corrected actinically, one half of the objective masked alternately, (Wenham's plan) ; Abraham's achromatic prism, sunlight, collodion stereo wet plate. Photographed and printed on albumenised paper, 1862, for the Stereoscope. 18 A Young Brittle Star. Beck's i^rd objective with Lieberkuhn speculum and plain mirror, bright daylight, collodion wet plate, printed on albumenised paper 1862^ X 20. Seen as an opaque object. 19 & 20 Photograph of drawings of objects found in the jelly mass lining the top and sides of the main sewer, Liverpool, 1871. Collodion wet plate, albumen paint. 3 Spinal Cord of Cat, x 40, E. J. & H. Spitta, Cervical region. Photographed with Dallmeyer photomicrographic lens, 1*75 focus at y/16, and enlarged by the exhibitors. 4 Female Garden Spider, x 20. E. J, & H, Spitta, Zeiss Planar" lens at /'16, and enlarged by the exhibitors. 5 Arachnoidiscus Erhenberghii, X 1^800, E. J, & H. Spitta, Zeiss ^}'inch apochromatic N.A. '65, and No. 6 projection eyepiece, and enlarged by the exhibitors. 6 One Frame, consisting of 12 Test Objects, E. J, & H Spitta, Proboscis of Blow Fly. X 70. Zeiss apochromatic I'in., N.A. *3, Projection ocular 6. Test object for I -in. and i-in. The suctorial tubes and minute hairs should look sharply defined. In a well corrected objective there ought to be no woolly or fluffy appearance of the black rings surrounding the large collecting tubes, and no milkiness visible over the whole picture. Zeiss achromatic con- denser N.A. *95. Polyxenus Lagurus. X 400. Hair of Pencil-tail," Zeiss f;th apochromatic, N.A. '95. Projection ocular 6. Two different planes of focus. A test object for \ and ^th objectives, i85 to display the presence or absence of colour in the objective. It is also used to test the errors of centreing. On rotating the object a well centred objective will give a uniformly colored image throughout. Powell & Lealand dry apochromatic condenser N.A, *95. Pleurosigma angulatum, X 2,700. Zeiss apochromatic ith. N.A. 1*40. Projection ocular 6, and subsequently enlarged. There are three planes of focus in this diatom, which give rise to three appearances : (a) Beads in regular intervals ; (/^) White ex' cavations surrounded by black hexagonal markings ; {f) Dark dots on a white background. This photograph was taken at i>, Powell & Lealand, dry apochromatic condenser N.A. '95. Podura Scale (Lepidocyrtis curvicoUis), X 1,000. Zeiss ith apochromatic, N.A. 1*40. Projection ocular 6. This test object is used for rV'in. objectives, for the purpose of examining the chromatic corrections of the objective. With axial illumination, an achromatic condenser, and a moderately closed diaphragm, the markings should look well punched out and clearly defined with an almost entire absence of colour. This can only be achieved by the use of apochromatics of the highest order, and even these will sometimes show a faint trace of colour. The white streak in the **note of exclamation,^^ as better seen in the accom^ panying enlargment, should be plainly visible, with a narrow pinch near the summit of the broadest part, whilst the apex should be prolonged, some distance in the black. Powell and Lealand^s dry apochromatic condenser N.A. -95. Navicular Rhomboides. X 700 and 1,200. Apochromatic Zeiss ith N.A. 1*40, Projection ocular 6. Powell & Lealand^s dry apochromatic condenser N.A. *95. Amphipleura Pellucida. X 2,300. Photographed direct in white light with Zeiss apochromatic :ith N.A. 1*4 ocular 27, from a specimen prepared in realgar by Dr. Van Heurck, The striae in this specimen are about 1 '70,000 in. apart. Powell & Lealand's dry apochromatic condenser N.A, '95. Surirella Gemma. X 2,300. Photographed direct in white light with Zeiss apochromatic ith N.A. 1*4 ocular 27. The transverse striae resolved into Beads are about 2,000 to the millimetre, or 50,000 to the inch. Powell & Lealand dry apochromatic condenser N.A. '95. This diatom is an excellent test to ascertain if the chromatic and spherical aberrations have been well corrected in objectives of the highest power. Only the best apochromatics give an uncoloured image. Coscinodiscus asteromphalus. X 2,000. Showing secondary markings. Zeiss ith apochromatic N.A. 1*4 pro- jection ocular 6. Nelson's F line screen. Powell & Lealand dry apochro- matic condenser N.A. *95. Minute Hairs of Blow Fly. Photographed to show how without critical light,'' false diffraction images are produced around small objects. The condenser is too low in Fig. 9, and correctly adjusted in Fig. 10, which gives an image of the object as it ought to appear. Zeiss ^th, apochromatic N.A. '95. Pro- jection ocular 6. Zeiss achromatic condenser N.A. ^95. 86 Bacillus Tuberculosis in Sputum, X i,ooo, Zeiss ^th apochromatic N.A, 1*40 projection ocular 6. Powell & Lealand dry apochromatic condenser N,A. *95. Bacillus Typhi abdominalis with Flagella, X 1,000. Stained by Loffler^s method, Powell & Lealand -h in., apochromatic N.A. 1*43. Projection ocular 6. Powell & Lealand dry apochromatic con^ denser N.A. '95. Twenty-two Photomicrographs. Blossom of Wheat. 1 Stigma and Anthers. X 12. 2 Stigma and Anthers. X 26. 3 Part Stigma. X 52. Richard Smiths 4 and 5 Beardlets of "Wheat. X 30. (These are for drying the germ end of the berry in the same way that the hairs of the beard dry the other end.) Wheat Bran. 6 Outer skin of Bran. X 60. 7 Middle skin of Bran. X 60. 8 Inner skin of Bran. X 6o, Wheat Germ. 9 Vertical Longitudinal Section. X 38. (Shows germination just beginn- ing). 10 Horizontal Longitudinal Section. X 25. 1 1 Transverse Section. X 25. 12 Core of Wheat Berry. (Analagous to core of apple.) X 70. Wheat Bran. 13 Vertical Section. X 400. 14 Oblique Section. X 70* 15 Endosperm of Wheat. (With most of the starch washed out to show the gluten.) X 300 16 Indian Wheat Berry, in section showing the larva of a weevil. Wheat Straw. 17 to 22 Sections to close under the ear from the first knot. X 20. (18 shows the flag round the straw before the flag has unfolded.) Photomicrographs by Dr* Edward Royal Photographic Society* Leaming. 1 Hippocampus, stained by the Golgi method. X 30 diameters. (Platinum.) 2 Spider Cells, stained by the Golgi method. X 190 diameters. (Platinum.) (Medal.) 3 Nerve Cell in anterior horn of spinal cord, stained by the Golgi method. X 190 diameters. (Platinum.) 4 Bipolar Ganglion Cells, stained by the Golgi method. X 29 diameters. (Platinum.) i87 1 5 Pyramid Cells^ stained by the'Golgi method, X 190 metres. (Cold bath Platinum.) 6 Nerve Cell, in spinal cord, stained by the Golgi method* X 190 diameters. (Platinum.) 9 Photomicrography by Dr* Edward Royal Photographic Society* Learning^ of New York, Purkinje Cell, stained by the Golgi method. X 190 diameters. (Platinum.) 10 Two Frames of Photomicrographs* Edward Nelson^ P*R*M*S* Magnifications varying from 950 to 7800 diameters* (A) Eight photomicrographs of Diatoms. -Two of them, Aiilarodiscus Kiiiofiii and Arachnoidiscus Japonicns^ are whole diatoms, and were taken by an apochromatic 1 inch objective of 0.3 N.A., the camera being 6^^ feet long. The remaining six are portions of diatoms taken with an apochrO' matic 8" of 1.43 N.A. Two of these, viz., Pleurosignia Ajigulaiiiui and Triceratiuin Favus, show the postage stamp fracture. The Auliscus Racemosus is that of the " process only, which exhibits the hitherto unknown sieve like structure on the top. (B) Eight photomicrographs, seven of which are Diatoms.— One of the latter, Auliscus R hip his, is a whole diatom. This was taken with an apo- chromatic i of 1.43 N.A., a low'power eye-piece and a short camera. This should be compared with the Aulacodiscus and Arachnoidiscus in Frame A. The six others are portions of diatoms all taken with the above ^, with higher magnifications. That of Euphyllodium Spaihulatum exhibits an elaborate and hitherto unknown structure. That of Isthniia Nervosa var: is of interest on account of the peculiar structure between the areolations. The photomicrograph of the hair of Polyxcnus was taken with an apochromatic \ of 0.95 N.A. 1 1 Frame of Photomicrographs* Bacillus Anthracis* X 500 Bacillus Anthracis. X 1,000 Proteus Vulgaris. X 500 Proteus Vulgaris* X 1,000 12 Frame of Photomicrographs* Bacillus Subtilis Spores* X 1,500 Bacillus Mycoides. X 1,000 Cladothrix. X 1,000 Malaria Crescent. X 1,000 Albert Norman, L*R*C*P* & S. Albert Norman, L*R*C*R & 13 Frame of Photomicrographs* Albert Norman, L*R*C*P* & S» Parasites in Rabbit^s Blood. X 1,000 Typhoid Bacillus, showing Flagella. X 1,000 Proteus Vulgaris, showing Flagella. X 1,000 Bacillus CoH Communis, showing Flagella. X 1,000 1 88 14 Frame of Photomicrographs* Albert Norman, L«R»C«P* & S* Lymphangioma of Tongue. Colloid Carcinoma of Pylorus. Hooklets of Echinococcus. Tar Molluscum. 15 Frame of 18 Photomicrographs. J. T. Holder. Tr, sec. Stem of Maretail (Hippuris vulgaris). X 18. Tr. sec. Fertile Head of Equisetum arvense (Spores in situ). X 10. Tr. sec. Ovary of Rhododendron ponticum. X 14. Mildew on stem of Wheat (Puccinia graminis). X 50. Tr. sec. Leaf of Psamma arenaria. X s8. Tr. sec. Rachis of Bracken (Pteris aquilina). X 10. Plumose Antennae of Male Gnat (Culex pipiens). X 23. Tongue, etc. of Honey Bee (Apis mellifica). X 18. Vert. sec. of eye of Dragon Fly (Libellula vulgaris). X 26. Legs of Water'Bug (Nancoris cimicoides). X 10. Tr. sec. of "Worm (Ascaris lumbricoides). X 11. Head of Cysticercus of Hare. X 40. Vert, section. Foot'pad of Cat, showing a pacinian corpuscle. X 27. Vert. sec. Tongue of Rabbit. X 23. H. sec. Human Scalp. X 30. Vert, sec. Human Scalp. X 9. Vert. sec. Human Parietal Bone. X 28. Section. Human Kidney. X i8. 16 Frame of 6 Photomicrographs. J* T* Holder. Scales from Leaf of Oleaster (Eleagnus longipes). X 50. ^ Spiny Plant*' Bug, from Ceylon (Tingis hystricellus). X i8» Dark Marine Polyzoa ( Aetea anguinaria), growing on algae. X 25* ' Ground Group of Diatoms and Sponge spicules, X 75. | Illumina^ Diatoms (Isthmia enervis), growing on algae. X 55. j tion. Anchor and plates of Synapta galliennei. X 35. J 17 Photo-micrographs of Micro-organisms, Edwd. C. Bousfield. and Photographs of cultivation of same. L.R.C.P. Lond. 18 Photo-micrographsof various objects, chiefly Edwd. C. Bousfield. to illustrate the exhibitor*s method of L.R.C.P. Lond. reproducing unlevel objects by successive exposures in different planes. 19 Eight Photographs, in pairs, showing, under W* }♦ Bishop, direct rays and polarized rays, the follow- ing substances : — Foraminated shells. Salicin. Platino cyanide of potassium. Chloride of gold. 189 20 Set ol Photographs* 7/6 21 Bee*s Tongue x 36 diameter* 5/6 Ernest Jones* Ernest Jones* Enlarged on Nikko paper from ^'plate* 22 Stem of Villarsia Nymphoides x 30 diameters* 5/6 Ernest Jones* 23 Stem of Lime Tree^ magnified 27 diameters* 5/6 Ernest Jones* 24 Photomicrographs of Diatoms* Photochemical Laboratory of the Royal Technical College^ Berlin* By E. Vogel. 25-27 Three Frames of Photomicrographic Lantern Slides* F* lies* 28-29 Two Frames of Lantern Slides showing some of the F* lies* 32 Forty Photo-Micrographic Lantern Slides* T* Charters White* 1 Circumvallate papillae of Tongue. X 36. 2 Horizontal section of Tooth of Myliobatis. X 90* 3 Rectal papillae of Blow-fly. X 50, 4 Section of Stomach of Dog. X 36. 5 Parasite of Bat. X 25. 6 Horizontal section of Dental Exostosis. X 122. 7 Epithelioma of Tongue. X 37. ) Showing a comparison of the rela- 9 Section of Bone. X 90. 10 Red silky Earth Mite. X 12. 1 1 Leptus autumnalis. Harvest Mite. X 72. 12 Leisoma palmicinctum^ one of the Acari. X 40. 13 Developing Tooth of foetal Kitten. X 25. 14 Section of Human Liver (healthy). X 6o. 15 Section of Drunkard^s Liver. X 60. 16 Arachnoidiscus. Diatom. X 225. 17 Heliopelta. Diatom. X 216. 18 Obisium. X 18. 19 Vertical section of Eye of Dragon-Fly. X 43* 20 Vertical section through Taste Goblets in Rabbit^s Tongue. X 25. 21 Tentacles of Acorn Barnacles. X 12. 22 Nycteribia^ Parasite of Fishing Bat of Trinidad. X 14* 23 Flea of Mole. X 12. 24 Vertical section of Human Skin. X 36. 25 Vertical section of Finger of Infant. X 18. 26 Section of Echinus Spine. X 30 27 Section of Stomach of Frog. X 12. 28 Comb and Brush of House Ant. X 156. tones obtained in ordinary photographic transpa- rencies by development with Chrysotone and toning with Glaucotone**^ 30-31 Enlargements (Photomicrographs*) F* lies* 8 Chimney Sweep^s Cancer. 190 29 Daphnia pulex. "Water Flea. X 72. 30 Salivary Glands^ with Gizzard and Crop of Pulex irritans. X 43. 31 Parasite of Fowl. X 37. 32 Section of Sea Grass. Psamma arenaria. X 25. 33 Vertical section of Tooth of Hake. X 25. 34 Spicules of various Silicious Sponges. X 20. 35 Section of Kidney of Rabbit. X 72. 36 Leaf 'bud of Potamageton. X 12. 37 Chelymorpha phyllofera, Green^Fly of Sycamore Tree. X 156. 38 Foot of Spider. X 90. 39 Tongue of Bee. X 18. 40 Vertical section of Tadpole. X 12. 33 Photomicrographs* H* Evans* Lantern Slides* 1 Human, Blood (for white corpuscles). X 385. 2 Human. Ossifying cartilage. Transverse section^ X 56. 3 Human. Ossifying cartilage. Longitudinal section, X 92. 4 Human. Voluntary muscle. X 385. 5 Human. Scalp (for glands, etc.). Vertical section, X 28. 6 Human. Scalp (for hair follicles). Vertical section, X 44* 7 Human. Eye, healthy, from living subject. X 3. 8 Eye of Drone Fly (section showing rods and cones). X 132. 9 Eye of Water Beetle (Dytiscus marginalis), X 132. 10 Section through Yolk of Egg. X 12. 11 Section of Deal (for discs, etc.). X 132. 12 Diatoms in situ (Licmophora flabellata). X 102. 13 Diatom (Heliopelta metii). X 132. Da 7'k-gro un d illu m in a Hon . 14 Polyzoa. (Bicellaria ciliata.) X 11. 15 Polyzoa. Coralline (Acarmarchis plumosa). X 12. 16 Echinus Spines. Transverse section, X 15. 17 Echinus Spine. Transverse section, X 29. 18 Echinus Spine. Transverse section, X 27. 19 Starfish, young (central portion). X 14. 20 Eggs of Moth. X II. 21 Eggs of Moth. X 22. 22 Antenna of Vapourer Moth. X 12. 23 Cirrhi of Barnacle. X 16. 24 Foraminifera. (Group.) X 18. 25 Foraminifera. (Siliceous casts.) X 16. 26 Foraminifera. (Operculina amonoides.) X 23. 27 Foraminifera. (Quinqueloculina excavata.) X 27. 28 Polycistina. (Group.) X 24. 29 Polycistina. (Group.) X 28. 30 Polycistina. (Group.) X 35. 34 A frame containing a series of Photomicrographs, Albert Londe* dealing with the Anatomy of the Spine* 35 Complete Photo^Micrographic Apparatus* Carl Zeiss* photography in Colours, 1 Lippmann Photograph, Royal Photographic Society. One of the earliest results obtained by Professor Lippmann by his process of colour photography, exhibited by Dr, Lindsay Johnson at a meeting of the Royal Photographic Society, iSgi* 2 Photographs in Colour by Lippmann*s process. Prof. G. Lippmann. 3 Photographs in Colour by Lippmann*s process. A. Lumiere. 4 Colour Photograph. Leon Vidal. Two impressions by Niepce de Victor, on plate prepared with the violet subchloride of silver (i860). 5 Chromotypographic proof, by Cros. Leon Vidal. From a picture by Aime Millet, 1882, 3 colours* 6 Three-colour Collotypes. Leon Vidal. Proofs in photocollotype, by Quinsac from negatives by Ducos du Hauron. 7 Carbon Print. Leon Vidal. In 3 colours, from negatives, by Ducos du Hauron, First proof of the kind obtained upon paper, 1869. 8 Fancy Carbon Print. Leon Vidal. In 3 colours, 1873. 9 Impression in colours. Leon Vidal. By photography direct in colours, by Emmanuel Vallot, 1890. 10 Three Direct Photographic prints in colour by Leon Vidal. Carl Veress. 192 11 Three-colour Print in Carbon, by Chaupe of Leon VidaL Toulouse, 12 Three Photochromes {187 S^* Leon VidaL 13 One Woodbury type print for one of the above Leon VidaL Photochromes, 14 Chart of the three kinds of Chromoscopic radiations Leon VidaL and synthesis* 15 Chart Hke the preceding, applied to another subject, Leon VidaL 16 Chart of Chromoscopic Vision* Leon VidaL 17 Two Photocollotypes* Leon VidaL Three-colour prints of a chromolithograph, and of decomposition into 3 black monochromes, 1895. 18 Four Chromotype prints in 3 colours* Leon VidaL By Messrs, Delaye L. Hemmerle of Lyons, 1897, 19 Two Chromotypes (3 colours)* Leon VidaL By Prieur of Paris, 1898. 20 One Chromotype, in three colours Leon VidaL Geisler of Raon UEtapes, 1898. 21 Colour Photographs* The Photogram, Ltd* By the process of Franz Veress, of Transylvania, A number of experi' mental examples of ages varying from four to six years. As these were all the invento/s experiments, the fixing, which is a lengthy process, was in most cases very insufficiently done. Hence they are not exposed in full light, though they have been exposed in the light of ordinary rooms for many hours on various occasions since their production {** Photogram,^^ May, 1897, pp, 147 and 148), 22 An application of the Three-Colour Process to S* H* Horgan* Rapid Newspaper Printing* These half-tones were made by introducing the screen, as a detached negative film, between the colour record negatives and the sensitized metal plates. This method of three'colour half'tone work does away with the usual intervening positives. The highest lights are thus obtained pure white, which is necessary with three-colour work in fast newspaper printing. These prints are on the paper used for Sunday newspapers. The method includes a fourth plate in black, grey, or brown ink. The process was worked out by the exhibitor in 1896. 23 Three-colour Photo-micro Royal Photographic Society, Collotypes, Produced by Dr. Leaming of New York, Section of Enchondroma of Iluim, X 30 diameters. Section of Purulent Myositis X 190 diameters. 193 24 Three-colour Prints* Portrait from Royal Photographic Society. half'tone Process Block. (a.) The yellow impression, (b.) The red impression, (c.) Red and yellow combined* (d.) The blue impression, (e. ) The final result. 25 Three-colour Collotypes. Royal Photographic Society. Produced in 1894 by Weissenberger at the Russian State Paper Printing Office, St. Petersburg. 26 Three^Colour Photomicrograph Royal Photographic Society. Collotypes. By Dr. E. Leaming, of New York. 27 Three-colour Chromotypography. The Photogram^ Ltd. Photographic Selection Process. 1 The Italian Shepherd, by the Photochromatic Printing Co., Belfast. One of the earliest examples produced in the British Isles. 2 Eight examples of carpet reproductions by the Colombian Engraving and Electrotyping Co., Chicago. 3 Examples of Commercial applications of the Process, by the Photo Coloritype Co., Chicago. 4 Five examples by various American engravers. 5 Six examples by the National Chemigraph Co., St. Louis, Mo. 28 Chromotypography. Four or more Print- The Photogram, Ltd. ings. (Hand Selection, or Stopping- out Process.) 1 Reproduction by Hare & Co., giving four separate workings and com- plete print on same sheet, with original. 2 Reproduction in six printings, giving separate printings and completed proof. Blocks by Hare & Co. ; printed by Raithby, Lawrence & Co. 3 Reproduction in six printings, giving all separate printings, and each of the successive stages of superposition to the complete print. Blocks by Hare & Co. 4 Reproductions in four printings. Example 'by Bohrer, Gorter & Co., Munich. 5 Reproductions in five printings. An example by John Swain & Son. 29 Chromo-Collotype. The Photogram, Ltd. 1 Three early examples. A Conservatory and The Hunting Scene are the earliest^examples published in England, printed by Waterlow & Sons, Ltd. The Holy Family is one of the earliest published in America, by the New York Photogravure Co. 2 Two early examples, reproduced from water-colour drawings by the Photochromatic Co., Belfast. (Company now extinct.) 3 Three examples, by Bohrer, Gorter & Co., Munich. 4 Examples by Bohrer, Gorter & Co., Munich. 5 Three sheets carpet designs by Edward Bierstadt, New York. R 94 30 ChromO'Collotype, in more than three The Photogram, Ltd«. colours* Landscapes by Bohrer Gorter & Co*, Munich* 31 Chromo'Lithography^ Partly Photo- The Photogram, Ltd* graphic and Partly Hand Selection. 1. Examples by Gillot, of Paris. 2. Examples from bookbindings in the British Museum by Walter Griggs, of Peckham. 32 Three-colour Print by Ducos du Hauron. Photo-mechanical Laboratory, Royal Technical College^ Berlin-Charlottenburg 33 Three-colour Print by J* Albert* Photo-mechanical Laboratory, Royal Technical College, Berlin-Charlottenburg. 35-44 Three-colour Prints on H* W* VogeFs principle* Photo-mechanical Laboratory, Royal Technical College, Berlin-Charlottenburg* 45 Three-Colour Lantern Slides* Prof* J* J* Thomson* The original slides prepared by Clerk Maxwell to illustrate his paper upon colour before the Royal Institution. 45 Three-Colour Prints. E* J* Wall* A series of prints by three-colour process, details as to which are given on the prints themselves. photography as a Science, Leonhard Webcr*s Opal Glass Plate Schmidt & Haensch* Photometer, With Lummcr-Brcdhun's prism' ccmbination and ^tables cf constants. It is portable, and suited for the measurements^of flamest etc., and for diffused light. Lummef'Bfodhun^s additions to PhotO' Schmidt & Haensch. meter. For adjusting the illuminated surfaces to equality. The same for the Adjustment of Illu^ Schmidt & Haensch^ minated Surfaces to Equality and Contrast* Both these additions are^constructed [according to the instructions of the German Government Physical and Technical Institute, and are used in it. They can^be applied* to| any ccrrect^'photometric bench without further treatment. Direct Vision Pocket Spectroscope, Schmidt & Haensch, With prisms made from Jena glass and adjustable slit. The same, with Comparison Prism, for Schmidt & Haensch, the Observation of Two Spectra, The same with Scale, Spectrum and Schmidt & Haensch* Scale being adjustable together, Vogers small Spectrograph, Schmidt & Haensch, Consisting of a photographic camera and direct'vision spectroscope. 196 8 Miscellaneous Examples* Chapman Jones, FJ*S», F*C*S» 1 Negative showing the effect of intensification by mercuric chloride followed by ferrous oxalate, up to four times. 2 Plate showing the effect of intensification by mercuric chloride followed by ferrous oxalate, repeating the process with and without inter- mediate or subsequent treatment with mercuric chloride and sodium sulphite. 3 Plate showing that by repeated treatment with mercuric chloride and sodium sulphite the density is decreased. 4 Plate showing the effect of shortening development and getting sufficient density by intensification. This also demonstrates the gradual production of detail during development, as, by stopping develop- ment, the four or five lowest squares, in the one case, have not been developed at all. Both plates received the same exposure. 5 Plate showing that, with pyrogallol and hydroquinone, the stain that remains after a thorough washing is unaffected by any of the ordinary clearing baths. A bath containing ferrous sulphate darkens the stain left by hydroquinone. Eikonogen gives no stain not re- movable by washing. The peculiar corrosive action of hydroquinone on gelatine, that is its tendency to cause frilling, is clearly shown. 6 Plate showing that stains due to pyrogallol, hydroquinone, and eikonogen are removed more quickly by washing with plain water than with either alum or alum and hydrochloric acid, and that a dilute solution of caustic soda is better than either. 7 Treatment of a platinum print that has turned yellow, showing that a mixture of chlorine water and dilute hydrochloric acid restores the original colour, but that neither alum nor potassium binoxalate has the same effect. 8 Prints showing that dilute hydrochloric acid and chlorine water have no action on the image of platinum prints. 9 Platinum print yellowed by sulphuretted hydrogen restored by a mixture of hydrochloric acid and chlorine water, the acid alone having little or no effect. 10 Negative of a row of equidistant candle flames illustrating the effect of a simple lens (7 inches focal length) with a diaphragm in front and behind respectively. Towards the edges of the plate the image is displaced in the first case towards the centre of the plate, and in the other case from the centre. These effects are commonly called curvi- linear distortion. 9 Camera fitted with Direct Vision Spectro' CoL J* Waterhouse* scope for PhotO'Spectroscopy* 10 A Sensitometer. A* L* Henderson. Designed by the Exhibitor for giving to plates a regular series of exposures increasing in a definite ratio. The principle will be seen to be the same as the Mucklow-Spurge and Vogel Sensitometers. 197 1 1 An Opacity Meter, Chapman Jones, F»LC,, F,C*S* " Photographic Journal/^ Dec, 1895. Made to exhibito/s design by Messrs, Baird & Tatlock, The advantages claimed are (1/ that it is compact and convenient, (2) only one light is required, and variations in it do not affect the readings, (3) high densities are read with special facility. The two beams of light are obtained, one directly and the other by reflection by means of three mirrors, 12 A Print Meter, Chapman Jones^ F,I,C,, F,C,S. Photographic Journal/^ Nov., 1896,) Used for measuring the pro- portion of light reflected from various parts of photographic prints. Only one light is necessary, and variations in it do not affect the readings. The light should have a circular flame or incandescent surface, and is placed against the V'shaped screen, and two beams are obtained by two mirrors. The illumination of the comparison square is reduced by increasing the path of the beam of light, by drawing the moveable mirror back, until it matches the part of the print being tested, 13 Apparatus used in connection with Hurter Waher L, Bourke, and Driffield*s system of Quantitative Photography and of testing plates. la Revolving disc for making a series of exposures on the strip of plates to be tested, (Each consecutive exposure is doubled), lb Dark slide for revolving disc. The standard candle is placed at a distance of i metre from the plate. The disc is in this instance revolved by means of a small water motor, 2a Photometer with duplex lamps for measuring the densities due to the several exposures. 2b Examples of test strips, 2c Diagrams illustrating the method of plotting the densities and deducing the speeds. In place of the standard candle, an amyl acetate lamp, or a Pentane Argand gas burner is now found to be preferable, but which' ever light be adopted, it must be carefully standardized to the candle, which still remains the standard. In place of the grease spot, the Lummer Brodhun indicator, which greatly facilitates reading, has been adopted as an improvement, 3a Hurter and Driffield^s Actinograph. 3b The Hurter and Driffield Photographer's note book for field use with the above. 14 Photo-chemical Laboratory, Royal Technical College Berlin-Char- lottenburg, 1 Spectra of the sun with ordinary and with azaline plates by H. W. Vogel. 2 Spectra of stained bromide of silver plates by H. W. Vogel. 3 Spectra of the sun with ordinary and with eosin stained plates by H. W. Vogel. 4-6 Copies with ordinary and azaline] stained plates of an original oil painting by H. W. Vogel. 198 7t 8 Views of Starnberg, taken with ordinary and with eosin silver plates by J. B. Obernetter, 9 Views of Starnberg, taken with ordinary and with eosin silver plates by J, B, Obernetter. 15 Photographs of the Spectrum, Capt, de Abney^ CB* Taken on various dry plates^ showing also the methods of measuring the sensitiveness at different parts. 16 Shutter Diagrams by Photography, Capt* W. de "W, Abney, C*B. 17 An Abney Screen for Measuring Capt, de W* Abneyt C,B, Opacity of Negatives, 18 Examples of the Variation of the Capt, de "W, Abney, C.B, Sensitiveness of a plate. According to the intensity of the light acting, and of the temperature of exposure. 19 Sensitometer for Orthochromatic Capt* W* de W» Abney, C*B, Work. 20 Sensitometer for Three-colour Capt* W* de W* Abney, C*B* Work. 21 Phosphorescent Actinometer. L* Warnerke, To measure actinic intensity of light. 22 Standard Sensitometer* L* Warnerke* To measure the sensitiveness to light of the photographic preparations. 23 Integral Actinomefer* L* Warnerke* To measure the actinic quantity of light by the quantity of carbonic acid evolved from the salts of iron. 24 Colour Screens and Spectrum* E. Sanger Shepherd* Selected from a series made for the purpose of preparing an Atlas of the absorption of various colouring matter suitable for modifying the action of light on photographic plates, and recording their relative fastness^ to light, under given conditions of protection. 25 A new form of Adjusta^ble Slit forJSpectrO' E* Sanger Shepherd* scopes, specially adapted for Photo- spectroscopes* 26 Photographs illustrating the Ranged of E* Sanger Shepherd. Gradations and Comparative Sensitive- ness of various commercial brands of Colour Sensitive Plates to White and Monochromatic Light 199 27 Spectrum Photographs illustrating the Sanger Shepherd. Colour Sensitiveness of various brands of Commercial Colour Sensitive Plates* 28 The first Photometer constructed, with which V* C* Driffield* all measurements involved in Messrs* Hurter & Driffield^s original research weie made. The two lamps, ordinary 'duplex paraffin, are not sent. It will be noted that the taper sliding scale originally suggested for the right'hand end of the Photometer has been discarded for diaphragms, which were found to be preferable. 29 An early Exposing Apparatus, used before V. C. Driffield* simultaneous exposures were made with the Revolving Disc* 30 Five examples of Speed Determinations pro^ V* C* Driffield* duced with this apparatus* 31 Dr* Hurter*s Actinometer for measuring diffuse V. C* Driffield* daylight* The three examples shown are ,different early experimental forms of this instrument. They are now valueless, except as curiosities ; the indicating liquid in the syphon tubes having been dissipated in the bulbs. Owing to the difficulty of transportation, it has not been possible to exhibit a complete and perfect instrument, of which only about six exist. 32 Three Sheets of Diagrams produced by this V* C* Driffield Actinometer. A self-recording arrangement, showing the fluctuations in diffuse daylight throughout the day for the months of January, March, and June. A study of these diagrams led to the construction of the " Actinograph,^^ 33 An early form of the Actinograph. V* C* Driffield* It will be noted that the scale indicating the rapidity of the plate is marked with the inertia, its inverse ; this speed being adopted subsequently. 200 THE PRINCE OF WALES* HOSPITAL FUND. THE ROLL OF MINISTERING CHILDREN. Messrs. F. & R. Speight, 178 Regent Street, W. Photographs of all the Royal Children in England, specially photographed for the Roll. This will consist of Portraits of the first,i 100,000 children who possess the Hospital Stamp Album, with the 1897 stamps affixed therein. The record, when complete, will be offered to the Prince of Wales. Books Illustrated with photographs. ( His to rial I Sect ion. ) 466 Teneriffe, by Piazzi Smythe. William Lang. A book illustrated with stereoscopic silver prints. Published 1858. 467 Virgil. "William Lang. Published by Firmin-Didot. Paris, 1858. Illustrated with silver prints. 468 The Photographic Art Annual, Royal Photographic Society. 1859* Issued in parts, each of which was known as the Photographic Art Journal.'^ It was illustrated with silver prints. The letterpress was not of a technical nature. 469 Palestine in i860. William Lang. Illustrated with silver prints from negatives taken by albumen process by John Cramb. Rev. Robert Buchanan, D.D. 470 Sinai and Palestine Photographed. William Lang. Francis Frith. 471 Ruined Abbeys and Castles of Great Britain. William Lang. Illustrated with silver prints. "Wm. and Mary Howett, 1862. 472 Art. William Lang. With Heliotype illustrations, 2 volumes. 1870-71. 473 Studies from Nature, 1876. Royal Photographic Society. This may be taken as a fair specimen of the numerous works which appeared in the seventies, illustrated by means of Woodburytypes. General 'Cecbnical photography and process Cdork exhibits. Ihe numbers refer to the Screens and Alcoves. No« 11 5* Photographic Records and Surveys* Loan Collection, THE NATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD ASSOCIATION, SIR J. BENJAMIN STONE, M.R, President, G. SCAMELL, 21 Avenue Road, Highgate, Secretary. By Sir J, B. Stone, M,R 1 The Royal Throne, House of Lords* 2 House of Lordst from the Bar* 3 House of Commons, from the Speaker's Chair* 4 Cloisters, House of Commons* 5 Cloister Court* 6 Elizabethan Fire Place* 7 Princes' Chamber, House of Lords* 8 No* 15 Committee Room* 9 Royal Robing Room* 202 10 Library, House of Lords* 1 1 The Terrace, House of Commons* 12 Manuscrfpt Prayer Book* 13 The Rtght Honourable J. Chamberlain* 14 The Right Honourable A* J* Balfour* 15 The Right Honourable Gerald W* Balfour* 16 The Right Honourable G* J* Goschen* 17 The Late Right Honourable A* T* Mundella* 18 Sir Edward Clarke* 19 Sir Wilfrid Lawson* 20 The Late Sir Frank Lockwood* 21 Henry Labourchere* By Harold Baker* 22-'23 Hill Croome Church, Worcestershire* 24^25 Shobdon Priory, Herefordshire* 26 Cross, Cropthorne Church, Worcestershire* By S* B* Bolas* 27 Old Bell Inn,^Holborn* 28 South Aisle, St* Bartholomew, Smithfield. 29 Rehere^s Tomb* By R* Welch* 30 Toorybrenell, Inishmurry, Sligo* 31 Altar, or Cursing Stones, Inishmurry, Sligo* 32 Mevagh Cross, Rosapenna, Donegal* By Mr* and Mrs* Snowden Ward* '(Paintings from Guild Chapel, Stratford^on^Avon*) 33 St* George and the Dragon* 34 Martyrdom St* Thomas A Beckett* 35 Dream of the Empress Helena* 203 36 Testing the True Cross* 37 Resurrection of the Just* 38 Resurrection of the Unjust* 39 15th Century Font, Norwich Cathedral* 40 Font, Blickling Church, Norfolk* 41 Font, Snitterfield Church, Warwick* 42 Font, Luddin ton Church, Warwick* 43^44 Shakesp2are's Birthplace, 1858. (Negative by H* P* Robinson*) 45 Old Houses, Stratford'on-Avon* By E* Scamell* 46^51 London Street Hawkers* By B* Diveri* 52 Coxton Tower, near Elgin* 53 Elgin Cathedral* By George Scamell* 54 Cathedral, from Lady Chapel, Wells* 55 Entrance to Cloisters, Wells* 56 Entrance to Bishop^s Palace, Wells* 57 Nether Hall, Roydon* 58 Roman Bath, Bath, 59 Glastonbury Abbey* PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEY OF WARWICKSHIRE* C* J. FOWLER^ Honorary Secretary, Court Mount, Erdington, Birmingham. By C* S* Baynton* 1 Warwick Castle, from River Avon. 2 Warwick Castle, The Keep* 3 Warwick Castle, Interior of Great Hall* 4 Warwick Castle, Interior of Great Hall* 204 5 Warwick Castle, Corner of Great HalL 6 Warwick Castle, The Red Room. 7 Warwick Castle, The Cedar Room* 8 Warwick Castle, Pictures in Cedar Room* By R T* Deakin* 9 Brinklow Church, north porch. South Warwickshire* 10 Brinklow Church, west door, South Warwickshire* 1 1 Butler*s Marston, Well South Warwickshire* 12 Shotteswell, Cottages, South Warwickshire* 13 Honington, lopping willows. South Warwickshire* 14 Stretton^on^Fosse, South Warwickshire* 15 Church Tysoe, cottages. South Warwickshire* 16 Church Tysoe, cottages. South Warwickshire* 17 Stretton-on^Fosse, cottages. South Warwickshire* 18 Halford, cottages. South Warwickshire* 19 Windmill, Marton, South Warwickshire* 20 Windmill, Marton, South Warwickshire* By C* J* Fowler* 21 Aston Hall, east front* 22 Aston Hall, south'wing* 23 Aston Hall, main entrance* 24 Aston Hall, broken staircase* 25 Aston Hall, fireplace, great gallery* 26 Charlecote House, river front* 27 Charlecote House, from park* 28 Charlecote House, garden terraces* 29 Charlecote House, front entrance* By W* T* Greatbatch* 30 Aston Hall, the Great Hall* 31 Aston Hall, Dick's Garret* 205 32 Aston Hall, kitchen fireplace* 33 Aston Hall, old coffer, 34 Butler^s Marston, cottage. South Warwickshire. 35 Wellesbourne Hastings, South Warwickshire* 36 Halford Mill, South Warwickshire. 37 Mollington, hauling timber. By F. Lewis. 38 Knowle Church, south side. 39 Knowle Church, curious vane. 40 Christ Church, Birmingham, from New Street (being demolished). 41 Christ Church, Birmingham, from Paradise Street (being demolished). 42 Windmill, Bentley Heath. 43 Windmill, near Knowle. By B. Moore. 44 Windmill, Olton, north side. 45 Windmill, Olton, south side. 46 Church Tysoe, South Warwickshire. 47 Church Tysoe Church, South Warwickshire. 48 Barcheston Church, South Warwickshire. 49 Barcheston Church, old stone Sundial. By T. Taylor. 50 Brinklow, Tumulus and Roman camp. AFFILIATED SOCIETIES. Loan Collection. [O71 Scree7is i7i the North Nave^ 1 North Middlesex Photographic Society. 1 Left by the Tide, £111/6. AJ. Golding. 2 **'Tween the gloaming and the mirk/^ J. Mcintosh. 3 The Landing Place. J. C. S. Mummery. 4 The fringe of the Moor. H. Smith. 5 Cold dreary Winter. £1 11/6. H. Stuart, Jun. 6 The deserted Mill. £111/6. S. E. Wall. 2o6 2 Chiswick Camera Club* 1 A winding Stream. H. Goertz. 2 Homeward Bound. H. Gentry. 3 Frost and Mist. T. Noyse. 4 Solitude. W.E.Walker. 5 A quiet Pool. E. N. Pearce. 6 — - John A. Hodges. 3 Exeter Camera Club* 1 Solitude. A. E. Berg. 2 hear^the ripple washing in the reeds.^ Rev. J. Sparchatt. 3 Entrance to FishermanV^Cottage, Covelly. Miss Fruscott. 4 The Matterhorn. J. Fiarse. 5 On the Exe. J. W. Huggins. 6 A cloud that gathered shape. Rev. J. Sparchatt. 4 Borough Polytechnic Photographic Society* 1 End of a Stormy Day. J. Jones. 2 A Devonshire Weir. F. W. Bannister. 3 Waning Winter. A. Bedding. 5 Weymouth and District Camera Club* 1 Garden Scene. John Bull. 2 Garden Scene. John Bull. 3 A:Tangled^Path. J. G. Rowe. 4 By Bye'ways and Hedges. J. G. Rowe. 5 A fresh North Wester. F. C. Mare. 6 A Dorset Village. F. C.:;Mare. 7 Evening. F. C. Mare. 6 Rotherham|Photographic Society* 1 Cloud Studies. G. T. M. Rackstraw. 2 The Porter^s Lodge^ Hardwick Hall. R. H. Law. 3 A Quiet Chat (Fishermen). Miss^Mary A. B. Crossley. 4 Athelstane^s Keep, Conisboro. James Leadbeater. 5 Glen Maye, Isle of:Man. Alfred S. Lyth. 6 A Court, Robin Hood's Bay. H. C' Hemmingway. 7 Bradford PhotographicISociety* 1 In the Gloaming. A. Keighley. 2 In the Freshet. M. Surface. 3 Study of Trees, Hirst Wood. F. Nicholson. 4 Among the Gorse. F. Nicholson. 5 The Road to Nowhere. P. Elland. 6 Church'door, Kirkby Lonsdale. Ezra Clough. 8 Woolwich Photographic Society* 1 A Snug Harbour, Torquay. C. H. Imrie. 2 Winter. H. J. Spencer. 3 Sunset, Sea and Sand. F. W. Machen. 4 A Woodland Scene in Spring. R. J. Redding. 5 South Choir Aisle, Wells. W.H.Dawson. 207 Richmond Camera Club. 1 Halljin **,Casa^de Pilatos,^ Seville, F, P. Cembrano. 2 A Misty Morning. F. P. Cembrano, 3 Low Tide on the Thames, C. Ardaseer. 4 Sunset, Richmond. P, Ennis. „ Twickenham ^ 5 Siena, after Sunset. C. H. Davis. 6 A Lane in Somerset. C. H. Davis. Wakefield Photographic Society. 1 Whitby. W. Holmes. 2 The Gloomy Naerdale. H. M. Briggs. 3 R. Robson. 4 Fountain Abbey. Major Norwood. 5 Child Study. Dr. Clarke. 6 Study of Head. Dr. Clarke. Birmingham Photographic Society. 1 The Day was nearly Done. W. Smedley Aston. 2 Bolton Abbey. C. S. Baynton. 3 ** Thy weak eye glimmers^thro^ a misty veil.** J. P. Croft. 4 Entrance to an old Guild Hall. C.J Fowler. 5 A Sea Mist. W. T. Greatbatch. 6 An Elizabethan Fireplace. E."Underwood. Sheffield Photographic Society. 1 Lunch Time. Ernest Beck. 2 Loading Sand. T. G. Hibbert. 3 In Groudie^s Glen. Geo. Tomlinson. 4 Hazy Morn. Geo. W. Blackwell. 5 South Walsham, Norfolk. Sparham Camp. 6 Eventide. J. H. Lygo. Monklands Photographic Society. 1 Hallowe^en. W. Eadie. 2 Finishing Touches. J. W. Eadie. 3 The Spiritualist. R. C. Piatt. 4 Our Provost. R. C. Piatt. 5 Learn Young, Learn Fair. J. Skeil. 6 Among the Barley Riggs. W. B. Hossack, Putney Photographic Society. 1 Trafalgar Square. F. T. Beeson. 2 On Barnes Common. H. Faulkner. 3 A Passing Cloud. W. F. Gorin. 4 Strand on the Green. John A. Hodges. 5 Break of the Frost. Wm. Martin. 6 Tide and Tide, and 'tween the Tides.^ W. C. Plank. 208 Newcastle-on-Tyne and Northern Counties Photographic Association* 1 Foggy Day on the Tees. W. Parry. 2 Sunshine and Smoke. E. G. Lee. 3 Seabird^s Nest. Jno. "Watson, 4 Edward Corder, Esq. "W. S. Corder. 5 Wreck of the Luna. G. Hastings. 6 Holywell Dene. B. Graham. Derby^Photographic Society ♦ 1 Dovedale. 2 Weston'On^Trent. 3 Monsal Dale. 4 Roseoff. 5 Old Moreton Hall. 6 Kedliston. Southport Social Photographic Club* 1 The Eyes of the Soul. C. F. Depree. 2 The End of the Day. Helen Fielden. 3 The Evening Meal. Holland J. Heaton. 4 Evening on the Beach, Bordigera. C. H. Brown, 5 Chrysanthemums. E.W.Johnson, 6 Good Night. Marian Wall. Woodford Photographic Society* 1 A Suffolk Road. H. Wilmer. 2 Hastings. H. T. Malby. 3 A Yarmouth Row, E, Noble, 4 Capital in Canterbury Cathedral, E, Marriage. 5 From dim recesses of the Woods, J, T, Ashby, 6 ^Twixt Day and Night, F. G. Emler. Chichester Photographic Society* 1 Launching the Life-Boat. W. Scorer. 2 In the Valdoe, G. M. Turnbull. 3 The Cobbler. G. M. Turnbull. 4 From Sunny Italy. E. Thorpe. 5 Cowdray, near Midhurst, G. M. Turnbull. 6 Old Sussex Cottages, G, M, Turnbull, Oxford Camera Club* 1 Portrait Study, Miss Acland, 2 Animal Study, Miss Acland, 3 Window at Haddon Hall, Col, Impey, 4 The Close of Day, W , L, Morgan, 5 Landscape, Claude Rippon, 6 Stratford'On'Avon Church, Court Cole, 2og 21 Hull Photographic Society* 1 Departing Day. Fred WooUons. 2 Thornwick Bay^ Flamborougli Head. Chas. D. Holmes. 3 Selby Abbey, Choir. E. H. Hewlett, F.R.C.S. 4 At Fountains Abbey. Wm. M. Lyth. 5 Porch, Adel Church. A. H. Wnite. 6 A Bit of Old Whitby. T. J. Scott. 22 Croydon Microscopical and Natural History Club, Photographic Section* 1 Pip Brook, Dorking, Surrey. F. W. East. 2 Fancy Free. Miss G. Wills. 3 The Old Wherry, Norfolk Broads. A. P. Hoole. 4 Romsdal Horn, Norway. James Epps, Jun. 5 Quartering Flints. Kenneth McKean. 6 Nutfield Church. J. H. Baldock. 23 Brighouse Photographic Society* 1 Doorway, St. William^s College, York. G. A. Farrer. 2 Castle Howard. Geo. Hepworth. 3 Evening on Windermere. H. P. Metcalfe. 4 The Wetterhorn, Grindelwald. A. H. Ormerod. 3 guineas. 5 An Interior, Beverley Minster. S. Ormerod. 6 View in Eye Wood Park, Herefordshire. 24 Ealing Photographic Society. 1 Greenford, Evening. Roland C. Whiting. 2 Old Mill, Guy's Cliff. H. Ball. 3 In Winter's Cold Grip. A. Richardson. 4 Anstey's Cove. G. Fryer. 5 November Drear. W. G. Wagner, 6 Medmenham Abbey. R. Y. Murphy. 25 Hackney Photographic Society* 1 Declining Day. F. E. Roofe. 2 A Forest Path. J. Carpenter. 3 Sundown. Wm. Rawlings. 4 Day's Dying Radiance. W. A. Hensler. 5 On the River Bank. Dr. Roland Smith. 6 In Winter Garb. W. Selfe. 26 City and Guilds of London Technical College Photographic Society* 1 The Seasons. £1 10/-. A. W. A. Dickens. 2 Near Chislehurst. W.A.Williams. 3 Beddington Lane. 10/-. G. S. Paxton. 4 By the Still Waters. 10/-. A. W. M. Dickens. 27 Ashton'Under'Lyne Photographic Society* 1 Pack Clouds Away. Dr. A. Hamilton. 2 The Matterhorn. Chas. Lord. S 2IO 3 Edinburgh at Dusk. Tulloch Cheyne, 4 A Passing Storm. Thos. Glazebrook. 5 Reflections^ Killarney. T, F. Kershaw. 6 Crossing the Ford. "Walter^Leigh. 28 Isk of Thanet Photographic Society* 1 Towing, Ramsgate. J. Savage. 2 Eye of an Insect. A, Vigar. 3 An Old Mulberry Tree. L. G. Hodgson. 4 Ardlus, Loch Lomond. L G. Hodgson. 5 Conway Beach. P. Solly. 6 Juliet, Junior. C.J.Scott. 29 The Aintree Photographic Society 1 Entrance Gate, Ince Blundell. C. H. Adking. 2 A Portrait. D. J. Neill. 3 A Cheshire Road. G. H. Jackson. 4 Ambulatory, Abbey, Dore Church, "W. B. Hellon. 5 A Cheshire Pool. D. Travis. 6 Scenes in Norway. W. Lockier. 30 Beaconsfield Camera Club* 1 Early Spring. (Bromide enlargement.) 1 guinea. T. F. Lane. 2 Glen Helen. Isle of Man. (Bromide.) 1 guinea. E. A, Cheale. 3 A Bucks Bye'road. (Bromide enlargement.) 1 guinea. F. Myers. 4 An Old Mill, (Bromide enlargement.) 1 guinea. L. Myers. 5 Burnham Beeches. (Bromide.) 7/6. A. Day. 6 Burnham Beeches. (Bromide.) 7/6. A. Day. 31 Croydon Camera Club* 1 Sunset, Mouth of the Thames, (Platinotype.) 2 guineas. W. H. Rogers. 2 Lancashire Lass. (Gum bichromate.) James Packham. 3 Sea and Sky. (Carbon.) E. "Woodcock. 4 Looe Harbour. (Carbon.) L. G. Kough. 5 The Bridle Path, Beddington. (Bromide.) G. Corden. 6 On the River Mole. W. Fenton Frost. 32 Brixton and Clapham Camera Club* 1 By the Brook. C. F. Archer. 2 An Old Highway. E. Dockree. 3 In Poole Harbour. J. Gunston. 4 Marshland. F. P. Smith. 5 A Break of Light. G. W. Welham. 6 Newhaven Fish-wives. "W. H. Whittard* No. 6u THOMSON, 70a Grosvenor Street, London, W* Portraiture. No. 62. HORATIO NELSON KING, 4 Avenue Road, Goldhawk Road, W* Prints and Transparencies. The Royal Palaces of England.*' No. 63- PERCY S. LANKESTER, Great ' Hall Studio, Tunbridge W^ells. 1 Portrait, Dr. Nansen. 3 guineas. P. Lankester. 2 Portrait Lieutenant Johansen. 3 guineas. P. Lankester. 3 Madame Antoinette Stirling. 2\ guineas. P. Lankester. 4 Dr. Joachim. i| guineas. P. Lankester. 5 M. Hollman. 1 \ guineas. P. Lankester. 6 Mr. Turner. P. Lankester. 7 Mr. Blackburn. 15s. P. Lankester. 8 A Greek Study. 3 guineas. P. Lankester. 9 Miss Grace Murcelle as Mercia. 2. \ guineas. P. Lankester. 10 Grandmother, 15s. P. Lankester. 11 Doris. P. Lankester. 12 Give it to me.*' 25s. P. Lankester. 13 ** Thank you,*' 25s. P. Lankester. U My DoUie." 1 \ guineas. P, Lankester. 15 Taking her for a ride. 1^ guineas. P. Lankester. 16 Teaching her to walk. 1 h guineas. P. Lankester. 17 In disgrace, uineas. P. Lankester. 18 Fm so sleepy. 1^ guineas. P. Lankester. 19 Child Study. P. Lankester. 20 Glady's. 15s. P. Lankester. 21 Irene. i5S. P. Lankester. 22 Portrait Study. i| guineas, P. Lankester. 23 Portrait Study, ih guineas. P. Lankester. 24 Portrait Study. P. Lankester. 25 Portrait Study. P. Lankester. No. 64* J. BULBECK & CO., Strand, London, W.C» Architectural Photographs. No. 65* FREEMAN DOVASTON, 5 George Street, Euston Road, N.W. 1 Reredos, Winchester Cathedral, untouched enlargement. 2 St. Paul's Cathedral. £2 12s. 6d. 3 Nave, St. Saviour's, Southwark. 2 guineas. 4 Jubilee Service, St. Paul's Cathedral. i\ guineas. 5 Stratford'On'Avon. 1 guinea. £4 12s. 6d. S 2 212 6 Staple Inn. 12s. 6d« 7 St. Paul's. 12s. 6d. 8 Galdecott's Monument in St. Paul's Cathedral.- 10s. 9 Entrance to Henry VII. Chapel^ Westminster Abbey. 12s. 6d. No. 66. TABER BAS-RELIEF PHOTOGRAPHIC SYNDICATE, 38 Dover Street, Piccadilly, W» Taber Bas-relief Photographs. Portraits and animals. No. 67* GRAYSTONE BIRD, 38 Milsom Street, Bath. Enlargements, Portraiture, &c. No. 68. FREDERICK DOWNER, Watford. Photographic Portrait Studies and Haif'Tone Engravings. No. 69. FREDERICK GRAVES, 368 Dudley Road. Photographs, Landscape, Portraiture, and Genre. No. 70. F. W. MUNCEY, 80 Boundary Road, St. John's Wood, N.W. Portraits (Bromide Enlargements, black and toned). No. 71. HERMAN CARTHEUSER, 52 Hind Street, Poplar. Eight Three-colour Prints. No. 72* THE AUTOTYPE COMPANY, 74 New Oxford Street, London, W.C. Carbon Enlargements and reproductions of paintings by the Carbon Process. No. 73- CHANCELLOR & SON, 55 Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. 1 Mr. F. R. Benson as ** Henry V.^^ 6 guineas 2 Two Ladies. 3 Lady. 5 guineas 4 Baby, 5 guineas 5 Sarah Brooke, 6 guineas 6 Lady, 5 guineas 7 Lady. 3 guineas 8 Miss Maude Conn. 10 guineas 213 No. 74* WILLIAM F. SLATER, 169 Southampton Stieet, Camberwellt S.E* A collection of patterns of mouldings suitable for Exhibition and other photographic Frames. No. 75* H. BEDFORD LEMERE, 147 Strand, W*C. 1 Dawpool, Picture Room, T, H. Ismay^ Esq. 2 Dunblane Cathedral. 3 Heweli Grange, The Hall. Lord Windsor, 4 Castle Douglas, Private Chapel. 5 The Arab Hall. The late Lord Leighton, P.R.A. 6 English Mansions, exteriors. 7 Three Royal Boudoirs. 8 English Mansions, interiors. 9 Sheffield Town Hall, Council Chamber. 10 Sheffield Town Hall, The Mayo/s Parlour. No. 76* FREDERICK THURSTON, Hastings Street, Luton, Beds* Landscapes, Portraits, Groups, etc. No* 77* THE PHOTOGRAPHIC ASSOCIATION, 16 Brook Street, Hanover Square, W* Photographs under the direction of the Photographic Association. No* 78. WILLIAM WALTON, II Carlyle Square, S*W* Reminiscences of Travel in India, Switzerland, Italy, etc. No* 79* G* K* BATTEN, Capston Studio, Ilfracombe* Seascapes. No* 80* EDWARD GOODWIN, 63 Anerley Road, Upper Norwood, S*E* Portraiture, direct and reproductions. Landscapes and Architectural Subjects. 214 No. Su R HALLIER, 41 High Street^ Upper Sydenham, S.E* Examples of portraiture of Children, and groups. Architectural, Equestrian, and Canine Photography in the following processes : —Albumen, CollodiO'Chloride, Platinotype, Bromide, and Carbon, on Paper and Opal, A selection of Pictorial Photographs (mostly Norwegian). Mountain and Water studies, and light and shade effects. No. 82. WALFORD & CO., LTD., Mill Hill Park, Acton. Coloured Photographs. No. 83* HUSNIK & HANSLER (PRAGUE), Age?it : F. C. Clarkson, 4 Fenchurch Avenue, London, E.G. Process work. Three'Colour prints. No. 84. HAROLD BAKER, 58 New Street, Birmingham. Architecture and Portraits. No. 85. H. L. HAVILAND, 7 Elm Tree Road, St. John*s Wood, N.W. Seven Photographic Studies. No. 86. HERBERT MITGHELL, Bowling Park, Bradford, Yorks. 1 The English Setter. 3 guineas. Lohmann, K.C.S.B. 26,708. Black and white. 2 The English Setter. 4 guineas. Lohmann, K.C.S.B. 26,708. (Sepia carbon.) 3 The Three Graces. 3 guineas. Bromide. 4 The Three Graces (bromide). 3 guineas. 5 A Dead Set. 3 guineas. 6 The Garden of Sleep. 3 guineas. 7 Fordcomb Drake. 3 guineas. 8 Winding Grouse. 3 guineas. 9 Airedale Terrier Rustic Monk. 1 guinea. Bromide. Head study. 10 Airedale Terrier Rustic Trilby. 1 guinea. 11 The Three Graces. Photogravure. 10s. 12 Harmony and Discord. Photogravure. 10s. 13 Collection of silver and bromide prints, various sizes, 5s. each. No. 87. NEGRETTI & ZAMBRA, Grystal Palace, S.E. Studies from Life, by the Exhibitors. No, 88, THE MEISENBACH CO,, LTD,, West Norwood, and 188 Fleet Street, E,C, Process engraving. Specimens of Poster grain large portraits. Vignetted half-tone work. Special designs^ combined with the reproduction of fabrics, silk, leather, etc., in two printings, for superior book and guide illustration. An example illustrating direct reproduction from a photograph, and the same reproduced by the Meisenbach improved American vignetting style of half'tone engraving. Reproductions from pen and ink drawings. No, 89, RAITHBY, LAWRENCE & CO,, LTD,, Four frames of prints from half'tone blocks. Three frames of prints from blocks by the three-colour process. Five frames of prints from blocks by Photo-Chromotype processes in various colours. No, 90, THE TYPOGRAPHIC ETCHING CO,, 3 Ludgate Circus Buildings, E,C, Photogravures from paintings. Photogravures from nature. Photogravures printed in oil colours at one operation. Relief-blocks by swelled gelatine from various originals. Relief-blocks from pencil and grained originals. No. 93* THE ART REPRODUCTION CO,, LTD,, 3 and 4 Plough Court, Fetter Lane, E,C, Photo-Mechanical Reproductions. No, 94* THE STRAND ENGRAVING CO, 146 Strand, London, W,C, Queen Street, Leicester, No, 91, J, JAS, BAYFIELD, 37 Gipsy Hill, Norwood, S,E, Portraits and Views. No. 92, DOUGLAS PYM, Photo-engraving Process Work. Colour Printing. Photogravure. 2l6 No* 95* A* B* FLEMING & CO*, LTD*, 101 Leadenhall Street^ London, E*C* Printed specimens and samples of Three'colour, Half-Tone and Collo- type Printing Inks, Manufactured by Messrs. A, B. Fleming & Co., Ltd. No* 96* MESSRS* LASCELLES & CO*, LTD*, 13 Fitzroy Street, Fitzroy Square, London, W* Photographs, portraits, etc., etc. Photo-mechanical Half-tone. Oil painting from photograph. Wood engraving on photograph from picture. Mezzotint from photograph of painting. No* 99* THE LONDON COUNTY COUNCIL TECHNICAL EDUCATION BOARD, Bolt Court Technical School, Fleet Street^ E*C* Exhibit showing certain stages in the working of some of the most important photo-mechanical printing processes arranged for educational purposes, together with specimens of the principal chemical and other substances (colloids, resins, etc.) employed in process work. No* 100* COUNTESS MARGARET KEYSERLING, Schloss Burgan, Niederau Duren, Rheinland* A Collection of Seventeen Landscapes, and an Interior. No* 97* E* D* LAVENDER, Bromley, Kent* Selections from the every-day work of the Studio. No* 98* S* B* BOLAS & CO*, 1 Ludgate Hill, London^ E*C* Architectural Photographs. No* 101* M* DEMETRIEFF, Nijni Novgorod* Russian Photographs. No* 102* J* C* STRAUS, St* Louis, Mo*, U*S*A* Portrait Photographs. No* 103* RICHARD KEENE, LTD*, All SaintS; Derby* Architectural and other Photographs. 2 17 {^The following Exhibits are numbered consecutively^ and are hung on the Screois i?i the North Nave and Courts.) 1 Show Case of Postage Stamp Portraits* Wells & Co* 2 Show Case of Postage Stamp Portraits* Wells & Co* 3 Evicted* 3 guineas* A* Werner* 4 At Early Dawn* i guinea A* Werner* 5 The Potato Sower* 5 guineas A* Werner* 6 The Guardian of the Woods* 2 guineas A* Werner* 7 A portrait of a lady in fancy dress. A* Werner* 8 L^heure Doree* (Bromide*) £2 P* Dubreuil* 9 Ramasseur d*Epaves» (Gum-Bichromate*) £2 P* Dubreuil* 10 Le Couchant est d*or rose* (Bromide*) £2 P* Dubreuil* 11 Et le disque d*or fin qui descend dans Tazur* £2 P* Dubreuil* 12 Dolomite Mountains near Cortina* (Carbon*) G* B* Randolph* 2 guineas 12a Views near Cortina* (Silver*) 2 guineas G* B* Randolph* 13 Oriel Window, Nuremburg* 2 guineas J* C* Warburg* 14 Blind* 30/- J* C* Warburg* 15 Sheep and Shepherd, Provence* £1 J* C* Warburg* 16 At the Spring* 17/6* J* C* Warburg* 17 Ailsa and Britannia (Gordon-Bennett Cup, J* C* Warburg* Cannes, 1897)* 24/- 18 Ailsa, Britannia, and Satanita (Gordon-Bennett J* C* Warburg* Cup, Cannes, 1896)* 28/- 19 Chapel, He St* Honorat* 2 guineas J* C* Warburg* 20 Tunbridge Wells Common. 8/6 J* C* Warburg* 2l8 21 Toadstools (Copnnus cornatus)* 8/6 22 Picking Iris by the Lake* 8/6 23 Breakfast in the CoW'House, Sweden* 24 Dutch Peasant Girl, Island of Walcheren. 8/6 25 Reproaches (Holland)* 8/6 26 *^C* N/* Patent Rapid black-line Process* 27 FerrO'Cyanide (Blue line Process)* 28 S* B*** (Single Bath ) Black line process. 29 Ferro-Prussiate Process* 30 Climbing in January^ 1898* 31 The Birth of the Ice Flower* 32 Early Morning in the Engadine* 33 The Lake of Sils* 34 Near St* Moritz* 35 Cloister, Furness Abbey* 15/- 36 Manchester Ship Canal, Eastham Entrance* 15, 37 Old Monk*s Bridge, Isle of Man* 15/- 38 An Autumn Sunset* 10 '6 ^ - 39 Amid the Sussex Downs* 10 '6 40 ** And the reaper reaped, and the Sun fell, and all the land was dark/' 10/6 41 Sunset o*er the Sussex Downs* 10/6. 42 A Quiet Sunset* 10/6 43 A Dorsetshire Village. 10/6 44 A Sussex Team* 10/6 45 Paradise Drive, Eastbourne. 10/6 46 In the Churnet Valley^ West Alton Towers (untouched negative). 47 Cloisters, early morning, Westminster* J. C* Warburg* J* C* Warburg* J* C* Warburg* J. C* Warburg* J* C* Warburg* Allottt Jones & Co* Allott, Jones & Co. Allott, Jones & Co. Allott, Jones & Co. Mrs. Main. Mrs. Main* Mrs* Main* Mrs* Main* Mrs* Main* F* H* Horrex* F* H* Horrex* F* H. Horrex* C* H. Smith. C. H* Smith* C* H* Smith* C* H* Smith* C* H* Smith* C* H* Smith. C* H* Smith* C* H* Smith* C* J* Kirk* Miss C* W* Arding* 219 48 North Ambulatory, Westminster Abbey. Miss C.^W^ Arding* 49 Lady Nightingale Monument, Westminster Miss C* W* Arding. Abbey. 50 Returning Home. (Platinum). H. V. Hyde. 51 A Surrey Village. H. V. Hyde. 52 Towards the Close of a Misty Day on the Thames. H. V. Hyde. 53 Tough Yarn.** (Bromide.) £2 10 W. B. Marsh. 54 A Storm-beaten Shore. (Carbon.) £3 W. B. Marsh. 55 After a SouVester. (Carbon.) £2 15 W. B. Marsh. 56 The Sunlit Sea. (Carbon.) W. B. Marsh. 57 Portrait (printed in Platinotype, full size). H. T. Young. 58 The Last of the Herd. (Bromide.) Geo. Brown. 59 A Forest Pool. (Bromide.) Geo. Brown. 60 The Edge of the Field. (Platinum.) Geo. Rrown. 61 Waltham Abbey. (Platinum.) Geo. Brown. 62 An Underwood. J. B. Holman. 63 The Regatta. J. B. Holman. 64 The Harbour of Fouras. J. B. Holman. 65 The Fortune Teller. J. B. Holman. 66 Hide and Seek. J. B. Holman. 67 A stained glass window. J. B. Holman. 68 A Penny for your Thoughts.** J. B. Holman. 69 M*amie. J. B. Holman. 70 Justitia Juvenis. J. B. Holman. 71 The Children*s School. J. B. Holman. 72 The Church at Fouras. J. B. Holman. 73 Wholesale Murder. J. B. Holman. 74 The Fair Penitent. (Carbon.) F. P. Moffat. 75 The Fair Penitent. (Carbon.) F. P. Moffat. 76 Scene from a Greek Play* (Carbon)* 77 ^*rve dot braces just like Dada*** (Carbon*) 78 Four Score Years* 79 On the Moors*** (Silver*^ 21/ 80 In the Glen* (Silver*) 21/- 81 Willow Warblers* (Carbon*) 21/- 82 Chaffinches* (Carbon*) 21/- 83 ''The Stilly Night*** (Carbon print*) 84 A Study* Bromide enlargement*) F* P. Moffat* F* P* Moffat* F* P* Moffat* C* Reid* C* Reid* C* Reid* C* Reid* E* C* Fincham, L*R*C*P* W* Morice* N* W* Edson* 85 A New England Clam Bake, Diamond Island, Maine* 86 Grotto, Little Diamond Island, Portland, Maine* N* W* Edson* 87 Lobsterman*s Cove, Long Island, Cusco Bay, Maine* N* W* Edson. 88 The Skipper*s Daughter* 89 A Summer Afternoon, Pride *s Bridge, Presump' scott River, Maine* 90 An April Day, Warren Brook, Gorham, Maine* 91 The Tender Leaves of the Raspberry* 92 Bodiam Castle, near Hastings* 5/" 93 Battle Church* 5/- 94 Corner of Battle Abbey* 7/6 95 Exeter Cathedral, Choir* 7/6 96 On the Otter, near Budleigh Salterton* 5 97 Looking towards Sidmouth, near Otterton, South Devon* 7/6 98 Stragglers from the Herd* 5 guineas 99 Midsummer* 5 guineas 100 Portraits of ladies and children* (Platinotype* ) 101 Twelve prints of snap shots of Cyclists and Athletes in motion* 1 i guineas N* W* Edson* N* W* Edson* N* W* Edson* N* W* Edson* C* W* Kennaway* C* W* Kennaway* C* W* Kennaway* C* W* Kennaway* C* W* Kennaway* C* W* Kennaway* E* Hepburn* E* Hepburn* Edgar Scamell* Edgar Scamell* 102 Companions. (Bromide enlargements*) 103 Sister Constance* (Bromide.) 2 guineas 104 Photogravure print, from a painting by Carlo Dulci 2 guineas 105 Patrick Meara, Caslinnahoue, South-West Ireland. 106 Ightham Moat, near Sevenoaks. 107 Cosy corner in Kinsale, South Ireland. 108 When the tide is down at Lynmouth, Devon. 109 A peep at the Lyn^ Devon. 110 Waiting for the Boss. 111 In Shanklin shady Chine. (Carbon.) 1 guinea 112 A Sylvan Retreat. (Carbon.) 1 guinea 113 The way to the Sea. (Carbon*) 1 guinea 114 Portrait of a lady. (Bromide.) 115 Child*s portrait. 116 Turret and old Castle of Zeeland. 117 Zeeland Girls. 118 A Sunny Day in Bunsshoten* 119 A Gay old Lady in Bunsshoten. 120 Bunsshoten Peasants. 121 A Stadhuis in Zeeland* 1 22 Pheasants* 123 A Zeeland Pair* 124 On the Veehtt near Utrecht* 125 The Turret of an old Castle in Zeeland. 126 Stadhuis in Veere. 127 Three Zeeland Girls* 128 Instantaneous photographs, Henley Regatta. 2 guineas W* Morice* A. Lockett* J* Rendall* R. B* Pyke* R* B* Pyke* R* B* Pyke* R* B* Pyke* R* B* Pyke* R* B* Pyke* D* K* Whittome* D* K* Whittome* D* K* Whittome* H* Long* H* Long, Baroness de Goldstein* Baroness de Goldstein* Baroness de Goldstein* Baroness de Goldstein* Baroness de Goldstein* Baroness de Goldstein* Baroness de Goldstein* Baroness de Goldstein* Baroness de Goldstein* Baroness de Goldstein* Baroness de Goldstein* Baroness de Goldstein* Marsh Bros* 129 Silent Cove* (Bromide enlargement*) J* PerkofL 130 Copy of a Painting, (Bromide*) )♦ PerkofL 131 Portrait of a Lady* (Bromide*) J* Perkoff* 132 Portrait of a Gentleman* (Bromide*) J* Perkoff. 133 Waiting for the Tide* (Platinotype*) W* R* Peirce* 134 The Height of Grandeur* W* R* Peirce* 135 Stepping Stones* W* R* Peirce* 136 Son of Italy* (Sepia Carbon.) 2 guineas T* S* Laidler* 137 Grecian Maid* £210 T* S* Laidler* 138 Gas Works— («) CHnkering, {b) Charging Retorts, F* Marsh* {c) Warm Work* (Platinum*) 4 guineas 139 A Village Smithy* (Platinum*) 25/- F* Marsh* 140 Lowest London, Midnight* (Bromide*) 25/- F* Marsh* 141 Lowest London, Midnight* (Bromide*) 25/- F* Marsh* 142 Iron Foundry* (Platinum*) 13/6 F* Marsh* 143 Iron Foundry* (Platinum*) 13/6 F* Marsh* 144 A Young Juggler* (Platinotype*) 30/- J* H* Coath* 145 We are Twelve/^ (Platinotype*) 15/- J* H* Coath* 146 ** Attention, please ! (Carbon*) 21/- J* H* Coath* 147 A Happy Group* (Carbon*) 2l/- J* H* Coath* 148 Grandfather^s Story* (Carbon*) 21/- J* H* Coath* 149 A Young Preacher* (Carbon*) 21/- J* H* Coath* 150 A Reading Lesson* (Platinum*) 7/6 J* H* Coath* 151 Who are You? (Platinum*) 7/6 J* H* Coath* 152 A rare old Time* (Carbon*) 7/6 J* H* Coath* 153 The Spring* 5 guineas H* G* May* 154 Tannhauser* Dr* F* Graves* 155 Mephistopheles* Dr* F* Graves* 156 ** Via Dolorosa*^' Dr* F* Graves* 223 157 A Priestess of Morpheus* Dr* F* Graves* 158 Oblivious* Dr* F* Graves* 159 Frhi^a^bhata/' Dr* F* Graves* i6o In a Mountain Forest* Dr* F* Graves* i6i Solitude* Dr* F* Graves* 162 At the Window* Dr* F* Graves* 163 Lochloughead* Dr* F* Graves* 164 Portrait in Black* Dr* F* Graves* 165 Three portraits : Shy/' Sedate/' and ** Sly*'' Dr* F* Graves* 166 The Tragic Comedienne* Dr* F* Graves* 167 Foreground Study* Dr* F* Graves* 168 Where the Cattle quench their Thirst* G* S* Pasco* 169 Connaught Waters^ Winter* G* S* Pasco* 170 Chill October* G* S* Pasco* 171 A Lea Backwater* G* S* Pasco* 172 Tonk Farm* G* S* Pasco* 173 A Frosty Morn* (Bromide*) 3 guineas Capt* F* A* Bligh* 174 A Snow Study* (Bromide*) 3 guineas Capt* F* A* Bligh* 175 A Passing Storm in the Engadine* 3 guineas Capt* F* A* Bligh* 176 Flowers* Miss H* 0* Hall* 177 Syringa Clematis Miss H* 0* Hall* 178 Wild Roses^ Roses and Honeysuckle* Miss H* 0* Hall* 179 Guelder Roses* Miss H* 0* Hall* 180 Water Lilies* Miss H* 0* Hall* 181 Hyacinths* Miss H* 0* Hall* 182 Apple Blossom* Miss H* 0* Hall* 183 Phlox* Miss H* 0* Hall* 184 Gloire de Dijon* Miss H* 0* Hall* 185 Kilchurn Castle, N*B* Miss C* R* Langton* 224 i86 oaas ree, owitzerland* Miss C* K* Langton* 187 rloar rrost, oerks. IVliss C* K* Langton* « 00 loo Saas Fee^ Switzerland* Miss C* R* Langton* 189 Kichmond l^astle, Yorks* IVliss C* K* Langton* 190 Bonchufch Cliffs* n* Y oung, 1V1*A* 191 A Hazy Morning (Chatsworth)* rl* Y oung, 1YI*A* 192 Lincoln Cathedral^ South Aisle* rl* Youngt IVLA* 193 A Surrey Lane* rl* Youngt M*A* 194 In labore consenecte* H* Young, M*A* 195 View from the Sandhills, Rhyl* T* Wells Jones* 196 Sunset, from Rhyl Flats* T* Wells Jones* 197 Photograph of Hailstones (Storm^ 8th July, 1893)* 10/- H* J* Metcalfe* 198 1 he Waggoner* (C^arbon*) J* Chaihn & oons* 199 Maud* (Carbon*; J* Chaiiin & 00ns* 200 Kathleen* (Carbon*) J* Chaiiin oc oons* 201 1 he oulky (jirl* (Carbon*) T ££' P_ 0 J* Chaitin oc 00ns* 202 1 he Apple Crop* t7 1 * OC U* rloiimeister* 203 Working Woman* £5 1 * OC U* rloiimeister* 204 Work* £4 1 ♦ OC U* rloiimeister* 205 Coast. £5 1 ♦ OC U* rloiimeister* 206 At tne W inaow* t4 10 i ♦ OC L/* noiimeister* 207 X loiicro 111 w iiiicr* X'4- ' 1 ' /VT- ij TH r^TTm^^tQfi?** X * OC vx* X xuiiixicioit^r* 208 Winter* £7 T* & O* Hoffmeister* 209 Crop of Beans* £4 10 T. & O* Hoffmeister* 210 1 CO- V_# I dliUlliVJ LilCl * im> / i.\J \ (w Ct rTnTTmf>f X * \Ji^ V^* X XVJlllllClO ICX * 211 Look Out* £3 10 T* & 0* Hoffmeister* 212 River* £4 T* & 0* Hoffmeister* 213 Willows* £4 T* & 0* Hoffmeister* I 225 214 Washing, £5 10 T, & 0, Hoffmeister, 215 On the Hearth, £6 T, & 0, Hoffmeister, 216 A Staircase, T, & 0, Hoffmeister, 217 Study, £1 T, & 0, Hoffmeister, 218 Study, £1 T, & 0, Hoffmeister, 219 Portrait, £5 T, & 0, Hoffmeister. 220 Portrait, £5 T, & 0, Hoffmeister, 221 A Tree covered with Snow, £5 T, & O, Hoffmeister, 222 Landscape Views in Finland, otatsratn J\* otuaius. 223 stereoscopic Views; Landscapes, W, A, Orn, 224 Landscapes in the JNeighbourhood 01 Tannerfors, Finland, T T T T TD ' J J J rl, Hugo Kidderstad, 225 Landscapes in and round Abo, Frau Anna Lilius, 226 Finland Landscapes, V, Saxelin, 227 Mdlle, Delierre, £1 Carle de Mazibourg, 228 Mdlle, Barrot, £1 Carle de Mazibourg, 229 Mdlle, Traival, £1 Carle de Mazibourg, 230 Landscapes in Finland, K, E, Stahlberg, 231 Portrait, taken with a tele^photographic lens, Hans Schmidt, with comparison picture, taken with an ordinary lens of the same aperture, (Carbon,) 232 Peace or War, 3 guineas S, Yeo, 233 Twelve Platinotypes, 3 guineas (7/6 each,) Sigismund Goldhammer, 234 Miniatures, C, Essenhigh Corke, 235 A Cloud Effect, Rosengarten^ Austrian (Carbon,") Tyrol, Sydney Keith, die.* bob Muir Glacier, Alaska, (Carbon,) Sydney Keith, 236 Portrait of Charles Green, R, L Frank Gregory, 237 Part of Studio, Frank Gregory, 238 Caught Napping, | guinea Frank Gregory, 239 Old Chingford Church, | guinea Frank Gregory, 226 240 The Old Gate« i guinea 241 Wargrave, Berks* i guinea 242 The late Fredk, Barnard, Esq* 243 Old Door, Chingford Church* ^ guinea 244 Ponting's Cottage, Fairford* i guinea 245 Last Crew of the Foudroyant* i guinea 246 Wild Wales/' (Carbon*) 5 guineas 246a A Leap in the Dark*** 5 guineas 247 Eastern Types* (Platinotype*) 248 Views in Africa* (Platinotype*) 249 Caravelt Santa Maria* 250 Waiting for the Queen (June 21st, 1897)* 251 The Ebbing Tide* 252 A Bit of Sydenham* 253 The Crown and Thistle, Abingdon* 254 The Margin of the Lake* 255 Taking in Salmon Nets, Filey* 256 Two Men in a Boat* 257 Sheep, Summer* 258 Sheep, Spring* 259 Six views* 260 Ilfracombe* 3 guineas 261 The Lantern Hill* 3 guineas 262 The Watersmeet, Lyn Valley* 3 guineas 263 Pink Clover* 264 Teazle* 265 Water Lilies* 266 White Campions* 267 Purple Star Thistle* Frank Gregory* Frank Gregory, Frank Gregory* Frank Gregory* Frank Gregory* Frank Gregory* John Wickens* John Wickens* E* D* Stern* E* D* Stern* E* D* Stern* E* M* Stone* E* M* Stone* E* M* Stone* E*M* Stone* ' E* M* Stone* E* M* Stone* E* M* Stone* E* M* Stone* E* M* Stone* E* M* Stone* E* D* Percival* E* D* Percival* E* D* Percival* Mrs* A* E* Blake* Mrs* A* E* Blake* Mrs* A* E* Blake* Mrs* A* E* Blake* Mrs* A* E* Blake* 268 Crab- Apple Blossom, 269 Meadow-Sweet, 270 Pleasant Thoughts, (Platinum,) 15/- 271 Sad Thoughts, (Platinum,) 1 guinea 272 The Reaper and the Flowers, (Platinum,) 273 From Oregrund, l/- 274 Amongst the Foliage, 275 Winter Scene, 2/- 276 From the Exhibition, Stockholm, 1897, 277 Haensegatan, Stockholm, 1/- 278 Esplanaden, Stockholm, 1/- 279 Sunset, 1/- 280 Winter Scene, near Stockholm, 1/- 281 Garden Scene^ Sweden, 1/- 282 Deosscinggatan, Stockholm, 1/- 283 From the Stockholm Exhibition, 284 Winter Scene from Djursholm, 2/- 285 The Dog and the Girl, 1/- 286 From Oregrund, 1/- 287 Old Stockholm,** 2/- 288 *'Art,*' £2 289 The Exposition of Stockholm, 30/- 290 Fifty-four Lantern Slides, 1 A wintry day. Hoar Frost, 1 1 2 Snow, frost and fog, 12 3 A wintry scene. 4 In snowy garb. 5 Lifeboat Launching. 6 Lifeboat launclied. 7 Tlie billows frotlied like yeast. 8 Wave study. 9 End of jetty. 10 Wave study. Mrs, A, E, Blake, Mrs, A, E, Blake, Miss Boden, Miss Boden, 1 guinea Miss Boden, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, C, G, Kahls, Graystone Bird, 1 1 Nature's architecture. 12 Breaking wave. 13 On moonlit waters, 14 **At eventide there shall be light.'' 15 With ivy mantle clad. 16 ^ Where fern and streamlet meet." 17 A rustic spot. 18 Rockford on East Lyn. 19 Waters meet. 228 20 Lynmouth quay* 38 A Nautch girl. (Fancy 21 A picturesque mill. costume). 22 In the meadows at noon. 39 Old Mother Goose. 23 Field flowers. 40 Diana^ Goddess of the Chase. 24 In the woods. 41 Seventy years ago. 25 A wayside chat. 42 A la Watteau. 26 Picking rushes. 43 Chef. 27 Maying. 44 Italian musicians. 28 Trespassing. 45 Little Jack Horner. 29 Trespassers caught. 46 Bubbles. 30 An idle hour. 47 Little Miss Muffet. 31 **Come along 48 Needles and pins. 32 ** How happy could I be 49 A girVs head. with either.^^ 50 Mischief. 33 Water babies. 51 My pug. 34 An ocean waif. 52 Comrades. 35 Child study. 53 Champion Konig of Roselle. 36 A little Samuel. 54 Balloon ascent. 37 Goodnight. 291 140 Educational and Scientific L; 10 Bees and bee culture. 10 Fruit cultivation. 10 Hop growing. 10 Histology. 10 Human Physiology, 10 Bacteriology. 10 Flying bullets. [series. 10 Astronomy. Knowledge Slides. Newton & Co* 10 Mining. 10 Corals. Great Barrier Reef of Australia.^^ 10 Active volcanoes. 10 Pottery. 10 Glass making. 10 Microscopic objects. i ADVERTISEMENTS. Watson & Sons, . . MANUFACTURERS OF . . RiflDest Class PDotograpDic apparatus. WATSON'S 'ACME' TOURIST CAMERA Combines the maximum of rigidity and strength with the minimum of weight. Supplied with Hlumimum or Brass fittings. Tlie principal features of this Camera are Ijjl^ patented, and cannot be supplied by any other Makers. WATSON'S ^PREMIER' CAMERA (for field or Studio.) Of heavier build than the " ACME," and recommended specially for Professional Photographers. Has all necessary movements and is of the best quality throughout. WA TSON'S ' AL PHA ' HAND OR STAND CAMERA will do all the work of a Snap-Shot or Field Camera. Is fitted with every movement, is exceedingly compact, the whole being self-con- tained, is always ready for use, and is free from any mechanical move- ments that can get out of order. The above may be seen, and particulars obtained at W. Watson & Sons* Stall, No. 3, in Section IV. W. WRTSOU & SONS, 313, High Holborn, London, W.C. SEE FOr^r^OWINTG PAGES. U ADVERTISEMENTS. WATSON'S New HAND ( PROVISION AIvLY PR0TECTE:D), THE " FRAM," REGISTERED. Takes 24 ^Mpiat;e Films, and gives the cahole PictuPe, caith-^ out loss of mapgin, no notching op sheaths being pcquired. h:IS Cimera, briefly described, is of magazine form, the Magazine being an integral part of the Instrument. It works on a simple swing principle, being, pivoted at the top side " the Camera. of of the Camera METHOD OF CHANGING. When the back is released and the Magazine swung out of the perpendicular, it causes two projecting lips at the front of the Magazine and on which the Films rest, to disappear, allowing the front Film, which has been exposed' to fall forward into a reservoir beneath together with its backing. This action at the same time throws out two other projecting lips which engage the F'ilni next to the one exposed and thus prevent it falling into the reservoir. When the Magazine is swung back to the vertical or normal position the second set of projections retire, and the whole of the remaining Films are pressed forward to the front of the Magazine, and there supported again by the pro- ections first mentioned. This constitutes the whole action of changing. SURPASSED. Nor for the same FOR SIMPLICITY IT CANNOT reason can it fail to act. The whole twenty- four Films having been exposed and projected into the reservoir, they may be extracted through the light tight door in the base of the Camera. LENS. This is a Rapid Rectilinear of 5-inch focus specially selected for hand Camera work on account of its flat field and depth of focus. It is fitted with iris diaphragm, and can be adjusted to focus objects at varying distances. SHUTTER AND FINDER. The Shutter is one giving time and instantaneous exposures of varying duration, and is fitted with an optically worked mirror, by which the picture is reflected on to a Finder measuring 2j-inches by i|-inches, more than half the actual size of the photograph. Consequently objects are shown the same size as in THE PHOTOGRAPH, AND CAN BE FOCUSSED UP TO THE MOMENT OF EXPOSURE, thuS giving practically the advantages of a Twin h-ni Camera in much reduced bulk and at much less cost. CONSTRUCTION. The Camera is made of seasoned wood, covered [in .morocco leather, and is of very neat appearance, and best construction throughout, GENERAL DETAILS. 'Every convenience that many years of experience can suggest AS OF UTILITY has been incorporated, including an automatic recorder, showing the number of exposures made ; a Finder for use when the Camera is turned on its side for vertical pictures ; a screen to the large focussing Finder, enabling the user to see the picture on the ground glass in the strongest sunlight ; and sockets for attaching the Camera to a tripod, either for vertical or horizontal views. Metal parts where possible are in aluminium. MEASUREMENTS. The Camera measures 8}-inches by 6|-inches by sJ-inches. WEIGHT. The Camera weighs with twenty-four Films, 3-lbs, 8-oz. PRICE, complete with 2=dozen Films, £8 : 1 O : O. Subject to a Cash Dlscouat of S'per ceat. W. WATSON & SONS, 313, High Holbopn, liondon, W.C. ADVERTISEMENTS. liii W. Watson & Sons Are EXHIBITING at their Stall, No. 3, Section IV., their NEW Studio Camera 6c Stand. A New Panoramic Camera, Which is a great advance on previous patterns, especially as regards size and convenience of working. THEIR SPECIAL DARK SLIDE, For LIPPMAN COLOUR PROCESS. THE IVES' KROMSKOP, For showing Photographs in their NATURAL COLOURS. The Ives' Multiple Back, Adaptable to any Camera, and enabling the user to talove ivitli Three Best Double Dark Slides Establish ED 1848 THE ^'ARCHER/' HIGHEST CLASS, ' post free, i|d. Combined for Universal Use. A Perfect Hand or Stand Camera. JlrCl)<^r § SOnSt "T.^^^ZT" ^1 to 49 £ord street, £ii?grpoo!. CRITERION P.O.P. EXCELS ALL OTHERS.t,,,^,,^,: criterion. BETTER THAN EVER. stechford. The favourite paper with the profession. 21/- THE Criterion IS THE POCKET CAMERA FOR 1898. Improved Patent. Every Camera guar- anteed perfectly light- tight for plates or flat films* SIX DOUBLE DARK SLIDES. , ^ . , , EASY AS A B C* Specimen Free on receipt of Postage Stamp. SVIay he had of all 'Dealers. THE BIRMINGHAM PHOTOGRAPHIC CO. Ltd. CRITERION WORKS, STECHFORD, Ixiv ADVERTISEMENTS. PRESERVED IX THE Gilson Adjustable Album are the pride of the owner and admiration of friends. The only really Adjustable, contractible and extensible Album. Prices 3/3 to 21- For Sale by all dealers generally . Send for special Catalog-ue E. MOI'NT VOL'k PKIN I'S WI l H Carter's Photolibrary Paste. A pure white adhesive, quick in action, and alway s ready for use. For trial purposes, a 7-oz. jar will be sent pre- paid for One Shilling, or a 2-oz. collapsible tube for Three Pence. THE CARTER INK CO. 7 BUNHILE ROW, LONDON, E.G. STAND No. 24. (BRIER'S PATENT). w O SCOTCH & IRISH OXYGEN Co. (Limited), ROSEHILL WORKS, POLMADIE, GLASGOW. ESTABLISHED 1857. EDWARD DAY, flefiner, Assayer, and Bullion Dealer, Having a Superior Hethod of REDUCING every kind of GOLD and SILVER WASTE from Photographic Operations, is thereby enabled to give a High Price for the same. Cash per return of post. 28 WARSTONE LANE, BIRMINQHAH. HAVE YOU TRIED Bradlcp's Seir Deoclopina Platinotppe paper, professional piatltiotppe Paper, Direct Platinum Coning FOR ALL MATT SILVER PAPERS. They represent the highest advance in Platinum Printing- in the world, and the price is within reason. Mailed free upon receipt of price to any place in the world. Send for Price X,ist. J, vSmooth ; B, Rough. WANTED TRADE AGEIMTS. So^e Maker: ^ S^racHei/f ARTISTS' ASSOCIATION, 47 NORTHf^THIRTEENTH STREET, PHILADELPHIA, U.S.A. ADVERTISEMENTS. Ixv MUCKLOWS IMPROVED SENSITIVE PAPERS Are free from BLISTERS, rapid in Toning, with great economy in Gold. Price (cash with order; 12 - per Qr. (10 Kilo.) and 13/ per Qr. (12 Kilo.). THE NEW P. P. P. A Perfect Printing Paper, with an Enamelled Surface similar to P.O. P., without its defects in Toning, requiring only about One Quarter the AMOUNT OF GOI,D. ~ Price (cash with order) 116 per Quire. A PLATINO-MATT PAPER. Rough and Smooth, specially prepared for Platinum Toning, and giving rich Sepia or Black Prints. Price 24/= per Quire. -^^MOUNTS Special Cheap Bristol. Cabinets printed both sides, 19/- per 1000 ; or Aluminium Bevelled and Blocked, 32/- per 1000. Samples free upon receipt of Business Card. 2 TV RLE ROAD, London, N. peNDeR &• Co. Ei}larg€n)^i)tS. 242 bondon Road, Miniatures .. ^ ^ ^ ^ ..on Ivor,. CROyDON, ^ bondon, S.E. Ixvi ADVERTISEMENTS. Pictures Mounted With ^ HIGGINS' Photo Mounter Have an excellence peculiarly their own. The best results are only pro- duced by the best methods and means. The best results in Photograph, Poster, Print and other mounting can only be obtained hy using the best movmting paste — HIGGINS' PHOTO MOUNTER. HIQQINS' PHOTO nOUNTER is a beautiful, pure, white adhesive, finely scented. A perfect homogeneous solution, in a soft, pasty form, from which the water never separates as in the common slarch or flour pastes. Its beautiful, soft, unctuous consistency and its v.onderful smooth and easy spreading qua- lities (non-fluid at rest, but fluid under the movements of the brush) are posse-sed by no other adhesive, and are of the greatest importance in perfect and easy mounting. Does not strike through nor warp, adheres instantly and powerfully, dries quickly, and prevents curling off at the edges. Guaranteed never to change or deteriorate. Unequalled for mounting photographs, textile samples, scrap books, tissue work, and for general use as a substitute for mucilage. Refuse all Inillalioiis. For sale by dealers in Photo Supplies, Artists^ Materials, and Stati07iery . CHAS, M. HIGGINS & CO., Manufacturers, io6 CHARING CROSS ROAD, LONDON. Factory: BROOKLYN, A' .V., U.S.A. Telegrams, ' Huatorius, London." Established 1825. Telephone 1778 Bank. "VP Hunt & Sons, ^\ WHOLESALE PAPER MERCHANTS & AGENTS, 222 Upper Thames Street, LONDON, E.G., SUPPLY ALL KINDS OF. LOWEST MARKET PRICE..^ ^^.^^ SAMPLE SHEETS ON APPLICATION. ^^Jt.^.Ji.^JiJt.^ PAPERS. The paper on which this Catalogue is printed is supplied by Hunt <& Sons. ADVERTISEMENTS Ixvil There are no quicker plates than Thomases A i Brandy For uniformity and quality they are absolutely unequalled. THOMAS'S PLATES AND FILMS, ORDINARY or ISOCHROMATIC, IN THREE RAPIDmES. WHITE LABELS. MEDIUM ORDINARY. EXTRA RAPID do. '•AT' do. The Extra Rapid are three timeB and ' YELLOW LABELS. MEDIUM ISOCHROMATIC. EXTRA RAPID do. "A1" do. A 1» six times faiter than the Madlam. PLATES i V- i 2/3 A 4/3 FILMS ] 1/6 i 3/8 16/6 R. W. THOMAS 4 Co., Ltd., Pall Mall ^Factory. THORNTON HEATH. vf^ v{v w|v w{v v|v w|v w|v NONE BETTER! law NONE CHEAPER! Jf^ w{w w{w w{w \Jf^ tjf^ They will give you more satisfaction than any other brand you have ever used, ^ TRY THEM AND SEE FITCH'S ORIGINAL FILMS. FITCH'S FLAT FILMS. FITCH'S PERFECT FILMS. FITCH'S RELIABLE FILMS. FITCH'S CELEBRATED FILMS. FITCH'S CELLULOID FILMS. Any rapidity and for all purposes. Used and obtained all over the world. Send for Price List and Testimonials of all dealers, and of the Manufacturers Seldon House, Fulwood's Rents, Telegraphic Address HolbOm, W.C. 'DISCURO," London. Ixviii ADVERTISEMENTS. 7he 3'^/op2'/cc?/7 Company, . . . . to }(ighbury Quadrant, JLondon, N. Sole Makers of the celebrated SCIOPTICON LANTERN PICTURES, To be had of all Dealers > SCIOPTICON LANTERNS, NEW PORTABLE SCREENS, LIGHT TRIPOD STANDS, &c. WRITE FOR CATALOGUE, FREE ON APPLICATION. SHEWS HAND CAMERAS THE XIT, THE ECLIPSE, THE FEATHERWEIGHT, &c., &c. wm- See STAND No. 7, LISTS FREE OF J. F. SHEW & Co., I^euiman St., OXFORD STREET, LONDON. [patented.] Salmon's Adjustable Vignetter. FOR BROMIDE, P. 0. P., AND ALL CONTACT PRINTING. This perfect device can be used with any ordinary printing frame, and in no way interferes with its use when vignettes are not required. Is adjustable up or down or sideways, re- maining securely clipped by aluminium slides in any posi- tion, and by means of metal grooves the vignetting card (not serrated) can be placed near or far from negative, or at an angle, and may be quickly changed as subject may require. iVo sticking- or pi7tning. Gives perfect gradatiojt. PRICES: i=plate 2/= i= plate 2/6 i-i = plate 3/6 (Including 12 Vignetting Cards.) Of all Dealers. Wholesale Dealers only of SALMON o Rapid Rectilinear 5 X4 .100 4lX3i 3 "7 6 ,, .. for 30 Cut Films 4] X3J Focussing Pattern, with Rapid Rect- ilinear Lens, for 12 Plates 4] X3j ... a. HOUQHTON & SON, 88 & 89 HIGH HOLBORN, LONDON, W.C. Ixxii ADVERTISEMENTS. L. CA5ELLA, SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENT MAKER to THE ADMIRALTY and ORDNANCE. Manufacturer of the BRIDGES-LEE PHOTO-THEODOLITE. The most perfect photo-grammetric in- strument invented for Survey \\ ork in Mountainous Districts, and for Military or Rapid Surveys. This instrument automatically records on the photograph all, or nearly all, the data necessary for the reduction of the photographs, thus con- siderably reducing the time spent and the risk of error in the interpretation of the photographs. SHORT'S GRADIENT-TELEMETER LEVEL, SHORT'S GRADIENT-TELEMETER MINING DIAL, And DINES' PORTABLE ANEMOMETER. ANEROIDS in ALUMINIUM CASES, fitted with Altitude Scales, especially adapted for Travellers. MOUNTAIN BAROMETERS POCKET THERMOMETERS, CLINICAL THERMOMETERS, &c. IFriic for Catalogues Post Free 147 HOLBORN BARS, LONDON. NOTE THIS! All Photographers To Print the Names or Titles on Photographs OSE NAMEIT OSE (PATH NT) By this process the letters are printed clear and sharp on the neg-ative. The method is simple and practicable, and gives a business- like finish to the print not obtainable by any other process. Full particulars and speci- men photo, showing print, free. No. 5 Outfit contains 75 letters, holder, etc., price 5/6 No. 6 Outfit contains 150 letters, holder, etc., price . . " QlQ Xo. 7 Outfit contains 250 letters, holder, etc., price 12/6 NAMEIT, 44 Snow Hill, LONDON, E.G. Demy 8vo. cloth. Price 3s. net. F. W. Mills, F.R.M.S. Post PYee 3s. 3d. fllustrated. " . . Mr. Mills, in his preface, says . the pa=t years on the artistic treatment of landscape both interior and exterior, have been neglected. ' ably and practically Xxe^l^A"— Photographic Rev pert who has the art of conveying knowledg-e to others.' . that much has been written duringf photography, l)ut architectural subjects, In the above work these matters are very 'eiv of Reviews '—Yorkshire Daily Post. Demy 8vo. is. net. Cloth, is. 6d. net. Postage 2d. By F. W. Mills and A. C. Ponton. photography, well written, and will be Pocket Size, Cloth, is. net. Postage id. By F. W. Mills. ' It contains a gooil deal of useful information in addition to the table of exposures for 1 month, and the space for the notes is well arranged, . . ."—Jo7irnal of the'Cc^iera DAWBURN Ai WARD, Ltd., 6 Farringdon Avenue, E.G. ADVERTISEMENTS. Ixxiii Illustrated Catalotjue Free. r PHOTOOHRPHIC GOODS OF EVERY DESCRIPTION. CAMERAS. LENSES. DRY PLATES. THE "VICTORIA" OUTFITS. PRICES:- These weII=known Outfits are splendid value, the workman ship is good, the material used is sound, and the general finish is excellent. Commenc= ing at the popular price of £i IS., they command a ready sale. Washable Backgrounds IN SLATE, Prices: 40x50 i/io, 60 x 40 2/=, 72 x 60 3/6, 96x726/- Other ii^es in proportion. THE NEW COMBINATION BACKGROUND AND LANTERN SCREEN. Giving two different Tints for Bacl